C M Y CM MY CY CMY K...to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, and BOLTare trademarks...

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_BOLTEV_COV_en_US_84406525B_2020FEB17.ai 1 1/27/2020 2:13:03 PM20_CHEV_BOLTEV_COV_en_US_84406525B_2020FEB17.ai 1 1/27/2020 2:13:03 PM

Chevrolet BOLT EV Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada/Mexico-13556250) - 2020 - CRC - 2/11/20

Contents Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Keys, Doors, and Windows . . . . . . 7

Seats and Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . 31

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

Instruments and Controls . . . . . . . 84

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 135

Climate Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Driving and Operating . . . . . . . . . 170

Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 300

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Customer Information . . . . . . . . . 312

Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . 322

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335


2 Introduction

Introduction

The names, logos, emblems,slogans, vehicle model names, andvehicle body designs appearing inthis manual including, but not limitedto, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET,the CHEVROLET Emblem, andBOLT are trademarks and/or servicemarks of General Motors LLC, itssubsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,substitute the name “GeneralMotors of Canada Company” forChevrolet Motor Division wherever itappears in this manual.

This manual describes features thatmay or may not be on the vehiclebecause of optional equipment thatwas not purchased on the vehicle,model variants, countryspecifications, features/applicationsthat may not be available in yourregion, or changes subsequent tothe printing of this owner’s manual.

Refer to the purchasedocumentation relating to yourspecific vehicle to confirm thefeatures.

Keep this manual in the vehicle forquick reference.

Canadian Vehicle OwnersA French language manual can beobtained from your dealer, atwww.helminc.com, or from:

Propriétaires Canadiens

On peut obtenir un exemplaire dece guide en français auprès duconcessionnaire ou à l'adressesuivante:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170USA

Using this ManualTo quickly locate information aboutthe vehicle, use the Index in theback of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in themanual and the page number whereit can be found.

Danger, Warning, andCautionWarning messages found on vehiclelabels and in this manual describehazards and what to do to avoid orreduce them.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 84406525 B Second Printing ©2020 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved.


Introduction 3

{ Danger

Danger indicates a hazard with ahigh level of risk which will resultin serious injury or death.

{ Warning

Warning indicates a hazard thatcould result in injury or death.

Caution

Caution indicates a hazard thatcould result in property or vehicledamage.

A circle with a slash through it is asafety symbol which means “Donot,” “Do not do this,” or “Do not letthis happen.”

SymbolsThe vehicle has components andlabels that use symbols instead oftext. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation orinformation relating to a specificcomponent, control, message,gauge, or indicator.

M : Shown when the owner’smanual has additional instructionsor information.

* : Shown when the servicemanual has additional instructionsor information.

0 : Shown when there is moreinformation on another page —“see page.”

Vehicle Symbol Chart

Here are some additional symbolsthat may be found on the vehicleand what they mean. See thefeatures in this manual forinformation.

u : Air Conditioning System

G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil

9 : Airbag Readiness Light

! : Antilock Brake System (ABS)

$ : Brake System Warning Light

9 : Dispose of Used ComponentsProperly

P : Do Not Apply High PressureWater

[ : Energy Usage and ChargeMode Selection

_ : Flame/Fire Prohibited

H : Flammable

g : First Responder

[ : Forward Collision Alert


4 Introduction

R : Fuse Block Cover LockLocation

+ : Fuses

_ : High Voltage

j : ISOFIX/LATCH System ChildRestraints

Q : Keep Fuse Block CoversProperly Installed

| : Lane Change Alert

@ : Lane Departure Warning

A : Lane Keep Assist

X : Park Assist

~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator

O : Power

/ : Remote Vehicle Start

7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert

I : Registered Technician

> : Seat Belt Reminders

Z : Service Vehicle Soon

I : Side Blind Zone Alert

7 : Tire Pressure Monitor

d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC)

a : Under Pressure

V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator

] : Vehicle Ready


Introduction 5

Instrument Panel Overview


6 Introduction

1. Air Vents 0 167.

2. Turn and Lane-Change Signals0 132.

IntelliBeam System Button (IfEquipped). See Exterior LampControls 0 128.

3. Instrument Cluster 0 94.

Driver Information Center (DIC)0 118.

4. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 87.

5. Charging Status Feedback0 218.

Automatic Headlamp System0 131.

Indicator Light and SolarSensor (ILSS). See “Sensors”under Automatic ClimateControl System 0 163.

6. Infotainment System. SeeAM-FM Radio 0 140.

Heated Front Seats 0 35 (IfEquipped).

7. Automatic Climate ControlSystem 0 163.

8. Storage Compartments 0 81.

9. Shift Lever. See Electric DriveUnit 0 187.

10. Electric Parking Brake 0 192.

11. Power Outlets 0 90.

12. Hazard Warning Flashers0 131.

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 194.

Driver Selected OperatingModes 0 186.

13. Power Button 0 182.

14. Steering Wheel Controls 0 85(If Equipped).

15. Horn 0 86.

16. Steering Wheel Adjustment0 85 (Out of View).

17. Steering Wheel Controls 0 85(If Equipped).

18. Regen on Demand (Out ofView). See RegenerativeBraking 0 194.

19. Cruise Control 0 196.

Heated Steering Wheel 0 86 (IfEquipped).

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204 (If Equipped).

Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 211(If Equipped).

20. Instrument Panel Fuse Block0 255.

21. Data Link Connector (DLC)(Out of View). See ServiceVehicle Soon Light 0 102.

22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 128.

23. Instrument Panel IlluminationControl 0 132.


Keys, Doors, and Windows 7

Keys, Doors, andWindows

Keys and LocksKeys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Power Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Automatic Door Locks . . . . . . . . . 19Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

DoorsLiftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

Vehicle SecurityVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Vehicle Alarm System . . . . . . . . . 22Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Immobilizer Operation . . . . . . . . . 23

Exterior MirrorsConvex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Power Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Interior MirrorsInterior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . 25Manual Rearview Mirror . . . . . . . . 25Automatic Dimming Rearview

Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

WindowsWindows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Power Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30

Keys and Locks

Keys

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle witha Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter is dangerous andchildren or others could beseriously injured or killed. Theycould operate the power windowsor other controls or make thevehicle move. The windows willfunction with the RKE transmitterin the vehicle, and children orothers could be caught in the pathof a closing window. Do not leavechildren in a vehicle with an RKEtransmitter.


8 Keys, Doors, and Windows

The key that is part of the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter canbe used for all locks.

To remove the key, press the buttonnear the bottom of the transmitter,and pull the key out. Never pull thekey out without pressing the button.

If it becomes difficult to turn the key,inspect the key blade for debris.Periodically, clean the key with abrush or a pick.

See your dealer if a new key isneeded.

If locked out of the vehicle, seeRoadside Assistance Program0 316.

With an active OnStar or connectedservice plan, an OnStar Advisormay remotely unlock the vehicle.See OnStar Overview 0 326.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) SystemSee Radio Frequency Statement0 322.

If there is a decrease in the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) operatingrange:

. Check the distance. Thetransmitter may be too far fromthe vehicle.

. Check the location. Othervehicles or objects may beblocking the signal.

. Check the transmitter's battery.See “Battery Replacement” laterin this section.

. If the transmitter is still notworking correctly, see yourdealer or a qualified technicianfor service.

Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) System OperationThe Keyless Access system allowsfor vehicle entry when the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) transmitter iswithin 1 m (3 ft). See “KeylessAccess Operation” following.

The transmitter functions may workup to 60 m (197 ft) away from thevehicle.



Other conditions can impact theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.

Q : Press to lock all doors.

The turn signal indicators may flashand/or the horn may sound on thesecond press to indicate locking.See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.

If the driver door is open when Q ispressed, all doors will lock and thedriver door will immediately unlock,if enabled. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

If the passenger door is open whenQ is pressed, all doors lock.

Pressing Q may also arm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 22.

K : Press to unlock the driver door.Press unlock again withinfive seconds to unlock all doors.The RKE transmitter can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first button press. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

The turn signal indicators may flashto indicate unlocking. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Pressing K will disarm the alarmsystem. See Vehicle Alarm System0 22.

7 : Press and release one time toinitiate vehicle locator. The exteriorlamps flash and the horn chirpsthree times.

Press and hold 7 for at leastthree seconds to sound the panicalarm. The horn sounds and the

turn signals flash for about30 seconds or until 7 is pressedagain or the vehicle is started.

/ : Press and release Q and thenimmediately press and hold / for atleast four seconds to start thevehicle's heating or air conditioningsystems and rear window defoggerfrom outside the vehicle using theRKE transmitter. See Remote Start0 15.

Keyless Access Operation

The Keyless Access system allowsthe doors and liftgate to be lockedand unlocked without pressing theRKE transmitter button. The RKEtransmitter must be within 1 m (3 ft)of the liftgate or door being opened.If the vehicle has this feature, therewill be a button on both outside frontdoor handles.

Keyless Access can beprogrammed to unlock all doors onthe first unlock/lock button pressfrom the driver door. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.



Keyless Unlocking/Lockingfrom the Driver Door

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft) ofthe driver door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on the driver doorhandle will unlock the driver door.If the lock/unlock button is pressedagain within five seconds, allpassenger doors will unlock. Pullthe door handle to unlatch the door.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. It has been more thanfive seconds since the first lock/unlock button press.

. Two lock/unlock button presseswere used to unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.

Keyless Unlocking/Lockingfrom Passenger Doors

When the doors are locked and theRKE transmitter is within 1 m (3 ft)of the door handle, pressing thelock/unlock button on that doorhandle will unlock all doors.

Pressing the lock/unlock button willcause all doors to lock if any of thefollowing occur:

. The lock/unlock button was usedto unlock all doors.

. Any vehicle door has openedand all doors are now closed.

Disable/Enable Keyless Unlockingof Exterior Door Handles andLiftgate

If equipped, keyless unlocking of theexterior door handles and liftgatecan be disabled and enabled.

Disabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the RKE transmitter atthe same time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash four times quickly toindicate access is disabled. Usingany exterior handle to unlock thedoors or open the liftgate will causethe turn signal lamps to flash fourtimes quickly, indicating access isdisabled. If disabled, disarm thealarm system before starting thevehicle.

Enabling Keyless Unlocking:

With the vehicle off, press and holdQ and K on the RKE transmitter atthe same time for approximatelythree seconds. The turn signallamps will flash twice quickly toindicate access is enabled.



Passive Locking

The Keyless Access system willlock the vehicle several secondsafter all doors are closed, if thevehicle is off and at least one RKEtransmitter has been removed fromthe interior or none remain in theinterior.

If other electronic devices interferewith the RKE transmitter signal, thevehicle may not detect the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle.

If passive locking is enabled, thedoors may lock with the RKEtransmitter inside the vehicle. Donot leave the RKE transmitter in anunattended vehicle.

To customize doors to automaticallylock when exiting the vehicle, seeVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Temporary Disable of PassiveLocking

Temporarily disable passive lockingby pressing and holding K on theinterior door switch with a door openfor at least four seconds, or untilthree chimes are heard. Passive

locking will then remain disableduntil Q on the interior door ispressed, or until the vehicle isstarted.

Remote Left In Vehicle Alert

When the vehicle is turned off andan RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle, the horn will chirp threetimes after all doors are closed.

To turn on or off see VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Remote No Longer In Vehicle Alert

If the vehicle is on with a door open,and then all doors are closed, thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is not detected, theDriver Information Center (DIC) willdisplay NO REMOTE DETECTEDand the horn will chirp three times.

This occurs only once each time thevehicle is driven.

See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate glass andlift up to open if the RKE transmitteris within 1 m (3 ft) and the doors arelocked. If the doors are unlocked,the transmitter is not required toopen the liftgate. See Liftgate 0 21.

Key Access

To access a vehicle with a weaktransmitter battery, see Door Locks0 17.

Programming Transmitters tothe Vehicle

Only RKE transmitters programmedto the vehicle will work. If atransmitter is lost or stolen, areplacement can be purchased andprogrammed through your dealer.The vehicle can be reprogrammedso that lost or stolen transmitters nolonger work. Any remainingtransmitters will need to bereprogrammed. Each vehicle canhave up to eight transmittersmatched to it.



Programming with TwoRecognized Transmitters

A new transmitter can beprogrammed to the vehicle whenthere are two recognizedtransmitters. To program, the vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters, both currentlyrecognized and new, must bewith you.

1. Open the center console andtake out the small tray,if equipped. Place the tworecognized transmitters in thebackup location with thebuttons facing down.

2. Remove the key lock cylindercover on the driver doorhandle. See Door Locks 0 17.Insert the vehicle key of thenew transmitter into the keylock cylinder on the driver doorhandle and turn the key to theunlock position five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays READY FORREMOTE # 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.

3. Place the transmitter to beprogrammed in the backuplocation with the buttonsfacing down.

4. Press POWER O to start thevehicle. When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

5. Remove the transmitter fromthe backup location and pressK or Q.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 3–5.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

6. Put the key back into the RKEtransmitter.

7. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 17.

Programming without TwoRecognized Transmitters

If two currently recognizedtransmitters are not available, followthis procedure to program up toeight transmitters. This feature isnot available in Canada. Thisprocedure will take approximately30 minutes to complete. The vehiclemust be off and all of thetransmitters to be programmed mustbe with you.

1. Remove the key lock cylindercover on the driver doorhandle. See Door Locks 0 17.Insert the vehicle key of thetransmitter into the key lockcylinder on the driver door



handle and turn the key to theunlock position five times within10 seconds.

The DIC displays REMOTELEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

2. Wait for 10 minutes until theDIC displays PRESS ENGINESTART BUTTON TO LEARNand then press POWER O.

The DIC will again showREMOTE LEARN PENDING,PLEASE WAIT.

3. Repeat Step 2 two additionaltimes. After the third time, allpreviously known transmitterswill no longer work with thevehicle. Remaining transmitterscan be relearned during thenext steps.

The DIC should now showREADY FOR REMOTE # 1.

4. Open the center console andtake out the small tray,if equipped. Place thetransmitter in the backuplocation with the buttonsfacing down.

5. Press POWER O to start thevehicle. When the transmitter islearned, the DIC will show thatit is ready to program the nexttransmitter.

6. Remove the transmitter fromthe backup location and pressK or Q.

To program additionaltransmitters, repeat Steps 4–6.

When all additional transmittersare programmed, press andhold POWER O for 12 secondsto exit programming mode.

7. Put the key back into the RKEtransmitter.

8. Replace the key lock cylindercap. See Door Locks 0 17.

Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery

While trying to start the vehicle,if the transmitter battery is weak or ifthere is interference with the signal,the DIC may display NO REMOTEDETECTED or USETRANSMITTER POCKET TOSTART. The DIC may also displayREPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.



To start the vehicle:

1. Open the center console andtake out the small tray,if equipped. Place thetransmitter in the backuplocation with the buttonsfacing down.

2. With the vehicle in P (Park) orN (Neutral), press the brakepedal and press POWER O.Replace the transmitter batteryas soon as possible.

Battery Replacement

{ Warning

Never allow children to play withthe RKE transmitter. Thetransmitter contains a smallbattery, which can be a chokinghazard. If swallowed, internalburns can occur, resulting insevere injury or death. Seekmedical attention immediately if abattery is swallowed.

{ Warning

To avoid personal injury, do nottouch metal surfaces on the RKEtransmitter when it has beenexposed to extreme heat. Thesesurfaces can be hot to the touchat temperatures above 59 °C(138 °F).

Caution

When replacing the battery, donot touch any of the circuitry onthe transmitter. Static from yourbody could damage thetransmitter.

Caution

Always replace the battery withthe correct type. Replacing thebattery with an incorrect typecould potentially create a risk ofbattery explosion. Dispose ofused batteries according toinstructions and local laws. Donot attempt to burn, crush, or cutthe used battery, and avoidexposing the battery toenvironments with extremely lowair pressures or hightemperatures.

Replace the battery if the DICdisplays REPLACE BATTERY INREMOTE KEY.



The battery is not rechargeable. Toreplace the battery:

1. Press the button on the side ofthe transmitter near the bottomand pull the key out. Never pullthe key out without pressingthe button.

2. Separate the two halves of thetransmitter using a flat toolinserted into the area near thekey slot.

3. Remove the battery by pushingon the battery and sliding ittoward the bottom of thetransmitter.

4. Insert the new battery, positiveside facing the back cover.Push the battery down until it isheld in place. Replace with aCR2032 or equivalent battery.

5. Snap the battery cover back onto the transmitter.

6. Reinsert key into thetransmitter.

Remote StartThis feature starts the heating or airconditioning systems and the rearwindow defogger from outside thevehicle.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet. Normal operation of thesystem will return after the vehiclehas been turned on.



/ : This button is on the RKEtransmitter.

The climate control system will usethe previous settings during aremote start. The rear defog maycome on during remote start basedon cold ambient conditions. Therear defog indicator light does notcome on during a remote start.

Laws in some local communitiesmay restrict the use of remotestarters. For example, some lawsrequire a person using remote startto have the vehicle in view. Checklocal regulations for anyrequirements.

If the vehicle is low on energy, donot use the remote start feature.The vehicle may run out of energy.

The RKE transmitter range may beless while the vehicle is running.

Other conditions can affect theperformance of the transmitter. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System 0 8.

Remote Starting the Vehicle

To remote start the vehicle:

1. Press and release Q on theRKE transmitter.

2. Immediately press and hold /for at least four seconds or untilthe turn signal lamps flash.

3. After entering the vehicleduring a remote start, pressPOWER O with the brakepedal applied to start thevehicle and operate as normal.

Remote start will automatically shutoff after 20 minutes unless a timeextension is done.

When the vehicle starts, the parkinglamps will turn on. Remote start runtime can be extended.

Extending Vehicle Run Time

The vehicle run time can also beextended by another 20 minutes,if after 30 seconds and during thefirst 20 minutes Steps 1 and 2 arerepeated while the vehicle isrunning. This provides a total of40 minutes.

The remote start can only beextended once.

A maximum of two remote starts,or a single start with an extension,are allowed between ignition cyclesusing POWER O.

For additional remote starts, turn thevehicle on with the transmitter in thevehicle.

Canceling Remote Start

To cancel a remote start, do any ofthe following:

. Press and hold / until theparking lamps turn off.

. Turn on the hazard warningflashers.

. Press POWER O with the brakepedal applied, then pressPOWER O again to turn thevehicle off.



Conditions in Which RemoteStart Will Not Work

The remote vehicle start feature willnot operate if:

. The RKE transmitter is in thevehicle.

. The ignition is on.

. The hood is not closed.

. The hazard warning flashersare on.

. The electric drive unit coolanttemperature is too high.

. Two remote vehicle starts, or asingle remote start with anextension, have alreadybeen used.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

Door Locks

{ Warning

Unlocked doors can bedangerous.

. Passengers, especiallychildren, can easily openthe doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. The doorscan be unlocked andopened while the vehicle ismoving. The chance ofbeing thrown out of thevehicle in a crash isincreased if the doors arenot locked. So, allpassengers should wearseat belts properly and thedoors should be lockedwhenever the vehicle isdriven.

. Young children who get intounlocked vehicles may beunable to get out. A childcan be overcome byextreme heat and can suffer

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

permanent injuries or evendeath from heat stroke.Always lock the vehiclewhenever leaving it.

. Outsiders can easily enterthrough an unlocked doorwhen you slow down or stopthe vehicle. Locking thedoors can help prevent thisfrom happening.

To lock or unlock the doors fromoutside the vehicle:

. Use the key in the driver door tolock and unlock the door withoutthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. The key cylinder iscovered with a cap. See “DriverDoor Key Lock Cylinder Access(In Case of Dead Battery)” laterin this section.

. Press Q or K on the RKEtransmitter to lock and unlockthe doors.



To lock or unlock the doors frominside the vehicle:

. Press Q or K on the power doorlock switch.

. Pull the door handle. Pulling aninterior door handle will unlockthe door. Pulling the door handleagain unlatches it.

Keyless Access

The RKE transmitter must be within1 m (3 ft) of the liftgate or door beingopened. Press the button on thedoor handle to open. See “Keyless

Access Operation” in RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.

Driver Door Key Lock CylinderAccess (In Case of DeadBattery)

To access the driver door key lockcylinder:

1. Insert the key into the slot onthe bottom of the cap.

2. Lift the key upward to removethe cap.

3. Insert the key into the cylinderand turn to unlock.

To replace the cap:

1. Position the bottom edge of thecap under the lower edge ofthe metal piece (2). Thetabs (3) attach to the metalpiece (2) at the positions (1).



2. Rotate the cap upward andinstall into place.

3. Check that the cap is secure.

Free-Turning Locks

The door key lock cylinder turnsfreely when either the wrong key isused, or the correct key is not fullyinserted. The free-turning door lockfeature prevents the lock from beingforced open. To reset the lock, turnit to the vertical position with thecorrect key fully inserted. Removethe key and insert it again. If thisdoes not reset the lock, turn the keyhalfway around in the cylinder andrepeat the reset procedure.

Power Door Locks

K : Press to unlock the doors.

Q : Press to lock the doors.

Locking and unlocking the doors willalso unlock the liftgate. See Liftgate0 21.

Delayed LockingThis feature delays the actuallocking of the doors untilfive seconds after all doors areclosed.

Delayed locking can only be turnedon when the Unlocked Door AntiLockout feature has been turned off.

Press Q on the power door lockswitch with the door open.

The doors will then lockautomatically five seconds after alldoors are closed. If a door isreopened before five seconds haveelapsed, the five-second timer willreset once all the doors are closedagain.

Press Q on the door lock switchagain or press Q on the RKEtransmitter to override this featureand lock the doors immediately.

Delayed locking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Automatic Door LocksThe doors will lock automaticallywhen all doors are closed, thevehicle is on, and the shift lever isout of P (Park).



If a vehicle door is unlocked andthen opened and closed, the doorswill lock either when your foot isremoved from the brake or thevehicle speed becomes faster than13 km/h (8 mph).

To unlock the doors:

. Press K on a door.

. Shift the vehicle into P (Park).

Automatic door unlocking can beprogrammed. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Lockout ProtectionIf the vehicle is on or in ServiceMode and the power door lockswitch is pressed with the driverdoor open, all the doors will lockand only the driver door will unlock.

If the vehicle is off and locking isrequested while a door is open,when all doors are closed thevehicle will check for RKEtransmitters inside. If an RKEtransmitter is detected and thenumber of RKE transmitters inside

has not reduced, the driver door willunlock and the horn will chirp threetimes.

Lockout Protection can be manuallyoverridden with the driver door openby pressing and holding Q on thepower door lock switch.

If Unlocked Door Anti Lockout isturned on and the vehicle is off, thedriver door is open, and locking isrequested, all the doors will lock andonly the driver door will unlock. TheUnlocked Door Anti Lockout featurecan be turned on or off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Safety Locks

If equipped, the safety lock is on theinside edge of the rear doors. Touse the safety lock:

1. Move the lever forward to thelock position.

2. Close the door.

3. Do the same for the otherrear door.



To open a rear door when the safetylock is on:

1. Unlock the door by using theinside handle, the power doorlock switch, or the RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE)transmitter.

2. Open the door from theoutside.

When the safety lock is enabled,adults and older children will not beable to open the rear door from theinside. Cancel the safety locks toenable the doors to open from theinside.

To cancel the safety lock:

1. Unlock the door and open itfrom the outside.

2. Move the lever rearward tounlock. Do the same for theother door.

Doors

Liftgate

Caution

To avoid damage to the liftgate orliftgate glass, make sure the areaabove and behind the liftgate isclear before opening it.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe outside, press Q or K on theRKE transmitter.

To lock or unlock the liftgate fromthe inside, press Q or K.

To open the liftgate, press the touchpad and lift up.

When closing the liftgate, use thepull cup.

Keyless Liftgate Opening

Press the touch pad on theunderside of the liftgate glass andlift up to open if the RKE transmitteris within 1 m (3 ft) and the doors arelocked. If the doors are unlocked,the transmitter is not required toopen the liftgate.



Vehicle SecurityThis vehicle has theft-deterrentfeatures; however, they do not makethe vehicle impossible to steal.

Vehicle Alarm SystemThis vehicle has an anti-theft alarmsystem.

Arming the Alarm System

1. Close the liftgate, then turn offthe vehicle.

2. Lock the vehicle in one ofthree ways:

. Use the RKE transmitter.

. Use the Keyless Accesssystem.

. With a door open, press theinside Q.

3. After 30 seconds the alarmsystem will arm. Pressing Q onthe RKE transmitter a secondtime will bypass the 30-seconddelay and immediately arm thealarm system.

The vehicle alarm system will notarm if the doors are locked withthe key.

If the driver door is opened withoutfirst unlocking with the RKEtransmitter, the horn will chirp andthe lights will flash to indicatepre-alarm. If the vehicle is notstarted, or the door is not unlockedby pressing K on the RKEtransmitter during the 10-secondpre-alarm, the alarm will beactivated.

If a door or the liftgate is openedwithout first disarming the system,the turn signals will flash and thehorn will sound for about30 seconds. The alarm system willthen re-arm to monitor for the nextunauthorized event.

Disarming the System

Do one of the following to disarmthe alarm system or turn off thealarm if it has been activated:

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Unlock the vehicle using theKeyless Access system.

. Start the vehicle.

To avoid setting off the alarm byaccident:

. Lock the vehicle after alloccupants have left the vehicle.

. Always unlock a door with theRKE transmitter.

Unlocking the driver door with thekey will not disarm the system orturn off the alarm.

How to Detect a TamperCondition

If K is pressed on the RKEtransmitter and the horn chirps andthe lights flash three times, an alarmoccurred previously while the alarmsystem was armed.

If the alarm has been activated, amessage will appear on the DIC.

ImmobilizerSee Radio Frequency Statement0 322.



Immobilizer OperationThis vehicle has a passivetheft-deterrent system.

The system does not have to bemanually armed or disarmed.

The vehicle is automaticallyimmobilized when the transmitterleaves the vehicle.

The immobilization system isdisarmed when POWERO ispressed and a valid transmitter isfound in the vehicle.

The security light on the instrumentcluster comes on when there is aproblem with arming or disarmingthe theft-deterrent system.

The system has one or moretransmitters matched to animmobilizer control unit in thevehicle. Only a correctly matchedtransmitter will start the vehicle.If the transmitter is damaged, youmay not be able to start the vehicle.

When trying to start the vehicle, thesecurity light comes on briefly whenthe vehicle is turned on.

If the vehicle does not start and thesecurity light stays on, there is aproblem with the system. Turn thevehicle off and try again.

If the RKE transmitter appears to beundamaged, try another transmitter,or place the transmitter in thetransmitter pocket.

See “Starting the Vehicle with a LowTransmitter Battery” under RemoteKeyless Entry (RKE) SystemOperation 0 8.

If the vehicle does not start with theother transmitter or with thetransmitter placed in the transmitterpocket, the vehicle needs service.

See your dealer who can servicethe theft-deterrent system and havea new transmitter programmed tothe vehicle.

Do not leave the transmitter ordevice that disarms or deactivatesthe theft-deterrent system in thevehicle.



Exterior Mirrors

Convex Mirrors

{ Warning

A convex mirror can make things,like other vehicles, look fartheraway than they really are. If youcut too sharply into the right lane,you could hit a vehicle on theright. Check the inside mirror orglance over your shoulder beforechanging lanes.

The passenger side mirror is convexshaped. A convex mirror's surface iscurved so more can be seen fromthe driver seat.

Power Mirrors

To adjust the mirrors:

1. Press } or| to choose thedriver or passenger mirror. Anindicator will show the selectedmirror.

2. Press the arrows on the controlpad to move each mirror in thedesired position.

3. Press } or| again todeselect the mirror.

Folding Mirrors

Manual Folding Mirrors

The vehicle has manual foldingmirrors. These mirrors can be foldedinward to prevent damage whengoing through an automatic carwash. To fold, pull the mirror towardthe vehicle. Push the mirror outwardto return it to the original position.

Turn Signal Indicator

The vehicle may have a turn signalindicator lamp built into the mirrorhousing. The turn signal lampflashes when the turn signals orhazard flashers are used.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)

The vehicle may have LCA. SeeLane Change Alert (LCA) 0 209.

Side Blind Zone Alert

The vehicle may have Side BlindZone Alert. See Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) 0 209.



Heated MirrorsThe rear window defogger alsoheats the outside mirrors,if equipped.

K : Press to heat the outsiderearview mirrors. See “Rear WindowDefogger” under Automatic ClimateControl System 0 163.

Interior Mirrors

Interior Rearview MirrorsAdjust the rearview mirror for a clearview of the area behind yourvehicle.

Do not spray glass cleaner directlyon the mirror. Use a soft toweldampened with water.

Manual Rearview MirrorPush the tab forward for daytimeuse and pull it rearward fornighttime use to avoid glare of theheadlamps from behind.

Automatic DimmingRearview MirrorIf equipped, automatic dimmingreduces the glare of headlampsfrom behind. The dimming featurecomes on when the vehicle isstarted.

Rear Camera MirrorIf equipped, this automatic dimmingmirror provides a wide angle cameraview of the area behind the vehicle.

Pull the tab to turn on the display.Push the tab to turn it off. When off,the mirror is automatic dimming.Adjust the mirror for a clear view ofthe area behind the vehicle whilethe display is off.



Press V to scroll through theadjustment options.

Press t and u to adjust thesettings using the indicators on themirror. The indicators will remainvisible for five seconds after the lastbutton activation, and the settingswill remain saved.

The adjustment options are:

. Brightness

. Zoom

. Tilt



{ Warning

The Rear Camera Mirror (RCM)has a limited view. Portions of theroad, vehicles, and other objectsmay not be seen. Do not drive orpark the vehicle using only thiscamera. Objects may appearcloser than they are. Check theoutside mirrors or glance overyour shoulder when making lanechanges or merging. Failure touse proper care may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.

Troubleshooting

See your dealer for service if a bluescreen and3 are displayed in themirror, and the display shuts off.Also, push the tab as indicated toreturn to the automaticdimming mode.

The Rear Camera Mirror may notwork properly or display a clearimage if:

. There is glare from the sun orheadlamps. This may obstructobjects from view. If needed,push the tab to turn off thedisplay.

. Dirt, snow, or other debris blocksthe camera lens. Clean the lenswith a soft damp cloth.

. The camera’s mounting on thevehicle has been damaged, and/or the position or the mountingangle of the camera haschanged.



Windows

{ Warning

Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle,especially with the windowsclosed in warm or hot weather.

They can be overcome by theextreme heat and sufferpermanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke.

The vehicle aerodynamics aredesigned to improve electric rangeperformance. This may result in apulsing sound when either rearwindow is down and the frontwindows are up. To reduce thesound, open a front window.

Power Windows

{ Warning

Leaving children in a vehicle withthe RKE transmitter is dangerousfor many reasons; children orothers could be badly injured oreven killed. They could operatethe power windows or othercontrols or even make the vehiclemove. The windows will functionwith the RKE transmitter in thevehicle and they could beseriously injured or killed if caughtin the path of a closing window.Do not leave the RKE transmitterin a vehicle with children.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

When there are children in therear seat, use the window lockoutswitch to prevent unintentionaloperation of the windows.

Press the switch to open thewindow. Pull the front of the switchup to close it.

The window switches on the driverdoor control all windows.



The power windows only operatewith the vehicle on or in ServiceMode, or when Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) is active.

Express Window Operation

The driver window has an expressfeature which allows the window tobe lowered or raised without holdingthe switch. To automatically raise orlower the window, pull the driverwindow switch up or press it downall the way and release. Stop thewindow by pressing or pulling theswitch in the same direction asecond time, or by briefly operatingthe switch to the first position ineither direction. The front and rearpassenger windows have expressopen only.

Safety Function

This is for vehicles with theexpress-up feature. If any object isin the path of the window when theexpress-up feature is active, thewindow will stop and auto-reverse toa preset position. Weatherconditions may cause the window toauto-reverse. The window switch

may be held up to the secondposition to close the window. Thewindow will return to normaloperation once the obstruction orcondition is removed.

Safety Function Override

This is for vehicles with theexpress-up feature. If the battery onthe vehicle has been recharged ordisconnected, or is not working, thewindows will need to bereprogrammed for the express-upfeature to work. Beforereprogramming, replace or rechargethe vehicle's battery.

To program the driver window:

1. Close all doors with the vehicleon or in Service Mode.

2. Press and hold the powerwindow switch until the windowis fully open.

3. Pull the power window switchup until the window is fullyclosed.

4. Continue holding the switch upfor approximately two secondsafter the window is completelyclosed.

Window Lockout

This feature prevents the rearpassenger windows from operating,except from the driver position.

Press2 on the driver door toactivate the window lockout. Theindicator light in the switch willilluminate when activated.

Press2 again to deactivate thewindow lockout.



Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to blockglare. Detach the sun visor from thecenter mount to pivot to the sidewindow or, if equipped, extendalong the rod.

Visor Vanity Mirror

The vehicle may have vanity mirrorsand card holders on the back of thesun visors. Swing down the sunvisor to expose the vanity mirror.


Seats and Restraints 31

Seats andRestraints

Head RestraintsHead Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32

Front SeatsSeat Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . 34Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Rear SeatsRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Heated Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Seat BeltsSeat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42Seat Belt Use During

Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44Seat Belt Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . 45Seat Belt Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Airbag SystemAirbag System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . 48When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Passenger Sensing System . . . 53Servicing the Airbag-Equipped

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Adding Equipment to the

Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . . . 57Airbag System Check . . . . . . . . . . 58Replacing Airbag System Parts

after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59

Child RestraintsOlder Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Infants and Young Children . . . . 61Child Restraint Systems . . . . . . . 63Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . 65Lower Anchors and Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) . . . . 66Replacing LATCH System Parts

After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theRear Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76

Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in theFront Seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78


32 Seats and Restraints

Head RestraintsThe vehicle's front and rear seatshave adjustable head restraints inthe outboard seating positions.

{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

Adjust the head restraint so that thetop of the restraint is at the sameheight as the top of the occupant'shead. This position reduces thechance of a neck injury in a crash.

Front Seats

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted. To raise or lower thehead restraint, press the buttonlocated on the side of the headrestraint, and pull up or push thehead restraint down, and releasethe button. Pull and push on thehead restraint after the button isreleased to make sure that it islocked in place.

The front seat outboard headrestraints are not removable.



Rear Seats

The vehicle’s rear seats haveadjustable head restraints in theoutboard seating positions.

The height of the head restraint canbe adjusted.

Pull the head restraint up to raise it.Try to move the head restraint tomake sure it is locked in place.

To lower the head restraint, pressthe button on the top of theseatback and push the headrestraint down. Try to move the

head restraint after the button isreleased to make sure it is locked inplace.

If installing a child restraint in therear seat, see “Securing a ChildRestraint Designed for the LATCHSystem” under Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 66.

Folding the Rear Head Restraint

The head restraint can be foldedrearward to allow for better visibilitywhen the rear seat is unoccupied.

To fold the head restraint, press thebutton on the side of the headrestraint.

The head restraint will fold rearwardautomatically.

When an occupant or child restraintis in the seat, always return thehead restraint to the full uprightposition. Pull the head restraint upand forward until it locks into place.Push and pull on the head restraintto make sure that it is locked.

Always adjust the head restraint sothat the top of the restraint is at thesame height as the top of theoccupant's head.



Front Seats

Seat Adjustment

Manual Seats

{ Warning

You can lose control of thevehicle if you try to adjust a driverseat while the vehicle is moving.Adjust the driver seat only whenthe vehicle is not moving.

Seat Position

To adjust the seat:

1. Pull the handle at the front ofthe seat.

2. Slide the seat to the desiredposition and release thehandle.

3. Try to move the seat back andforth to be sure it is locked inplace.

Seat Height Adjuster

Move the lever on the outboard sideof the seat up or down to manuallyadjust the seat height.

Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

To recline the seatback:

1. Lift the lever.



2. Move the seatback to thedesired position, and thenrelease the lever to lock theseatback in place.

3. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

To return the seatback to the uprightposition:

1. Lift the lever fully withoutapplying pressure to theseatback, and the seatback willreturn to the upright position.

2. Push and pull on the seatbackto make sure it is locked.

{ Warning

Sitting in a reclined position whenthe vehicle is in motion can bedangerous. Even when buckledup, the seat belts cannot dotheir job.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. Instead, it willbe in front of you. In a crash, youcould go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt could go up overyour abdomen. The belt forceswould be there, not at your pelvicbones. This could cause seriousinternal injuries.

For proper protection when thevehicle is in motion, have theseatback upright. Then sit wellback in the seat and wear theseat belt properly.

Do not have a seatback reclined ifthe vehicle is moving.

Heated Front Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. Toreduce the risk of burns, use carewhen using the seat heater,especially for long periods oftime. Do not place anything onthe seat that insulates against

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

heat, such as a blanket, cushion,cover, or similar item. This maycause the seat heater tooverheat. An overheated seatheater may cause a burn or maydamage the seat.

If equipped, the heated seatcontrols are on the infotainmentdisplay. To operate, the vehicle mustbe on.

Touch M or L to heat the driver orpassenger seat cushion. Indicatorlights on the infotainment display

show the current setting with threelevel indicators for high, medium,or low.

Touch the screen once for thehighest setting. With each touch ofthe screen, the heated seat willchange to the next lower setting,and then to the off setting. Thelights indicate three for the highestsetting and one for the lowest.

The passenger seat may takelonger to heat up.

Auto Heated Seats

When the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature. Inauto mode, the indicatorsautomatically show the level settingrequired.

Use the manual heated seat buttonsto turn auto heated seats off. Oncethis feature is turned off, the autoheated seats will be activated thenext time the vehicle is started. Inmanual mode, the controls can beaccessed while the vehicle is on bytouching M or L.

If the passenger seat is unoccupied,the auto heated seats feature willnot activate that seat.

The auto heated seats feature canbe programmed to always beenabled when the vehicle is on. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Remote Start Heated Seats

When it is cold outside, the heatedseats can be turned onautomatically during a remotevehicle start.

The heated seats will be canceledwhen the vehicle is started. If theauto heated seats are enabled invehicle personalization, the seatheating level will automaticallychange to the level required by thevehicle's interior temperature whenthe vehicle is on.

The temperature performance of anunoccupied seat may be reduced.This is normal.

The heated seats will not turn onduring a remote start unless theheated seat feature is enabled. SeeVehicle Personalization 0 121.



Rear SeatsRear Seat Reminder

If equipped, the message REARSEAT REMINDER LOOK IN REARSEAT displays under certainconditions indicating there may bean item or passenger in the rearseat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature will activate when asecond row door is opened whilethe vehicle is on or up to 10 minutesbefore the vehicle is turned on.There will be an alert when thevehicle is turned off. The alert doesnot directly detect objects in the rearseat; instead, under certainconditions, it detects when a reardoor is opened and closed,indicating that there may besomething in the rear seat.

The feature is active only once eachtime the vehicle is turned on and off,and will require reactivation byopening and closing the second rowdoors. There may be an alert evenwhen there is nothing in the rearseat; for example, if a child entered

the vehicle through the rear doorand left the vehicle without thevehicle being shut off.

The feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.

Folding the Seatback

Either side of the seatback can befolded down for more cargo space.Fold a seatback only when thevehicle is not moving.

Caution

Folding a rear seat with the seatbelts still fastened may causedamage to the seat or the seatbelts. Always unbuckle the seatbelts and return them to theirnormal stowed position beforefolding a rear seat.

To fold the seatback down:

1. Make sure the seat belt is inthe retainer hook.



2. Pull the lever on top of theseatback to unlock theseatback.

A red indicator near theseatback lever is exposedwhen the seatback is unlocked.

3. Fold the seatback down.

Repeat Steps 1–3 for the otherseatback, if desired.

Raising the Seatback

{ Warning

If either seatback is not locked, itcould move forward in a suddenstop or crash. That could causeinjury to the person sitting there.Always push and pull on theseatbacks to be sure they arelocked.

{ Warning

A seat belt that is improperlyrouted, not properly attached,or twisted will not provide theprotection needed in a crash. Theperson wearing the belt could beseriously injured. After raising therear seatback, always check to besure that the seat belts areproperly routed and attached, andare not twisted.

To raise a seatback:

1. Lift the seatback up and push itrearward to lock it in place.Make sure the seat belt is inthe retainer hook and is nottwisted or caught in theseatback.

A tab near the seatback leverretracts when the seatback islocked in place.

The center rear seat belt maylock when you raise theseatback. If this happens, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again.

2. Push and pull the top of theseatback to be sure it is lockedinto position.

3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 for theother seatback, if necessary.

When the seat is not in use, itshould be kept in the upright, lockedposition.

Rear Seat Armrest



The rear seat has an armrest in thecenter of the seatback. Lower thearmrest to access the twocupholders.

To fold, lift the armrest up and pushit rearward until it is flush with theseatback.

Heated Rear Seats

{ Warning

If temperature change or pain tothe skin cannot be felt, the seatheater may cause burns. See theWarning under Heated FrontSeats 0 35.

If equipped, the rear heated seatbuttons are on the rear doors.

Press L or M to heat the leftoutboard or right outboard seatcushion.

Seat BeltsThis section describes how to useseat belts properly, and some thingsnot to do.

{ Warning

Do not let anyone ride where aseat belt cannot be worn properly.In a crash, if you or yourpassenger(s) are not wearingseat belts, injuries can be muchworse than if you are wearingseat belts. You can be seriouslyinjured or killed by hitting thingsinside the vehicle harder or bybeing ejected from the vehicle. Inaddition, anyone who is notbuckled up can strike otherpassengers in the vehicle.

It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area, inside or outsideof a vehicle. In a collision,passengers riding in these areasare more likely to be seriouslyinjured or killed. Do not allow

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

passengers to ride in any area ofthe vehicle that is not equippedwith seats and seat belts.

Always wear a seat belt, andcheck that all passenger(s) arerestrained properly too.

This vehicle has indicators as areminder to buckle the seat belts.See Seat Belt Reminders 0 99.

Why Seat Belts Work

When riding in a vehicle, you travelas fast as the vehicle does. If thevehicle stops suddenly, you keepgoing until something stops you.It could be the windshield, theinstrument panel, or the seat belts!

When you wear a seat belt, you andthe vehicle slow down together.There is more time to stop becauseyou stop over a longer distance and,when worn properly, your strongestbones take the forces from the seatbelts. That is why wearing seat beltsmakes such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSeat Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicleafter a crash if I am wearing aseat belt?

A: You could be — whether you arewearing a seat belt or not. Yourchance of being consciousduring and after a crash, so youcan unbuckle and get out, ismuch greater if you are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, whyshould I have to wear seatbelts?

A: Airbags are supplementalsystems only. They work withseat belts — not instead of them.Whether or not an airbag isprovided, all occupants still haveto buckle up to get the mostprotection.

Also, in nearly all states and inall Canadian provinces, the lawrequires wearing seat belts.

How to Wear Seat BeltsProperlyFollow these rules for everyone'sprotection.

There are additional things to knowabout seat belts and children,including smaller children andinfants. If a child will be riding in thevehicle, see Older Children 0 59 orInfants and Young Children 0 61.Review and follow the rules forchildren in addition to the followingrules.



It is very important for all occupantsto buckle up. Statistics show thatunbelted people are hurt more oftenin crashes than those who arewearing seat belts.

There are important things to knowabout wearing a seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keepyour feet on the floor in front ofyou (if possible).

. Always use the correct bucklefor your seating position.

. Wear the lap part of the belt lowand snug on the hips, justtouching the thighs. In a crash,this applies force to the strongpelvic bones and you would beless likely to slide under the lapbelt. If you slid under it, the beltwould apply force on yourabdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries.

. Wear the shoulder belt over theshoulder and across the chest.These parts of the body are bestable to take belt restrainingforces. The shoulder belt locks ifthere is a sudden stop or crash.

{ Warning

You can be seriously injured,or even killed, by not wearingyour seat belt properly.

Never allow the lap or shoulder beltto become loose or twisted.



Never wear the shoulder belt underboth arms or behind your back.

Always use the correct buckle foryour seating position.

Never route the lap or shoulder beltover an armrest.

{ Warning

The seat belt can be pinched if itis routed under plastic trim on theseat, such as trim around the rearseatback folding handle or sideairbag. In a crash, pinched seatbelts might not be able to provideadequate protection. Never allowseat belts to be routed underplastic trim pieces.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll seating positions in the vehiclehave a lap-shoulder belt.

The following instructions explainhow to wear a lap-shoulder beltproperly.

1. Adjust the seat, if the seat isadjustable, so you can sit upstraight. To see how, see“Seats” in the Index.



2. Pick up the latch plate and pullthe belt across you. Do not letit get twisted.

The lap-shoulder belt may lockif you pull the belt across youvery quickly. If this happens, letthe belt go back slightly tounlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

If the shoulder portion of apassenger belt is pulled out allthe way, the child restraintlocking feature may beengaged. See Child RestraintSystems 0 63. If this occurs, letthe belt go back all the wayand start again. If the locking

feature stays engaged afterletting the belt go back tostowed position on the seat,move the seat rearward orrecline the seat until theshoulder belt retractor lockreleases.

Engaging the child restraintlocking feature in the frontoutboard seating position mayaffect the passenger sensingsystem. See PassengerSensing System 0 53.

3. Push the latch plate into thebuckle until it clicks.

Pull up on the latch plate tomake sure it is secure. If thebelt is not long enough, seeSeat Belt Extender 0 45.

Position the release button onthe buckle so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

4. To make the lap part tight, pullup on the shoulder belt.



To unlatch the belt, push the buttonon the buckle. The belt shouldreturn to its stowed position.

Always stow the seat belt slowly.If the seat belt webbing returnsquickly to the stowed position, theretractor may lock and cannot bepulled out. If this happens, pull theseat belt straight out firmly to unlockthe webbing, and then release it.If the webbing is still locked in theretractor, see your dealer.

Before a door is closed, be sure thebelt is out of the way. If a door isslammed against a seat belt,damage can occur to both the seatbelt and the vehicle.

Seat Belt Pretensioners

This vehicle has seat beltpretensioners for the front outboardoccupants. Although the seat beltpretensioners cannot be seen, theyare part of the seat belt assembly.They can help tighten the seat beltsduring the early stages of amoderate to severe frontal, nearfrontal, or rear crash if the thresholdconditions for pretensioneractivation are met. Seat beltpretensioners can also help tightenthe seat belts in a side crash or arollover event.

Pretensioners work only once. If thepretensioners activate in a crash,the pretensioners and probablyother parts of the vehicle's seat beltsystem will need to be replaced.See Replacing Seat Belt SystemParts after a Crash 0 46.

Do not sit on the outboard seat beltwhile entering or exiting the vehicleor at any time while sitting in theseat. Sitting on the seat belt candamage the webbing and hardware.

Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides

Rear seat belt comfort guides mayprovide added seat belt comfort forolder children who have outgrownbooster seats and for some adults.When installed on a shoulder belt,the comfort guide positions theshoulder belt away from the neckand head.

Comfort guides are availablethrough your dealer for the rearoutboard seating positions.Instructions are included with theguides.

Seat Belt Use DuringPregnancySeat belts work for everyone,including pregnant women. Like alloccupants, they are more likely tobe seriously injured if they do notwear seat belts.



A pregnant woman should wear alap-shoulder belt, and the lapportion should be worn as low aspossible, below the rounding,throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus isto protect the mother. When a seatbelt is worn properly, it is more likelythat the fetus will not be hurt in acrash. For pregnant women, as foranyone, the key to making seatbelts effective is wearing themproperly.

Seat Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle's seat belt will fastenaround you, you should use it.

But if a seat belt is not long enough,your dealer will order you anextender. When you go in to order it,take the heaviest coat you will wear,so the extender will be long enoughfor you. To help avoid personalinjury, do not let someone else useit, and use it only for the seat it ismade to fit. The extender has beendesigned for adults. Never use it forsecuring child restraints. For moreinformation on the proper use and fitof seat belt extenders see theinstruction sheet that comes withthe extender.

Safety System CheckPeriodically check the seat beltreminder, seat belts, buckles, latchplates, retractors, shoulder beltheight adjusters (if equipped), andseat belt anchorages to make surethey are all in working order. Lookfor any other loose or damaged seatbelt system parts that might keep a

seat belt system from performingproperly. See your dealer to have itrepaired. Torn, frayed, or twistedseat belts may not protect you in acrash. Torn or frayed seat belts canrip apart under impact forces. If abelt is torn or frayed, have itreplaced immediately. If a belt istwisted, it may be possible tountwist by reversing the latch plateon the webbing. If the twist cannotbe corrected, ask your dealer tofix it.

Make sure the seat belt reminderlight is working. See Seat BeltReminders 0 99.

Keep seat belts clean and dry. SeeSeat Belt Care 0 45.

Seat Belt CareKeep belts clean and dry.

Seat belts should be properly caredfor and maintained.

Seat belt hardware should be keptdry and free of dust or debris. Asnecessary, exterior hard surfacesand seat belt webbing may be lightlycleaned with mild soap and water.



Ensure there is not excessive dustor debris in the mechanism. If dustor debris exists in the system pleasesee the dealer. Parts may need tobe replaced to ensure properfunctionality of the system.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provideadequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Replacing Seat BeltSystem Parts after aCrash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the seat beltsystem in the vehicle. A damagedseat belt system may not properlyprotect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the seat belt systems areworking properly after a crash,have them inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.

After a minor crash, replacement ofseat belts may not be necessary.But the seat belt assemblies thatwere used during any crash mayhave been stressed or damaged.See your dealer to have the seatbelt assemblies inspected orreplaced.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the seat beltsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Have the seat belt pretensionerschecked if the vehicle has been in acrash, or if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start the vehicleor while you are driving. See AirbagReadiness Light 0 100.



Airbag SystemThe vehicle has the followingairbags:

. A frontal airbag for the driver

. A frontal airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A knee airbag for the driver

. A knee airbag for the frontoutboard passenger

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the driver

. A seat-mounted side impactairbag for the front outboardpassenger

. A roof-rail airbag for the driverand the area directly behind thedriver

. A roof-rail airbag for the frontoutboard passenger and thearea directly behind the frontoutboard passenger

Sedan models may have thefollowing airbags:

. Seat-mounted side impactairbags for the second rowoutboard passengers

All vehicle airbags have the wordAIRBAG on the trim or on a labelnear the deployment opening.

For frontal airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the center of thesteering wheel for the driver and onthe instrument panel for the frontoutboard passenger.

For knee airbags, the word AIRBAGis on the lower part of theinstrument panel.

For seat-mounted side impactairbags, the word AIRBAG is on theside of the seatback or side of theseat closest to the door.

For roof-rail airbags, the wordAIRBAG is on the ceiling or trim.

Airbags are designed to supplementthe protection provided by seatbelts. Even though today's airbagsare also designed to help reducethe risk of injury from the force of aninflating bag, all airbags must inflatevery quickly to do their job.

Here are the most important thingsto know about the airbag system:

{ Warning

You can be severely injured orkilled in a crash if you are notwearing your seat belt, even withairbags. Airbags are designed towork with seat belts, not replacethem. Also, airbags are notdesigned to inflate in every crash.In some crashes seat belts arethe only restraint. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 50.

Wearing your seat belt during acrash helps reduce your chanceof hitting things inside the vehicleor being ejected from it. Airbagsare “supplemental restraints” tothe seat belts. Everyone in thevehicle should wear a seat beltproperly, whether or not there isan airbag for that person.



{ Warning

Because airbags inflate with greatforce and faster than the blink ofan eye, anyone who is upagainst, or very close to, anyairbag when it inflates can beseriously injured or killed. Do notsit unnecessarily close to anyairbag, as you would be if sittingon the edge of the seat or leaningforward. Seat belts help keep youin position before and during acrash. Always wear a seat belt,even with airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possiblewhile still maintaining control ofthe vehicle. The seat belts andthe front outboard passengerairbags are most effective whenyou are sitting well back andupright in the seat with both feeton the floor.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Occupants should not lean on orsleep against the door or sidewindows in seating positions withseat-mounted side impact airbagsand/or roof-rail airbags.

{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Always secure childrenproperly in the vehicle. To readhow, see Older Children 0 59 orInfants and Young Children 0 61.

There is an airbag readiness lighton the instrument cluster, whichshows the airbag symbol. Thesystem checks the airbag electricalsystem for malfunctions. The lighttells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 100 for more information.

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver frontal airbag is in thecenter of the steering wheel.

The front outboard passengerfrontal airbag is in the passengerside instrument panel.



The driver knee airbag is below thesteering column. The front outboardpassenger knee airbag is below theglove box.

Driver Side Shown, PassengerSide Similar

The driver and front outboardpassenger seat-mounted sideimpact airbags are in the side of theseatbacks closest to the door.

The roof-rail airbags for the driver,front outboard passenger, andsecond row outboard passengersare in the ceiling above the sidewindows.

Rear Seat Driver Side Shown,Passenger Side Similar

On vehicles with second rowseat-mounted side impact airbags,they are in the sides of the seatbackclosest to the door.

{ Warning

If something is between anoccupant and an airbag, theairbag might not inflate properlyor it might force the object intothat person causing severe injuryor even death. The path of an

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

inflating airbag must be keptclear. Do not put anythingbetween an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or putanything on the steering wheelhub or on or near any otherairbag covering.

Do not use seat accessories thatblock the inflation path of aseat-mounted side impact airbag.

Never secure anything to the roofof a vehicle with roof-rail airbagsby routing a rope or tie‐downthrough any door or windowopening. If you do, the path of aninflating roof-rail airbag will beblocked.

When Should an AirbagInflate?This vehicle is equipped withairbags. Airbags are designed toinflate if the impact exceeds thespecific airbag system's deployment

threshold. Deployment thresholdsare used to predict how severe acrash is likely to be in time for theairbags to inflate and help restrainthe occupants. The vehicle haselectronic sensors that help theairbag system determine theseverity of the impact. Deploymentthresholds can vary with specificvehicle design.

Frontal airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe frontalor near frontal crashes to helpreduce the potential for severeinjuries, mainly to the driver's orfront outboard passenger's headand chest.

Whether the frontal airbags will orshould inflate is not based primarilyon how fast the vehicle is traveling.It depends on what is hit, thedirection of the impact, and howquickly the vehicle slows down.

Frontal airbags may inflate atdifferent crash speeds depending onwhether the vehicle hits an objectstraight on or at an angle, and

whether the object is fixed ormoving, rigid or deformable, narrowor wide.

Frontal airbags are not intended toinflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts.

In addition, the vehicle hasadvanced technology frontalairbags. Advanced technologyfrontal airbags adjust the restraintaccording to crash severity.

Knee airbags are designed to inflatein moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal impacts. Knee airbagsare not designed to inflate duringvehicle rollovers, in rear impacts,or in many side impacts.

Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare designed to inflate in moderateto severe side crashes dependingon the location of the impact.Seat-mounted side impact airbagsare not designed to inflate in frontalimpacts, near frontal impacts,rollovers, or rear impacts.A seat-mounted side impact airbagis designed to inflate on the side ofthe vehicle that is struck.



Roof-rail airbags are designed toinflate in moderate to severe sidecrashes depending on the locationof the impact. In addition, theseroof-rail airbags are designed toinflate during a rollover or in asevere frontal impact. Roof-railairbags are not designed to inflate inrear impacts. Both roof-rail airbagswill inflate when either side of thevehicle is struck or if the sensingsystem predicts that the vehicle isabout to roll over on its side, or in asevere frontal impact.

In any particular crash, no one cansay whether an airbag should haveinflated simply because of thevehicle damage or repair costs.

What Makes an AirbagInflate?In a deployment event, the sensingsystem sends an electrical signaltriggering a release of gas from theinflator. Gas from the inflator fills theairbag causing the bag to break outof the cover. The inflator, the airbag,and related hardware are all part ofthe airbag module.

For airbag locations, see Where Arethe Airbags? 0 48.

How Does an AirbagRestrain?In moderate to severe frontal ornear frontal collisions, even beltedoccupants can contact the steeringwheel or the instrument panel. Inmoderate to severe side collisions,even belted occupants can contactthe inside of the vehicle.

Airbags supplement the protectionprovided by seat belts bydistributing the force of the impactmore evenly over theoccupant's body.

Rollover capable roof-rail airbagsare designed to help contain thehead and chest of occupants in theoutboard seating positions in thefirst and second rows. The rollovercapable roof-rail airbags aredesigned to help reduce the risk offull or partial ejection in rolloverevents, although no system canprevent all such ejections.

But airbags would not help in manytypes of collisions, primarilybecause the occupant's motion isnot toward those airbags. See WhenShould an Airbag Inflate? 0 50.

Airbags should never be regardedas anything more than a supplementto seat belts.

What Will You See afteran Airbag Inflates?After the frontal, knee, andseat-mounted side impact airbagsinflate, they quickly deflate, soquickly that some people may noteven realize the airbags inflated.Roof-rail airbags may still be at leastpartially inflated for some time afterthey inflate. Some components ofthe airbag module may be hot forseveral minutes. For location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 48.

The parts of the airbag that comeinto contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There maybe some smoke and dust comingfrom the vents in the deflated



airbags. Airbag inflation does notprevent the driver from seeing out ofthe windshield or being able to steerthe vehicle, nor does it preventpeople from leaving the vehicle.

{ Warning

When an airbag inflates, theremay be dust in the air. This dustcould cause breathing problemsfor people with a history ofasthma or other breathing trouble.To avoid this, everyone in thevehicle should get out as soon asit is safe to do so. If you havebreathing problems but cannotget out of the vehicle after anairbag inflates, then get fresh airby opening a window or a door.If you experience breathingproblems following an airbagdeployment, you should seekmedical attention.

The vehicle has a feature that mayautomatically unlock the doors, turnon the interior lamps and hazardwarning flashers after the airbags

inflate. The feature may alsoactivate, without airbag inflation,after an event that exceeds apredetermined threshold. Afterturning the ignition off and then onagain, the doors can be locked, theinterior lamps can be turned off, andthe hazard warning flashers can beturned off using the controls forthose features. If any of thesesystems are damaged in the crashthey may not operate as normal.

{ Warning

A crash severe enough to inflatethe airbags may have alsodamaged important functions inthe vehicle, such as the brakeand steering systems, etc. Even ifthe vehicle appears to be drivableafter a moderate crash, there maybe concealed damage that couldmake it difficult to safely operatethe vehicle.

Use caution if attempting torestart the vehicle after a crashhas occurred.

If an airbag inflates or the vehiclehas been in a crash, the sensingsystem may shut down the highvoltage system. When this occurs,the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

In many crashes severe enough toinflate the airbag, windshields arebroken by vehicle deformation.Additional windshield breakage mayalso occur from the front outboardpassenger airbag.

. Airbags are designed to inflateonly once. After an airbaginflates, you will need some newparts for the airbag system.If you do not get them, theairbag system will not be thereto help protect you in anothercrash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possiblyother parts. The service manualfor the vehicle covers the needto replace other parts.


Seats and Restraints 53. The vehicle has a crash sensing

and diagnostic module whichrecords information after acrash. See Vehicle DataRecording and Privacy 0 324andEvent Data Recorders 0 324.

. Let only qualified technicianswork on the airbag systems.Improper service can mean thatan airbag system will not workproperly. See your dealer forservice.

Passenger SensingSystemThe vehicle has a passengersensing system for the frontoutboard passenger position. Thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light on the overhead consolewhen the vehicle is started.

United States

Canada

The words ON and OFF, or thesymbols for on and off, will bevisible during the system check.When the system check iscomplete, either the word ON orOFF, or the symbol for on or off, willbe visible. See Passenger AirbagStatus Indicator 0 100.

The passenger sensing systemturns off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag under certain conditions. Noother airbag is affected by thepassenger sensing system.

The passenger sensing systemworks with sensors that are part ofthe front outboard passenger seatand seat belt. The sensors aredesigned to detect the presence ofa properly seated occupant anddetermine if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag should be allowed to inflateor not.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlysecured in a rear seat in the correctchild restraint for their weightand size.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great,if the airbag inflates.



{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the passenger frontalairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thepassenger frontal airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat, even ifthe airbag is off. If securing aforward-facing child restraint in

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

the front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure child restraints in the rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the childwhen a rear seat is not available.

If the vehicle does not have a rearseat that will accommodate arear-facing child restraint, arear-facing child restraint should notbe installed in the vehicle, even ifthe airbag is off.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if:

. The front outboard passengerseat is unoccupied.

. The system determines an infantis present in a child restraint.

. A front outboard passengertakes his/her weight off of theseat for a period of time.

. There is a critical problem withthe airbag system or thepassenger sensing system.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag, the OFF indicatorwill light and stay lit as a reminderthat the airbags are off. SeePassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 100.

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn on the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag anytime the systemsenses that a person of adult size issitting properly in the front outboardpassenger seat. When thepassenger sensing system hasallowed the airbags to be enabled,the ON indicator will light and stay litas a reminder that the airbags areactive.

For some children, includingchildren in child restraints, and forvery small adults, the passengersensing system may or may not turnoff the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag,



depending upon the person'sseating posture and body build.Everyone in the vehicle who hasoutgrown child restraints shouldwear a seat belt properly — whetheror not there is an airbag for thatperson.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 100 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

If the On Indicator Is Lit for aChild Restraint

The passenger sensing system isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag if the systemdetermines that an infant is present

in a child restraint. If a child restrainthas been installed and the ONindicator is lit:

1. Turn the vehicle off.

2. Remove the child restraint fromthe vehicle.

3. Remove any additional itemsfrom the seat such as blankets,cushions, seat covers, seatheaters, or seat massagers.

4. Reinstall the child restraintfollowing the directionsprovided by the child restraintmanufacturer and refer toSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat)0 76 orSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 78.

Make sure the seat beltretractor is locked by pullingthe shoulder belt all the wayout of the retractor wheninstalling the child restraint,even if the child restraint isequipped with a seat belt lockoff. When the retractor lock is

set, the belt can be tightenedbut not pulled out of theretractor.

5. If, after reinstalling the childrestraint and restarting thevehicle, the ON indicator is stilllit, turn the vehicle off. Thenslightly recline the vehicleseatback and adjust the seatcushion, if adjustable, to makesure that the vehicle seatbackis not pushing the childrestraint into the seat cushion.Also make sure the childrestraint is not trapped underthe vehicle head restraint.If this happens, adjust the headrestraint. See Head Restraints0 32.

6. Restart the vehicle.

The passenger sensing system mayor may not turn off the airbags for achild in a child restraint dependingupon the child’s size. It is better tosecure the child restraint in a rearseat. Consider using anothervehicle to transport the child when arear seat is not available. Never put



a rear-facing child restraint in thefront seat, even if the ON indicatoris not lit.

If the Off Indicator Is Lit for anAdult-Sized Occupant

If a person of adult size is sitting inthe front outboard passenger seat,but the OFF indicator is lit, it couldbe because that person is not sittingproperly in the seat or that the childrestraint locking feature is engaged.Use the following steps to allow thesystem to detect that person andenable the front outboard passengerfrontal airbag and knee airbag:


2. Remove any additional materialfrom the seat, such asblankets, cushions, seatcovers, seat heaters, or seatmassagers.

3. Place the seatback in the fullyupright position.

4. Have the person sit upright inthe seat, centered on the seatcushion, with legs comfortablyextended.

5. If the shoulder portion of thebelt is pulled out all the way,the child restraint lockingfeature will be engaged. Thismay unintentionally cause thepassenger sensing system toturn the airbag off for someadult-sized occupants. If thishappens, unbuckle the belt andlet the belt go back all the way,and then buckle the belt againwithout pulling the belt out allthe way.

6. Restart the vehicle and havethe person remain in thisposition for two tothree minutes after the ONindicator is lit.

{ Warning

If the front outboard passengerairbag is turned off for anadult-sized occupant, the airbagwill not be able to inflate and helpprotect that person in a crash,resulting in an increased risk ofserious injury or even death. Anadult-sized occupant should notride in the front outboardpassenger seat, if the passengerairbag OFF indicator is lit.

Additional Factors AffectingSystem Operation

Seat belts help keep the passengerin position on the seat duringvehicle maneuvers and braking,which helps the passenger sensingsystem maintain the passengerairbag status. See “Seat Belts” and



“Child Restraints” in the Index foradditional information about theimportance of proper restraint use.

A thick layer of additional material,such as a blanket or cushion,or aftermarket equipment such asseat covers, seat heaters, and seatmassagers can affect how well thepassenger sensing systemoperates. We recommend that younot use seat covers or otheraftermarket equipment except whenapproved by GM for your specificvehicle. See Adding Equipment tothe Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57for more information aboutmodifications that can affect howthe system operates.

The ON indicator may be lit if anobject, such as a briefcase,handbag, grocery bag, laptop,or other electronic device is put onan unoccupied seat. If this is notdesired, remove the object fromthe seat.

{ Warning

Stowing articles under thepassenger seat or between thepassenger seat cushion andseatback may interfere with theproper operation of the passengersensing system.

Servicing theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAirbags affect how the vehicleshould be serviced. There are partsof the airbag system in severalplaces around the vehicle. Yourdealer and the service manual haveinformation about servicing thevehicle and the airbag system. Topurchase a service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 321.

{ Warning

For up to 10 seconds after thevehicle is turned off and the 12‐volt battery is disconnected, anairbag can still inflate duringimproper service. You can beinjured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoidyellow connectors. They areprobably part of the airbagsystem. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and makesure the person performing workfor you is qualified to do so.

Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped VehicleAdding accessories that change thevehicle's frame, bumper system,height, front end, or side sheetmetal may keep the airbag systemfrom working properly.

The operation of the airbag systemcan also be affected by changing,including improperly repairing orreplacing, any parts of the following:


58 Seats and Restraints. Airbag system, including airbag

modules, front or side impactsensors, sensing and diagnosticmodule, or airbag wiring

. Front seats, including stitching,seams or zippers

. Seat belts

. Steering wheel, instrumentpanel, overhead console, ceilingtrim, or pillar garnish trim

. Inner door seals, includingspeakers

Your dealer and the service manualhave information about the locationof the airbag modules and sensors,sensing and diagnostic module, andairbag wiring along with the properreplacement procedures.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system for thefront outboard passenger position,which includes sensors that are partof the passenger seat. Thepassenger sensing system may notoperate properly if the original seattrim is replaced with non-GMcovers, upholstery, or trim; or withGM covers, upholstery, or trim

designed for a different vehicle. Anyobject, such as an aftermarket seatheater or a comfort-enhancing pador device, installed under or on topof the seat fabric, could alsointerfere with the operation of thepassenger sensing system. Thiscould either prevent properdeployment of the passengerairbag(s) or prevent the passengersensing system from properlyturning off the passenger airbag(s).See Passenger Sensing System0 53.

If the vehicle has rollover roof-railairbags, see Different Size Tiresand Wheels 0 273 for additionalimportant information.

If the vehicle must be modifiedbecause you have a disability andhave questions about whether themodifications will affect the vehicle'sairbag system, or if you havequestions about whether the airbagsystem will be affected if the vehicleis modified for any other reason, callCustomer Assistance. SeeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 314.

Airbag System CheckThe airbag system does not needregularly scheduled maintenance orreplacement. Make sure the airbagreadiness light is working. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 100.

Caution

If an airbag covering is damaged,opened, or broken, the airbagmay not work properly. Do notopen or break the airbagcoverings. If there are anyopened or broken airbagcoverings, have the airbagcovering and/or airbag modulereplaced. For the location of theairbags, see Where Are theAirbags? 0 48. See your dealerfor service.



Replacing Airbag SystemParts after a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the airbagsystems in the vehicle.A damaged airbag system maynot properly protect you and yourpassenger(s) in a crash, resultingin serious injury or even death. Tohelp make sure the airbagsystems are working properlyafter a crash, have theminspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon aspossible.

If an airbag inflates, you will need toreplace airbag system parts. Seeyour dealer for service.

If the airbag readiness light stays onafter the vehicle is started or comeson when you are driving, the airbagsystem may not work properly. Havethe vehicle serviced right away. SeeAirbag Readiness Light 0 100.

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrownbooster seats should wear thevehicle’s seat belts.

The manufacturer instructions thatcome with the booster seat state theweight and height limitations for thatbooster. Use a booster seat with alap-shoulder belt until the childpasses the fit test below:

. Sit all the way back on the seat.Do the knees bend at the seatedge? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Buckle the lap-shoulder belt.Does the shoulder belt rest onthe shoulder? If yes, continue.If no, try using the rear seat beltcomfort guide, if available. See“Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides”under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 42.If a comfort guide is notavailable, or if the shoulder beltstill does not rest on theshoulder, then return to thebooster seat.

. Does the lap belt fit low andsnug on the hips, touching thethighs? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.

. Can proper seat belt fit bemaintained for the length of thetrip? If yes, continue. If no,return to the booster seat.



Q: What is the proper way towear seat belts?

A: An older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get theadditional restraint a shoulderbelt can provide. The shoulderbelt should not cross the face orneck. The lap belt should fitsnugly below the hips, justtouching the top of the thighs.This applies belt force to thechild's pelvic bones in a crash.It should never be worn over theabdomen, which could causesevere or even fatal internalinjuries in a crash.

Also see “Rear Seat Belt ComfortGuides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt0 42.

According to accident statistics,children are safer when properlyrestrained in a rear seating position.

In a crash, children who are notbuckled up can strike other peoplewho are buckled up, or can bethrown out of the vehicle. Olderchildren need to use seat beltsproperly.

{ Warning

Never allow more than one childto wear the same seat belt. Theseat belt cannot properly spreadthe impact forces. In a crash, theycan be crushed together andseriously injured. A seat belt mustbe used by only one person ata time.

{ Warning

Never allow a child to wear theseat belt with the shoulder beltbehind their back. A child can beseriously injured by not wearingthe lap-shoulder belt properly. In acrash, the child would not berestrained by the shoulder belt.The child could move too farforward increasing the chance ofhead and neck injury. The childmight also slide under the lapbelt. The belt force would then beapplied right on the abdomen.That could cause serious or fatalinjuries. The shoulder belt shouldgo over the shoulder and acrossthe chest.



Infants and YoungChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needsprotection! This includes infants andall other children. Neither thedistance traveled nor the age andsize of the traveler changes theneed, for everyone, to use safetyrestraints. In fact, the law in everystate in the United States and inevery Canadian province sayschildren up to some age must berestrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Never leave children unattendedin a vehicle and never allowchildren to play with the seatbelts.

Every time infants and youngchildren ride in vehicles, they shouldhave the protection provided by

appropriate child restraints. Neitherthe vehicle's seat belt system nor itsairbag system is designed for them.

Children who are not restrainedproperly can strike other people,or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

{ Warning

Never hold an infant or a childwhile riding in a vehicle. Due tocrash forces, an infant or a childwill become so heavy it is notpossible to hold it during a crash.For example, in a crash at only40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb)infant will suddenly become a110 kg (240 lb) force on a person'sarms. An infant or child should besecured in an appropriate childrestraint.



{ Warning

Children who are up against,or very close to, any airbag whenit inflates can be seriously injuredor killed. Never put a rear-facingchild restraint in the frontoutboard seat. Secure arear-facing child restraint in a rearseat. It is also better to secure aforward-facing child restraint in arear seat. If you must secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard seat, alwaysmove the front passenger seat asfar back as it will go.

Child restraints are devices used torestrain, seat, or position children inthe vehicle and are sometimescalled child seats or car seats.

There are three basic types ofchild restraints:

. Forward-facing child restraints

. Rear-facing child restraints

. Belt-positioning booster seats

The proper child restraint for yourchild depends on their size, weight,and age, and also on whether thechild restraint is compatible with thevehicle in which it will be used.

For each type of child restraint,there are many different modelsavailable. When purchasing a childrestraint, be sure it is designed to beused in a motor vehicle. If it is, thechild restraint will have a labelsaying that it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

The instruction manual that isprovided with the child restraintstates the weight and heightlimitations for that particular childrestraint. In addition, there are manykinds of child restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{ Warning

To reduce the risk of neck andhead injury in a crash, infants andtoddlers should be secured in arear-facing child restraint until agetwo, or until they reach themaximum height and weight limitsof their child restraint.



{ Warning

A young child's hip bones are stillso small that the vehicle seat beltmay not remain low on the hipbones, as it should. Instead, itmay settle up around the child'sabdomen. In a crash, the beltwould apply force on a body areathat is unprotected by any bonystructure. This alone could causeserious or fatal injuries. To reducethe risk of serious or fatal injuriesduring a crash, young childrenshould always be secured in anappropriate child restraint.

Child Restraint Systems

Rear-Facing Infant Restraint

A rear-facing child restraint providesrestraint with the seating surfaceagainst the back of the infant.

The harness system holds the infantin place and, in a crash, acts tokeep the infant positioned in therestraint.

Forward-Facing Child Restraint

A forward-facing child restraintprovides restraint for the child'sbody with the harness.



Booster Seats

A belt-positioning booster seat isused for children who haveoutgrown their forward-facing childrestraint. Boosters are designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle's seatbelt system until the child is largeenough for the vehicle seat belts tofit properly without a booster seat.See the seat belt fit test in OlderChildren 0 59.

Securing an Add-On ChildRestraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly secured inthe vehicle. Secure the childrestraint properly in the vehicleusing the vehicle seat belt orLATCH system, following theinstructions that came with thatchild restraint and the instructionsin this manual.

To help reduce the chance of injury,the child restraint must be securedin the vehicle. Child restraints mustbe secured in vehicle seats by lapbelts or the lap belt portion of alap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCHsystem. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 66 for more information.Children can be endangered in acrash if the child restraint is notproperly secured in the vehicle.

When securing an add-on childrestraint, refer to the following:

1. Instruction labels provided onthe child restraint

2. Instruction manual providedwith the child restraint

3. This vehicle owner's manual

The child restraint instructions areimportant, so if they are notavailable, obtain a replacementcopy from the manufacturer.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

In some areas Certified ChildPassenger Safety Technicians(CPSTs) are available to inspectand demonstrate how to correctlyuse and install child restraints. Inthe U.S., refer to the NationalHighway Traffic SafetyAdministration (NHTSA) website tolocate the nearest child safety seatinspection station. For CPST



availability in Canada, check withTransport Canada or the ProvincialMinistry of Transportation office.

Securing the Child Within theChild Restraint

{ Warning

A child can be seriously injured orkilled in a crash if the child is notproperly secured in the childrestraint. Secure the childproperly following the instructionsthat came with that child restraint.

Where to Put theRestraintAccording to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in an appropriatechild restraint secured in a rearseating position.

Whenever possible, children aged12 and under should be secured ina rear seating position.

Never put a rear-facing childrestraint in the front. This is becausethe risk to the rear-facing child is sogreat if the airbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front passengerairbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing childrestraint would be very close tothe inflating airbag. A child in aforward-facing child restraint canbe seriously injured or killed if thefront passenger airbag inflatesand the passenger seat is in aforward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontpassenger frontal airbag, nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though it isturned off.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if the airbagis off. If you secure aforward-facing child restraint inthe front seat, always move thefront passenger seat as far backas it will go. It is better to securethe child restraint in a rear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 53 for additional information.


When securing a child restraint withthe seat belts in a rear seat position,study the instructions that came withthe child restraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.



Child restraints and booster seatsvary considerably in size, and somemay fit in certain seating positionsbetter than others.

Depending on where you place thechild restraint and the size of thechild restraint, you may not be ableto access adjacent seat belts orLATCH anchors for additionalpassengers or child restraints.Adjacent seating positions shouldnot be used if the child restraintprevents access to or interferes withthe routing of the seat belt.

Wherever a child restraint isinstalled, be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the childrestraint and secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecuredchild restraint can move around in acollision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure toproperly secure any child restraint inthe vehicle — even when no child isin it.

Lower Anchors andTethers for Children(LATCH System)The LATCH system secures a childrestraint during driving or in a crash.LATCH attachments on the childrestraint are used to attach the childrestraint to the anchors in thevehicle. The LATCH system isdesigned to make installation of achild restraint easier.

In order to use the LATCH system inyour vehicle, you need a childrestraint that has LATCHattachments. LATCH-compatiblerear-facing and forward-facing childseats can be properly installedusing either the LATCH anchors orthe vehicle’s seat belts. Do not useboth the seat belts and the LATCHanchorage system to secure arear-facing or forward-facingchild seat.

Booster seats use the vehicle’s seatbelts to secure the child and thebooster seat. If the manufacturerrecommends that the booster seatbe secured with the LATCH system,

this can be done as long as thebooster seat can be positionedproperly and there is no interferencewith the proper positioning of thelap-shoulder belt on the child.

Make sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint,and also the instructions in thismanual.

When installing a child restraint witha top tether, you must also useeither the lower anchors or the seatbelts to properly secure the childrestraint. A child restraint mustnever be installed using only the toptether and anchor.

For a forward-facing 5-pt harnesschild restraint where the combinedweight of the child and restraint areup to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either thelower LATCH anchorages with thetop tether anchorage, or the seatbelt with the top tether anchorage.Where the combined weight of thechild and restraint are greater than29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat belt withthe top tether anchorage only.



Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints

Restraint Type CombinedWeight of theChild + ChildRestraint

Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X

LATCH – LowerAnchors Only

Seat Belt Only LATCH – LowerAnchors and TopTether Anchor

Seat Belt andTop TetherAnchor

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Rear-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Up to29.5 kg (65 lb)

X X

Forward-FacingChild Restraint

Greater than29.5 kg (65 lb)

X

See Securing Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 76orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 78.

Child restraints built after March2014 will be labeled with thespecific child weight up to which theLATCH system can be used toinstall the restraint.

The following explains how to attacha child restraint with theseattachments in the vehicle.

Not all vehicle seating positionshave lower anchors. In this case,the seat belt must be used (with toptether where available) to secure

the child restraint. See SecuringChild Restraints (With the Seat Beltin the Rear Seat) 0 76 orSecuring Child Restraints (With theSeat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 78.



Lower Anchors

Lower anchors (1) are metal barsbuilt into the vehicle. There are twolower anchors for each LATCHseating position that willaccommodate a child restraint withlower attachments (2).

Top Tether Anchor

A top tether (3, 4) is used to securethe top of the child restraint to thevehicle. A top tether anchor is builtinto the vehicle. The top tetherattachment hook (2) on the childrestraint connects to the top tetheranchor in the vehicle in order toreduce the forward movement androtation of the child restraint duringdriving or in a crash.

The child restraint may have asingle tether (3) or a dual tether (4).Either will have a single attachmenthook (2) to secure the top tether tothe anchor.

Some child restraints with top tetherare designed for use with or withoutthe top tether being attached.Others require the top tether alwaysto be attached. In Canada, the lawrequires that forward-facing childrestraints have a top tether, and thatthe tether be attached. Be sure toread and follow the instructions foryour child restraint.

Lower Anchor and Top TetherAnchor Locations

Rear Seat Delete Model



Sedan Models

I : Seating positions with toptether anchors.

H : Seating positions with two loweranchors.

To assist in locating the loweranchors, each seating position withlower anchors has two labels, nearthe crease between the seatbackand the seat cushion.

The outboard lower anchors arebehind the vertical openings in therear seat trim.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors on sedan models, the toptether anchor symbol is on the trimnear the anchor.

For sedan models, the top tetheranchors are behind the rear seats.

Sedan Model




For rear seat delete models, the toptether anchors (1, 2) are located onthe rear floor behind thepassenger seat.

To assist in locating the top tetheranchors on rear seat delete models,the top tether anchor symbol is nearthe anchor. The top tether anchors

may be covered. If the top tetheranchors are covered, the top tetheranchor symbol is on the cover.

Do not attach the top tether to thislocation. Use only the approved toptether anchors identified previouslyin this section.

Be sure to use an anchor locateddirectly behind the seating positionwhere the child restraint will beplaced.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be attached, or if

the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be attached.

According to accident statistics,children and infants are safer whenproperly restrained in a childrestraint system or infant restraintsystem secured in a rear seatingposition. See Where to Put theRestraint 0 65 for additionalinformation.

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCHSystem

{ Warning

A child could be seriously injuredor killed in a crash if the childrestraint is not properly attachedto the vehicle using either theLATCH anchors or the vehicleseat belt. Follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraintand the instructions in thismanual.



{ Warning

To reduce the risk of serious orfatal injuries during a crash, donot attach more than one childrestraint to a single anchor.Attaching more than one childrestraint to a single anchor couldcause the anchor or attachmentto come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or otherscould be injured.

{ Warning

Children can be seriously injuredor strangled if a shoulder belt iswrapped around their neck. Theshoulder belt can tighten butcannot be loosened if it is locked.The shoulder belt locks when it ispulled all the way out of theretractor. It unlocks when theshoulder belt is allowed to go allthe way back into the retractor,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

but it cannot do this if it iswrapped around a child’s neck.If the shoulder belt is locked andtightened around a child’s neck,the only way to loosen the belt isto cut it.

Buckle any unused seat beltsbehind the child restraint sochildren cannot reach them. Pullthe shoulder belt all the way outof the retractor to set the lock,and tighten the belt behind thechild restraint after the childrestraint has been installed.

Caution

Do not let the LATCHattachments rub against thevehicle’s seat belts. This maydamage these parts. If necessary,move buckled seat belts to avoidrubbing the LATCH attachments.

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

Do not fold the rear seatbackwhen the seat is occupied. Do notfold the empty rear seat with aseat belt buckled. This coulddamage the seat belt or the seat.Unbuckle and return the seat beltto its stowed position, beforefolding the seat.

If you need to secure more than onechild restraint in the rear seat, seeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 65 foradditional information.


1. For models without a rear seat,forward-facing child restraintsshould only be installed in theright front seating position withthe seat belt and a top tether.See Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in the RearSeat) 0 76 orSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 78.



If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,if your vehicle has one. Referto the child restraintinstructions and the followingsteps:

1.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

1.2. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and you

are using a dual tether,route the tether aroundthe head restraint.

If the position you areusing has an adjustablehead restraint and youare using a single tether,raise the head restraintand route the tetherunder the head restraintand in between the headrestraint posts.

2. Secure the child restraint in theright front seating position withthe vehicle belts. See SecuringChild Restraints (With the SeatBelt in the Rear Seat) 0 76 orSecuring Child Restraints (Withthe Seat Belt in the Front Seat)0 78.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the belt path and attempt tomove it side to side and backand forth. There should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Sedan Models

1. Attach and tighten the lowerattachments to the loweranchors. If the child restraintdoes not have lowerattachments or the desiredseating position does not havelower anchors, secure the childrestraint with the top tether andthe seat belt. Refer to the childrestraint manufacturerinstructions and theinstructions in this manual.

1.1. Find the lower anchorsfor the desired seatingposition.

1.2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.



For rear outboard seatingpositions, if the headrestraint interferes withthe proper installation ofthe child restraint, thehead restraint may beremoved. See “HeadRestraint Removal andReinstallation” at the endof this section.

When installing arear-facing child restraint,it may be necessary tomove the front seatforward to properly installthe child restraint per thechild restraintmanufacturer instructions.

1.3. Attach and tighten thelower attachments on thechild restraint to the loweranchors.

2. If the child restraintmanufacturer recommends thatthe top tether be attached,attach and tighten the toptether to the top tether anchor,

if equipped. Refer to the childrestraint instructions and thefollowing steps:

2.1. Find the top tetheranchor.

2.2. Remove the cargo coverbefore installing the toptether. Place the cargocover in its originallocation after installingyour child restraint whenthe head restraint isremoved.

2.3. Route, attach, and tightenthe top tether accordingto your child restraintinstructions and thefollowing instructions:

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, route thetether over the seatback.

If the position you areusing does not have aheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, route the tetherover the seatback.



If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using a dualtether, raise the headrestor head restraint androute the tether under theheadrest or head restraintand around the headrestor head restraint posts.

If the position you areusing has an adjustableheadrest or head restraintand you are using asingle tether, raise theheadrest or head restraintand route the tetherunder the headrest orhead restraint and inbetween the headrest orhead restraint posts.

3. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the LATCH path and attemptto move it side to side andback and forth. There shouldbe no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement for properinstallation.

Head Restraint Removal andReinstallation

The rear outboard head restraintscan be removed if they interfere withthe proper installation of the childrestraint.

To remove the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 37for additional information.

2. Press both buttons on the headrestraint posts at the sametime, and pull up on the headrestraint.

3. Store the head restraint in asecure place.

4. When the child restraint isremoved, reinstall the headrestraint before the seatingposition is used.



{ Warning

With head restraints that are notinstalled and adjusted properly,there is a greater chance thatoccupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do notdrive until the head restraints forall occupants are installed andadjusted properly.

To reinstall the head restraint:

1. Partially fold the seatbackforward. See Rear Seats 0 37.

2. Insert the head restraint postsinto the holes in the top of theseatback. The notches on theposts must face the driver sideof the vehicle.

3. Push the head restraint down.

If necessary, press the heightadjustment release button tofurther lower the head restraint.See Head Restraints 0 32.

4. Return the head restraint to thefull upright position if folded.Pull the head restraint up andforward until it locks into place.

5. Try to move the head restraintin all directions to make surethat it is locked in place.

Always adjust the headrestraint so that the top of therestraint is at the same heightas the top of the occupant'shead. See Head Restraints0 32.

Replacing LATCH SystemParts After a Crash

{ Warning

A crash can damage the LATCHsystem in the vehicle. A damagedLATCH system may not properlysecure the child restraint,resulting in serious injury or evendeath in a crash. To help makesure the LATCH system isworking properly after a crash,see your dealer to have thesystem inspected and anynecessary replacements made assoon as possible.



If the vehicle has the LATCH systemand it was being used during acrash, new LATCH system partsmay be needed.

New parts and repairs may benecessary even if the LATCHsystem was not being used at thetime of the crash.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theRear Seat)When securing a child restraint in arear seating position, study theinstructions that came with the childrestraint to make sure it iscompatible with this vehicle.

If the child restraint has the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 66 for how and where toinstall the child restraint usingLATCH. If a child restraint issecured in the vehicle using a seatbelt and it uses a top tether, seeLower Anchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 66 fortop tether anchor locations.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or ifthe instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

If the child restraint or vehicle seatposition does not have the LATCHsystem, you will be using the seatbelt to secure the child restraint.Be sure to follow the instructionsthat came with the child restraint.

If more than one child restraintneeds to be installed in the rearseat, be sure to read Where to Putthe Restraint 0 65.

1. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

If the head restraint interfereswith the proper installation ofthe child restraint, the headrestraint may be removed. See“Head Restraint Removal and

Reinstallation” under LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 66.

2. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt throughor around the restraint. Thechild restraint instructions willshow you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.



4. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.

5. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 4 and 5.

6. If the child restraint has a toptether, follow the child restraintmanufacturer's instructionsregarding the use of the toptether. See Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 66.

7. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it. If thehead restraint was removed,reinstall it before the seatingposition is used. See “HeadRestraint Removal and



Reinstallation” under Lower Anchorsand Tethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 66 for additionalinformation on installing the headrestraint properly.

Securing Child Restraints(With the Seat Belt in theFront Seat)This vehicle has airbags. A rearseat is a safer place to secure aforward-facing child restraint. SeeWhere to Put the Restraint 0 65.

In addition, the vehicle has apassenger sensing system which isdesigned to turn off the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag under certainconditions. See Passenger SensingSystem 0 53 andPassenger Airbag Status Indicator0 100 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Never put a rear-facing child seat inthe front. This is because the risk tothe rear-facing child is so great if theairbag deploys.

{ Warning

A child in a rear-facing childrestraint can be seriously injuredor killed if the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag inflates.This is because the back of therear-facing child restraint wouldbe very close to the inflatingairbag. A child in a forward-facingchild restraint can be seriouslyinjured or killed if the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbaginflates and the passenger seat isin a forward position.

Even if the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger airbag(s), nosystem is fail-safe. No one canguarantee that an airbag will notdeploy under some unusualcircumstance, even though theairbag(s) are off.

Secure rear-facing child restraintsin a rear seat, even if theairbag(s) are off. If you secure a

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

forward-facing child restraint inthe front outboard passengerseat, always move the seat as farback as it will go. It is better tosecure the child restraint in arear seat.

See Passenger Sensing System0 53 for additional information.


If the child restraint uses a toptether, see Lower Anchors andTethers for Children (LATCHSystem) 0 66 for top tether anchorlocations.

Do not secure a child restraint in aposition without a top tether anchorif a national or local law requiresthat the top tether be anchored, or if



the instructions that come with thechild restraint say that the top tethermust be anchored.

In Canada, the law requires thatforward-facing child restraints havea top tether, and that the tether beattached.

When using the lap-shoulder belt tosecure the child restraint in thisposition, follow the instructions thatcame with the child restraint and thefollowing instructions:

1. Move the seat as far back as itwill go before securing theforward-facing child restraint.Move the seat upward or theseatback to an upright position,if needed, to get a tightinstallation of the childrestraint.

When the passenger sensingsystem has turned off the frontoutboard passenger frontalairbag and knee airbag, theOFF indicator on thepassenger airbag statusindicator should light and stay

lit when you start the vehicle.See Passenger Airbag StatusIndicator 0 100.

2. Put the child restraint onthe seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and runthe lap and shoulder portionsof the vehicle seat belt throughor around the restraint. Thechild restraint instructions willshow you how.


Position the release button onthe buckle, away from the childrestraint, so that the seat beltcould be quickly unbuckled ifnecessary.

5. Pull the shoulder belt all theway out of the retractor to setthe lock. When the retractorlock is set, the belt can betightened but not pulled out ofthe retractor.



6. To tighten the belt, push downon the child restraint, pull theshoulder portion of the belt totighten the lap portion of thebelt, and feed the shoulder beltback into the retractor. Wheninstalling a forward-facing childrestraint, it may be helpful touse your knee to push down onthe child restraint as youtighten the belt.

Try to pull the belt out of theretractor to make sure theretractor is locked. If theretractor is not locked, repeatSteps 5 and 6.

7. If the vehicle does not have arear seat and the child restraintmanufacturer recommendsusing a top tether anchor,attach the top tether to the toptether anchor. Refer to theinstructions that came with thechild restraint and to LowerAnchors and Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) 0 66.

8. Before placing a child in thechild restraint, make sure it issecurely held in place. Tocheck, grasp the child restraintat the seat belt path andattempt to move it side to sideand back and forth. When thechild restraint is properlyinstalled, there should be nomore than 2.5 cm (1 in) ofmovement.

If the airbags are off, the OFFindicator in the passenger airbagstatus indicator will come on andstay on when the vehicle is started.

If a child restraint has been installedand the ON indicator is lit, see “Ifthe On Indicator Is Lit for a ChildRestraint” under Passenger SensingSystem 0 53.

To remove the child restraint,unbuckle the vehicle seat belt andlet it return to the stowed position.If the top tether is attached to a toptether anchor, disconnect it.


Storage 81

Storage

Storage CompartmentsStorage Compartments . . . . . . . . 81Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . . 81Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Center Console Storage . . . . . . . 82

Additional Storage FeaturesCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Cargo Management System . . . 83

StorageCompartments

{ Warning

Do not store heavy or sharpobjects in storage compartments.In a crash, these objects maycause the cover to open andcould result in injury.

Instrument Panel Storage

The instrument panel storage isnear the power outlet.

CupholdersThe front cupholders are near theshift lever.

If equipped, lower the armrest toaccess the rear cupholders. Theliner is removable for cleaning.


82 Storage

Center Console Storage

There is storage in the centerconsole. Pull up the latch and liftto open.

There may be a small tray andadditional storage when the smalltray is detached.

Additional StorageFeatures

Cargo Cover

{ Warning

An unsecured cargo cover couldstrike people in a sudden stop orturn, or in a crash. Store thecargo cover securely or remove itfrom the vehicle.

If equipped, the cargo cover can beused to cover items in the rear ofthe vehicle.

To remove the cargo cover:

1. Remove the cords from thehooks at the top of theliftgate (1).

2. Disconnect the loops from thehooks on the trim panel (2).

To install the cargo cover:

1. Attach the loops to the hookson the trim panel (2).

2. Reconnect both of the cords tothe hooks at the top of theliftgate (1).


Storage 83

Cargo ManagementSystem

Pull up on the load floor cover toaccess the cargo managementsystem, if equipped. There is acarpeted open storage area.Remove the carpet and the coverto access additional storage.

To close, lift the load floor cover andplace it on the retainers. Push downon the load floor to secure it.


84 Instruments and Controls

Instruments andControls

ControlsSteering Wheel Adjustment . . . . 85Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . . . 85Heated Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . 86Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . 86Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . . 87Rear Window Wiper/Washer . . . 88Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Power Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Battery Gauge (High

Voltage) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . 98Power Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . 99

Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . 99Airbag Readiness Light . . . . . . . 100Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Charging System Light (12-Volt

Battery) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Service Vehicle Soon Light . . . 102Brake System Warning

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102Service Electric Parking Brake

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Antilock Brake System (ABS)

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Lane Keep Assist (LKA)

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . 104Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . 104Traction Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104StabiliTrak OFF Light . . . . . . . . . 105Traction Control System (TCS)/

StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Tire Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . 105Security Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . 106High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 106Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 106Cruise Control Light . . . . . . . . . . 107

Door Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Information DisplaysPower Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Programmable Charging . . . . . . 107Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . 115Charging Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

Vehicle MessagesVehicle Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Propulsion Power

Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Vehicle Speed Messages . . . . . 121

Vehicle PersonalizationVehicle Personalization . . . . . . . 121


Instruments and Controls 85

Controls

Steering WheelAdjustment

To adjust the steering wheel:

1. Pull the lever down.

2. Move the steering wheel upor down.

3. Pull or push the steering wheelcloser or away from you.

4. Pull the lever up to lock thesteering wheel in place.

Do not adjust the steering wheelwhile driving.

Steering Wheel Controls

If equipped, some audio controlscan be adjusted at the steeringwheel.

g : If equipped with OnStar or aBluetooth system, press to interactwith those systems. See OnStarOverview 0 326 orBluetooth 0 153.

c : Press to decline an incomingcall or end a current call. Press tomute or unmute the infotainmentsystem when not on a call.

w or x : Press to go to theprevious or next selection.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

@ : Press to select a highlightedmenu option.

yFAV or FAVz : Press to display alist of favorites and select the nextor previous favorite when listeningto the radio.



The volume switches are on theright rear side of the steering wheel.Press to increase or decrease thevolume.

There is a paddle on the left rearside of the steering wheel forregenerative braking. SeeRegenerative Braking 0 194.

Heated Steering Wheel

( : If equipped, press to turn on oroff. An indicator light on the buttondisplays when the feature isturned on.

The steering wheel takes aboutthree minutes to start heating.

If equipped with a remote startheated steering wheel, the heatedsteering wheel will turn on

automatically in remote start alongwith the heated seats when it is coldoutside. The heated steering wheelindicator light may not come on.See Heated Front Seats 0 35.

HornPressa on the steering wheel padto sound the horn.

Pedestrian Safety SignalThe vehicle is equipped withautomatic sound generation.

The automatic sound is generatedto indicate the vehicle presence topedestrians.

United States

The sound changes if the vehicle isspeeding up or slowing down. It isactivated when the vehicle is shiftedinto a forward gear or R (Reverse),up to 33 km/h (20 mph).



Canada

The sound changes if the vehicle isspeeding up or slowing down. It isactivated when the vehicle is shiftedinto a forward gear or R (Reverse),up to 23 km/h (14 mph).

Windshield Wiper/Washer

The windshield wiper/washer leveris on the side of the steeringcolumn. With the vehicle on or inService Mode, move the windshieldwiper lever to select the wiperspeed.

HI : Use for fast wipes.

LO : Use for slow wipes.

INT : If equipped with intermittentwipes, move the windshield wiperlever to INT. Turn the band up formore frequent wipes or down forless frequent wipes.

OFF : Use to turn the wipers off.

1X : For a single wipe, briefly movethe lever down. For multiple wipes,hold the lever down.

Clear snow and ice from the wiperblades and windshield before usingthem. If frozen to the windshield,carefully loosen or thaw them.

Damaged blades should bereplaced. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 244.

Heavy snow or ice can overload thewiper motor. If the wiper motoroverheats, the windshield wipers willstop until the motor cools and thewiper control is turned off. SeeElectrical System Overload 0 250.

{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

{ Warning

Before driving the vehicle, alwaysclear snow and ice from the hood,windshield, roof, and rear of thevehicle, including all lamps andwindows. Reduced visibility fromsnow and ice buildup could leadto a crash.



Wiper Parking

If the vehicle Is turned off while thewipers are on LO, HI, or INT, theywill immediately stop. If thewindshield wiper lever is thenmoved to OFF before the driverdoor is opened or within 10 minutes,the wipers will restart and move tothe base of the windshield. If thevehicle is turned off while the wipersare performing wipes due towindshield washing, the wiperscontinue to run until they reach thebase of the windshield.

f : Pull the windshield wiperlever toward you to spray windshieldwasher fluid and activate the wipers.

The wipers will continue until thelever is released or the maximumwash time is reached. When thelever is released, additional wipesmay occur depending on how longthe windshield washer had beenactivated. See Washer Fluid 0 239for information on filling thewindshield washer fluid reservoir.

Rear Window Wiper/Washer

The controls are on the end of thewindshield wiper lever.

Move the control to:

ON : To turn on.

OFF : To turn off.

INT : To turn on intermittent rearwipes.

1 : Push the windshield wiperlever forward to spray washer fluidon the rear window. If equipped withthe rear camera mirror, the washerfluid is sprayed on the rear cameraat the same time. The lever returnsto its starting position whenreleased.



{ Warning

In freezing weather, do not usethe washer until the windshield iswarmed. Otherwise the washerfluid can form ice on thewindshield, blocking your vision.

Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

If the rear wiper control is off, therear wiper will automatically operatecontinuously when the vehicle is inR (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performing lowor high speed wipes. If the rearwiper control is off, the vehicle is inR (Reverse), and the frontwindshield wiper is performingintermittent wipes, then the rearwiper automatically performsintermittent wipes.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.

The windshield washer reservoir isused for the windshield and the rearwindow. Check the fluid level in thereservoir if either washer is notworking.

Rear Wiper Arm AssemblyProtection

Wiper operation returns to normalwhen the shift lever is no longer inN (Neutral) or the vehicle speedincreases. The rear wiper will alsostop when the liftgate is open.

When using an automatic car wash,move the rear wiper control to OFFto disable the rear wiper. If the shiftlever is in N (Neutral) and thevehicle speed is very slow, the rearwiper will automatically stop at thebase of the rear window.

CompassThe vehicle has a compass displayin the instrument cluster above thespeedometer. The compassreceives its heading and otherinformation from the GlobalPositioning System (GPS) antennaand vehicle speed information.

The compass system has automaticcalibration and zone adjustmentfeatures.

Avoid covering the GPS antenna forlong periods of time with objectsthat may interfere with the antenna'sability to receive a satellite signal.The compass system is designed tooperate for a certain number ofmiles or degrees of turn beforeneeding a signal from the GPSsatellites. The compass system willautomatically determine when aGPS signal is restored and providea heading.



ClockThe infotainment system controlsare used to access the time anddate settings through the menu.This can also be changed bytouching the clock, then touch8 togo to the Time and DateSettings menu.

D : Press to access theHome Page.

T : Touch to access the Icon View.

Y : Drag the scroll bar to navigatethe list.

y or z : Touch to set up items.

0 : Touch to exit or return to theprevious screen or menu.

Setting the Time

When Auto Set is enabled, the timecannot be manually set.

1. Press D, then touchT.

2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Set Time.

4. Touch + or − to adjust thevalue.

5. Touch y or z to adjust AM orPM for 12 hour format.

6. Touch0.

Setting the Date


2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Set Date.

4. Touch + or − to adjust thevalue.

5. Touch0.

Auto Set


2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Auto Set.

4. Select from the availableoptions.

5. Touch0.

Setting the 12/24 Hour Format


2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch Time and Date, thentouch Set Time.

4. Select 12 hr or 24 hr format.

5. Touch0.

Power OutletsThe accessory power outlet can beused to plug in electrical equipment,such as a mobile phone or MP3player. The accessory power outletonly works with the vehicleturned on.

The vehicle has an accessorypower outlet on the lower centerstack below the climate control.

Open the cover to access andreplace when not in use.



Caution

Leaving electrical equipmentplugged in for an extended periodof time while the vehicle is off willdrain the battery. Always unplugelectrical equipment when not inuse and do not plug in equipmentthat exceeds the maximum20 amp rating.

Certain accessory power plugs maynot be compatible with theaccessory power outlet and couldoverload vehicle or adapter fuses.If a problem is experienced, seeyour dealer.

When adding electrical equipment,be sure to follow the properinstallation instructions included withthe equipment. See Add-OnElectrical Equipment 0 230.

Caution

Hanging heavy equipment fromthe power outlet can causedamage not covered by thevehicle warranty. The poweroutlets are designed foraccessory power plugs only, suchas cell phone charge cords.

Wireless ChargingThe vehicle may have a wirelesscharging pocket outside the armrestof the center console. The systemoperates at 145 kHz and wirelesslycharges one Qi compatible mobiledevice. The power output of thesystem is capable of charging at arate up to 3 amp (19.5W), asrequested by the compatible mobiledevice. See Radio FrequencyStatement 0 322.

{ Warning

Wireless charging can affect theoperation of an implantedpacemaker or other medicaldevices. If you have one, it isrecommended to consult withyour doctor before using thewireless charging system.

The vehicle must be on, in ServiceMode, or Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) must be active. Thewireless charging feature may notcorrectly indicate charging when thevehicle is in RAP. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 184.

The operating temperature is −20 °C(−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for thecharging system and 0 °C (32 °F) to35 °C (95 °F) for the mobile phone.



{ Warning

Remove all objects from thecharging pocket before chargingyour mobile phone. Objects, suchas coins, keys, rings, paper clips,or cards, between the mobilephone and the charger willbecome very hot. On the rareoccasion that the charging systemdoes not detect an object, and theobject gets wedged between themobile phone and the charger,remove the mobile phone andallow the object to cool beforeremoving it from the chargingpocket, to prevent burns.

To charge a mobile device:

1. Remove all objects from thecharging pocket. The systemmay not charge if there are anyobjects between the mobiledevice and charging pocket.

2. With the mobile device screenfacing the driver side, insert thedevice into the charging pocketand W will appear on theinfotainment display. Thisindicates that the mobile deviceis properly positioned andcharging.

To maximize the charge rate,ensure the smartphone is fullyseated and centered in theholder with nothing under it.A thick smartphone case mayprevent the wireless chargerfrom working, or may reducethe charging performance. Seeyour dealer for additionalinformation.

The smartphone may becomewarm during charging. This isnormal. In warmertemperatures, the speed ofcharging may be reduced.

If W does not appear on theinfotainment display:

1. Remove the mobile devicefrom the pocket and waitthree seconds.

2. Turn the mobile device180 degrees and insert it backinto the pocket with the screenfacing the driver side.



Software Acknowledgements

Certain Wireless Charging Moduleproduct from LG Electronics, Inc.("LGE") contains the open sourcesoftware detailed below. Refer tothe indicated open source licenses(as are included following thisnotice) for the terms and conditionsof their use.

OSS Notice Information

To obtain the source code that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers and copyright noticesare available for download. LGElectronics will also provide opensource code to you on CD-ROM fora charge covering the cost ofperforming such distribution (suchas the cost of media, shipping, andhandling) upon email request [email protected]. This offer isvalid for three (3) years from thedate on which you purchased theproduct.

Freescale-WCT library

Copyright (c) 2012-2014 FreescaleSemiconductor, Inc.. All rightsreserved.

1. Redistributions of source codemust retain the above copyrightnotice, this list of conditionsand the following disclaimer.

2. Redistributions in binary formmust reproduce the abovecopyright notice, this list ofconditions and the followingdisclaimer in thedocumentation and/or othermaterials provided with thedistribution.

3. Neither the name of thecopyright holder nor the namesof its contributors may be usedto endorse or promote productsderived from this softwarewithout specific prior writtenpermission.

THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDEDBY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERSAND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIEDWARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUTNOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIEDWARRANTIES OFMERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESSFOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSEARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENTSHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDEROR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLEFOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,EXEMPLARY, ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITEDTO, PROCUREMENT OFSUBSTITUTE GOODS ORSERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,



OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESSINTERRUPTION) HOWEVERCAUSED AND ON ANY THEORYOF LIABILITY, WHETHER INCONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,OR TORT (INCLUDINGNEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OFTHE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,EVEN IF ADVISED OF THEPOSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.

Warning Lights,Gauges, andIndicatorsWarning lights and gauges cansignal that something is wrongbefore it becomes serious enoughto cause an expensive repair orreplacement. Paying attention to thewarning lights and gauges couldprevent injury.

Some warning lights come on brieflywhen the propulsion system isstarted to indicate they are working.When one of the warning lightscomes on and stays on whiledriving, or when one of the gaugesshows there may be a problem,check the section that explains whatto do. Waiting to do repairs can becostly and even dangerous.

Instrument ClusterThe instrument cluster displays apreview of information that includeselectric range, charging, odometer,and battery status. This happensupon entry when the driver door isopened, before starting the vehicle.This preview will dismiss afterstarting the vehicle or soon afterclosing the driver door.



Modern English Cluster Shown, Others and Metric Similar



Reconfigurable InstrumentCluster

The cluster layout can be changed.There are three displayconfigurations to choose from:Classic, Modern, and Enhanced.Use the steering wheel control tomove between the different displayzones and scroll through thedifferent displays. See “Layout”under “Cluster Menu” following.

. Classic configuration displaysthe speedometer with asimplified battery gauge andefficiency light.

. Modern configuration displaysthe speedometer with a batterygauge and efficiency gauge.

. Enhanced configuration displaysthe speedometer with batterygauge, efficiency ring, andpower gauge.

Cluster Menu

There is an interactive display areain the center of the instrumentcluster.

Use the right steering wheel controlto open and scroll through thedifferent items and displays.

Press o to access the clusterapplications. Use w or x to scrollthrough the list of availableapplications. Press V to select theapplication, then press p to enterthe application menu. Exit the menuby pressing o.

Not all applications will be availableon all vehicles.

Cluster Menu Applications

. Vehicle info. This is where theDriver Information Center (DIC)displays can be viewed. SeeDriver Information Center (DIC)0 118.

. Audio

. Phone

. Onstar Navigation

. Layout

. Options

Audio

In the main view of the Audioapplication, press w or x to scrollthrough radio stations or move tothe next/previous track of a USB/Bluetooth device that is connectedto the vehicle. Press V to select theAudio app, then press p to enterthe Audio menu. In the Audio menubrowse for music, select from thefavorites, or change the audiosource.



Phone

In the Phone menu, if there is noactive phone call, view recent calls,scroll through contacts, or selectfrom the favorites. If there is anactive call, mute or unmute thephone or switch to handset orhandsfree operation.

Onstar Navigation

This display is used for OnStarTurn-by-Turn guidance, if equipped.

Layout

Choose Classic, Modern,or Enhanced layout by pressing Vwhile the desired item is highlighted.Exit the Layout menu bypressing o.

Options

Press V to select the Options app.

Use w or x to scroll through theitems in the Options menu. Exit theOptions menu by pressing o.

Units : Press p while Units isdisplayed to enter the Units menu.Use w or x to scroll through theitems. Choose U.S., Metric,or Imperial by pressing V while thedesired item is highlighted.

Speed Warning : The speedwarning display allows the driver toset a speed that they do not want toexceed. To set the speed warning,press V when Speed Warning isdisplayed. Press w or x to adjustthe value. Press V to set the speed.Once set, this feature can be turnedoff by pressing V while viewing thispage. If the selected speed limit isexceeded, a pop-up warning isdisplayed and a chime may sound.

Help : Press p while Help isdisplayed to enter the Help menu.Use w or x to scroll through theitems in the Help menu.

Open Source Software : Press Vwhile Open Source Software ishighlighted to display open sourcesoftware information.

SpeedometerThe speedometer shows thevehicle's speed in either kilometersper hour (km/h) or miles perhour (mph).

OdometerThe odometer shows how far thevehicle has been driven, in eitherkilometers or miles.

Trip OdometerThe trip odometer shows how farthe vehicle has been driven sincethe trip odometer was last reset.

The trip odometer is accessed andreset through the Driver InformationCenter (DIC). See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 118.



Battery Gauge (HighVoltage)

Enhanced Battery Gauge

This displays the high voltagebattery state of charge. The value inthe center is an estimate of how farthe vehicle can be driven on theremaining charge based on drivinghabits and conditions learned overseveral days.

The Max and Min values above andbelow the display indicate thelongest and shortest possible rangeas estimated from current vehicleconditions and climate settings.

The mileage estimate and Max andMin numbers are affected by climatecontrol system usage. Estimatedrange may increase or decreasebased on changes in climate controlenergy consumption.

A trend bar on the far left estimateshow recent driving habits,conditions, and climate settings areaffecting the range prediction.

When the high voltage battery stateof charge is very low, the estimatedrange value in the center willchange to Low. Max and Min rangeswill no longer be displayed.Additional alerts may display and asound may also be heard at lowstate of charge.

Driver Efficiency Gauge

Modern Efficiency Gauge Shown,Classic Similar

This gauge is a guide to driving inan efficient manner.

Efficient Driving

. Classic layout: Keep the gaugeand leaf green.

. Modern layout: Keep the ballgreen and in the center of thegauge.

. Enhanced layout: Keep the outerring of the speedometer green.



Inefficient Driving/AggressiveBraking

. Classic layout: The gauge andleaf turn yellow.

. Modern layout: When drivinginefficiently, the ball turns yellowand moves above the center ofthe gauge. When brakingaggressively, the ball turnsyellow and moves below thecenter of the gauge.

. Enhanced layout: The outer ringof the speedometer turns yellow.

Power Indicator Gauge

The power indicator gauge is on theright side of the display in theEnhanced layout.

This gauge displays theinstantaneous charge and dischargepower flowing either into or out ofthe high voltage battery. Maximumdischarge power is available whenthe high voltage battery is fullycharged. During normal operation, aslight reduction in discharge powermay occur as the high voltagebattery state of charge decreases.The power indicator gauge valueshows the instantaneous powerused by the battery.

Regenerative Braking

When regenerative braking is active,the regen battery icon with arrowsappears green. The power indicatorgauge value shows the amount ofinstantaneous power beingregenerated.

Regenerative Power Limited

Regenerative power may be limitedwhen the high voltage battery isnear full charge or cold. The regenbattery icon will appear gray when

limited, and a horizontal bar maydisplay on the gauge, at the level ofthe vehicle’s maximum regenerativebraking power.

Seat Belt Reminders

Driver Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a driver seat belt reminderlight on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind the driver to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle may continue severaltimes if the driver remains orbecomes unbuckled while thevehicle is moving.



If the driver seat belt is buckled,neither the light nor the chimecomes on.

Passenger Seat Belt ReminderLight

There is a passenger seat beltreminder light near the passengerairbag status indicator.

When the vehicle is started, thislight flashes and a chime may comeon to remind passengers to fastentheir seat belt. Then the light stayson solid until the belt is buckled.This cycle continues several times ifthe passenger remains or becomesunbuckled while the vehicle ismoving.

If the passenger seat belt isbuckled, neither the chime nor thelight comes on.

The front passenger seat beltreminder light and chime may turnon if an object is put on the seatsuch as a briefcase, handbag,grocery bag, or other electronicdevice. To turn off the reminder lightand/or chime, remove the objectfrom the seat or buckle theseat belt.

Airbag Readiness LightThis light shows if there is anelectrical problem with the airbagsystem. The system check includesthe airbag sensor(s), passengersensing system, the pretensioners(if equipped), the airbag modules,the wiring, and the crash sensingand diagnostic module.

The airbag readiness light comes onfor several seconds when thevehicle is started. If the light doesnot come on then, have it fixedimmediately.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light stayson after the vehicle is started orcomes on while driving, it meansthe airbag system might not beworking properly. The airbags inthe vehicle might not inflate in acrash, or they could even inflatewithout a crash. To help avoidinjury, have the vehicle servicedright away.

If there is a problem with the airbagsystem, a Driver Information Center(DIC) message may also come on.

Passenger Airbag StatusIndicatorThe vehicle has a passengersensing system. See PassengerSensing System 0 53 for important



safety information. The overheadconsole has a passenger airbagstatus indicator.

United States

Canada

When the vehicle is started, thepassenger airbag status indicatorwill light ON and OFF, or the symbolfor on and off, for several secondsas a system check. Then, afterseveral seconds, the statusindicator will light either ON or OFF,or the on or off symbol to let youknow the status of the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag.

If the word ON or the on symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that the frontoutboard passenger frontal airbagand knee airbag are allowed toinflate.

If the word OFF or the off symbol islit on the passenger airbag statusindicator, it means that thepassenger sensing system hasturned off the front outboardpassenger frontal airbag and kneeairbag.

If, after several seconds, both statusindicator lights remain on, or if thereare no lights at all, there may be aproblem with the lights or thepassenger sensing system. Seeyour dealer for service.

{ Warning

If the airbag readiness light evercomes on and stays on, it meansthat something may be wrongwith the airbag system. To helpavoid injury to yourself or others,

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

have the vehicle serviced rightaway. See Airbag ReadinessLight 0 100 for more information,including important safetyinformation.

Charging System Light(12-Volt Battery)

The charging system light comes onbriefly when the vehicle is started,as a check to show the light isworking.

If the light stays on, or comes onwhile driving, there could be aproblem with the electrical chargingsystem. Have it checked by yourdealer. Driving while this light is oncould drain the 12-volt battery.



If a short distance must be drivenwith the light on, be sure to turn offall accessories, such as the radio.

Service Vehicle SoonLight

This light comes on if a conditionexists that may require the vehicleto be taken in for service.

If the light comes on, take thevehicle to your dealer for service assoon as possible.

Brake System WarningLight

Metric English

This light should come on brieflywhen the vehicle is turned on. If itdoes not come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn you ifthere is a problem.

If the light comes on and stays on atstart up, there is a brake problem.Have the brake system inspectedright away.

If the light comes on while driving,pull off the road and stop carefully.The brake pedal might be harder topush, or the brake pedal may gocloser to the floor. It could takelonger to stop. If the light is still on,have the vehicle towed for service.See Towing the Vehicle 0 287.

{ Warning

The brake system might not beworking properly if the brakesystem warning light is on.Driving with the brake systemwarning light on can lead to acrash. If the light is still on afterthe vehicle has been pulled offthe road and carefully stopped,have the vehicle towed forservice.

Electric Parking BrakeLight

Metric English

This light comes on when theparking brake is applied. If the lightflashes and stays on after the



parking brake is released, or whiledriving, there is a problem with theElectric Parking Brake system.

If the light does not come on,or remains flashing, see your dealer.

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light

The Service Electric Parking brakelight should come on briefly whenstarting the vehicle. If it does notcome on, have the vehicle servicedby your dealer.

If this light stays on, there is aproblem with a system on thevehicle that is causing the parkingbrake system to work at a reducedlevel. The vehicle can still be driven,but should be taken to a dealer as

soon as possible. See ElectricParking Brake 0 192. A messagemay also display in the DriverInformation Center (DIC).

Antilock Brake System(ABS) Warning Light

The ABS warning light will come onbriefly when the vehicle is started.This is normal. If the light does notcome on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn if there is aproblem.

If the light stays on or comes onwhile driving, stop as soon aspossible and turn the vehicle off.Then start the vehicle again to resetthe system. If the light still stays on,or comes on again while driving, thevehicle needs service. See yourdealer. If the regular brake systemwarning light is not on, the brakes

will still work, but the antilock brakeswill not work. If the regular brakesystem warning light is also on, theantilock brakes will not work andthere is a problem with the regularbrakes.

Sport Mode Light

This light comes on when SportMode is selected.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)Light



After the vehicle is started, this lightturns off and stays off if LKA has notbeen turned on or is unavailable.

If equipped, this light is white if LKAis turned on, but not ready to assist.This light is green if LKA is turnedon and is ready to assist.

LKA may assist by gently turningthe steering wheel if the vehicleapproaches a detected lanemarking. The LKA light is amberwhen assisting.

This light flashes amber as a LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) alert, toindicate that the lane marking hasbeen crossed.

LKA will not assist or alert if the turnsignal is active in the direction oflane departure, or if LKA detectsthat you are accelerating, braking,or actively steering.

See Lane Keep Assist (LKA) 0 211.

Vehicle Ahead Indicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay green when a vehicle isdetected ahead and amber whenyou are following a vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Pedestrian AheadIndicator

If equipped, this indicator willdisplay amber when a nearbypedestrian is detected in front of thevehicle.

See Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB)System 0 207.

Traction Off Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer. If the system is workingnormally, the indicator light thenturns off.

The traction off light comes on whenthe Traction Control System (TCS)has been turned off by pressing andreleasing the TCS/StabiliTrakbutton.

This light and the StabiliTrak OFFlight come on when StabiliTrak isturned off.

If the TCS is off, wheel spin is notlimited. Adjust driving accordingly.



StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly whilestarting the vehicle. If it does not,have the vehicle serviced by yourdealer.

This light comes on when theStabiliTrak system is turned off.If StabiliTrak is off, the TractionControl System (TCS) is also off.

If StabiliTrak and TCS are off, thesystem does not assist in controllingthe vehicle. Turn on the TCS andthe StabiliTrak systems, and thewarning light turns off.

See Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control 0 194.

Traction Control System(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light

This light comes on briefly when thevehicle is started.

If the light does not come on, havethe vehicle serviced by your dealer.If the system is working normally,the indicator light turns off.

If the light is on and not flashing, theTCS, and potentially the StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control systemhave been disabled.

If the indicator/warning light is onand flashing, the TCS and/or theStabiliTrak/ESC system is activelyworking.

Tire Pressure Light

For vehicles with the Tire PressureMonitor System (TPMS), this lightcomes on briefly when the vehicle isstarted. It provides informationabout tire pressures and the TPMS.

When the Light is On Steady

This indicates that one or more ofthe tires are significantlyunderinflated.

A message in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC) may also display. Stopas soon as possible, and inflate thetires to the pressure value shown onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel.



When the Light Flashes First andThen Is On Steady

This indicates that there may be aproblem with the TPMS. The lightflashes for about one minute andstays on steady until the vehicle isoff. This sequence repeats eachtime the vehicle is started.

Security Light

The security light should come onbriefly as the vehicle is started. If itdoes not come on, have the vehicleserviced by your dealer. If thesystem is working normally, theindicator light turns off.

If the light stays on and the vehicledoes not start, there could be aproblem with the theft-deterrentsystem.

Vehicle Ready Light

The vehicle ready light comes onwhenever the vehicle is ready to bedriven.

High-Beam On Light

This light comes on when thehigh-beam headlamps are in use.

IntelliBeam Light

This light comes on when theIntelliBeam system, if equipped, isenabled.

Lamps On Reminder

This light comes on when theexterior lamps are in use.



Cruise Control Light

The cruise control light is whitewhen the cruise control is on andready, and turns green when thecruise control is set and active.

The light turns off when the cruisecontrol is turned off. See CruiseControl 0 196.

Door Ajar Light

This light comes on when a door isopen or not securely latched.

Information Displays

Power FlowsTo view the Power Flow screen onthe infotainment display, touchEnergy and then touch Flow.

The Power Flow screen indicatesthe current operating condition. Thescreen shows energy flow to andfrom the high voltage battery whilethe vehicle is being driven. Thesecomponents will be highlightedwhen they are active.

Programmable ChargingImportant Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging

. Charging an electric vehicle canstress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before plugging in to anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 10 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or may bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.


108 Instruments and Controls. When outdoors, plug into an

electrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.

. Mount the charge cord to reducestrain on the electricaloutlet/plug.

. Do not place the charge cord ina position where it is expected tobe submerged in water.

{ Danger

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, groundingadaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is worn ordamaged, or will not holdthe plug firmly in place.

(Continued)

Danger (Continued)

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is not properlygrounded.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is on a circuit withother electrical loads.

See Plug-In Charging 0 214.

Programmable ChargingModes

To view the current charge modestatus in the infotainment display,touch Energy and then touchCharging.

The charge Start and Complete timeestimations are also displayed.These estimates are most accuratewhen the vehicle is plugged in andin moderate temperature conditions.Also, to get an accurate timeestimate, the vehicle uses aninternal clock for ProgrammableCharging, not the clock in the centerstack.

Charge Mode Selection

Immediate : The vehicle startscharging as soon as it is connectedto an electrical outlet. This is theonly mode available at DC chargingstations. See Plug-In Charging0 214.



Departure : The vehicle willschedule charging to complete bythe programmed departure time.The vehicle estimates the chargingschedule based on programmeddeparture times, charge rate limits,electric rate preference andschedule, and priority chargingsettings. If there is not sufficienttime after the charge cord isplugged in, the vehicle will not befully charged by the departure time.

Departure Time Entry

The Departure charge mode allowsfor the departure time to be enteredto match your personal schedule.

1. With Departure charge modeselected, touch Edit.

2. The current programmeddeparture time is displayed onthe tab with the day of theweek. Select the tab for theday of the week to be edited.

3. Touch + or - to change thehours and minutes.

4. Touch y or z to change AMor PM.

5. Touch0 to exit the screen.

Portable Cord Limit Selection

The Portable Cord Limit settingallows the vehicle’s charge currentto be selected so it matches thecapability of the charging location.If the vehicle consistently stopscharging after being plugged in, or ifa circuit breaker continues to trip,reducing to a lower Portable CordLimit setting may resolve the issue.

The Portable Cord Limit settingshould be configured to match theelectrical current rating for theelectrical outlet that the charge cordis connected to. On the ChargeMode tab, toggle the Portable CordLimit selection between:

. 12 amps

. 8 amps

Exact current levels may vary fromthe values shown in this manual.Check the vehicle for the currentavailable levels. When the vehicle isplugged into a charging station, thePortable Cord Limit option on theCharge Mode tab will not beavailable.

The Portable Cord Limit can bechanged and saved using LocationBased Charging settings. Thedefault value is the lower PortableCord Limit. The Portable Cord Limitwill reset to the lower value whenthe vehicle is shifted from P (Park)unless the Location Based Chargingfeature is active and set to retainthis preference. See “LocationBased Charging” later in thissection.



{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use thelowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

Electric Rate Preference

The vehicle estimates the chargingstart time based on the utility rateschedule, utility rate preference, andprogrammed departure time for thecurrent day of the week. The vehiclewill charge during the leastexpensive rate periods to achieve afull battery charge by the departuretime. Electrical rate information fromthe utility company for the charginglocation is required for this mode.If the selected charge mode isDeparture, then electric ratepreference selection will display.

Electric Rate Preference Selection

From the Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen with Departurecharge mode selected, touch Moreto select the Electric RatePreference.

Touch one of the following optionsto select the Electric RatePreference:

. Off: Delay charging based ondeparture.

. Off-Peak Only: Charge duringOff-Peak Rates.

. Cost Optimized Off- andMid-Peak: Charge duringMid-Peak and Off-Peak Rates.

. Cost Optimized All Rates:Charge during Peak, Mid-Peak,and Off-Peak Rates.

Charging begins at the start timeand is complete by the departuretime only if sufficient time is allowedafter the charge cord is plugged in.For example, if the vehicle isplugged in for only one hour prior tothe departure time, and the batteryis completely discharged, thevehicle will not be fully charged bythe departure time regardless of therate selection.

Also, if the selected electric ratesettings result in a very long chargecompletion time, the vehicle willstart charging immediately uponplug-in. For example, if the electricrate table is set up with all Peakrates and the rate preference is tocharge during Off-Peak rates only,then the vehicle will start chargingimmediately upon plug-in.



Electric Rate Schedule

From the Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen with Departurecharge mode selected, touch Editnext to Electric Rate Preference.

Select one of the following for theCharge Completion option:

. Earliest Possible

. Latest Possible

Edit Electric Rate Schedule

Electric rates, or cost per unit, mayvary based on time, weekday/weekend, and season. During theday when the demand for electricityis high, the rates are usually higherand called Peak rates. At nightwhen the demand for electricity is

low, the rates are usually lower andare called Off-Peak rates. In someareas, a Mid-Peak rate is offered.

Contact the utility company to obtainthe rate schedule for your area. Thesummer and winter start dates mustbe established to use a summer/winter schedule.

Touch Edit Electric Rate Schedulefrom the Electric Rate Schedulescreen and select the desiredschedule.

. Yearly

. Summer/Winter

Edit Summer/Winter ScheduleStart Date

With Summer/Winter as thepreferred rate schedule, touch Editon the Summer tab next to thedates.

1. Touch + or - to change themonth and day for the start ofSummer.

2. Select the Winter tab.

3. Touch + or - to change themonth and day for the start ofWinter.

4. Touch0 to exit the screen.



Edit Electric Rate Schedule

Electric rate information from theutility company for the charginglocation is required.

1. Touch Edit Electric RateSchedule from the ElectricRate Schedule screen andselect the desired schedule.

Yearly Shown, Summer/WinterSimilar

2. Touch Edit in the lower rightcorner of the screen to edit theelectric rate schedule.

. Weekdays are Mondaythrough Friday and use thesame rate schedule.

. Weekends are Saturdayand Sunday and use thesame rate schedule.

Both weekday andweekend schedules mustbe set. The rate scheduleonly applies for a 24-hourperiod, starting at 12 AMand ending at 12 AM. Therecan be five rate changes foreach day; not all mustbe used.

Select Weekday orWeekend.

3. Touch Set next to the row to beedited.

Yearly Shown, Summer/WinterSimilar

4. Select Peak, Mid-Peak,or Off-Peak. Use + or - to enterthe time, and y or z tochange AM or PM.

The finish times must beconsecutive. If a finish timedoes not follow a start time, anerror message displays.

5. Touch OK.

Priority Charging

The priority charging feature willwork when the Departure chargemode is selected. This feature isdesigned to ensure that the highvoltage battery has a minimalamount of energy prior to delaying acharge. Upon completion of prioritycharging, the vehicle will return tonormal Programmable Chargingoperation.

The feature can be enabled/disabled by selecting On/Off fromthe Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen when theDeparture charge mode is selected.When enabled, Priority Charging willonly prevent Programmable



Charging while the high voltagebattery is recharged from a depletedstate to a 40% state of charge.

Temporary Charge ModeOverride and Cancel

Programmed delayed charge modescan be temporarily overridden to animmediate charge mode for onecharge cycle. Also, the next planneddeparture time can be temporarilyoverridden for one charge cycle. Inaddition to the in-vehicle overridesvia the programmable chargingscreens, there are other ways totemporarily override a delayedcharge mode. See Plug-In Charging0 214.

Temporary Override of a DelayedCharge Mode

The Temporary Override providesthe ability to set temporary chargeitems for the next charge cycle.

Touch the Temporary Override tabon the Charging screen.

Select:

. Immediate: Charge immediatelyat plug in.

. Temporary Departure: Set thetemporary departure time.

. Off: Cancel TemporaryCharge mode.

Target Charge Level

This mode allows the chargingrange for the vehicle to be setbased on what is needed. When ata public pay station and a fullcharge is not needed, the targetcharge level can be set to only getas much range as needed.

If driving on a hill, the target chargelevel can be set to stop the chargebefore the battery is full to allowspace for energy from regenerativebraking when going down a hill.

There is a minimum target chargelevel. Once this level is reached, –will be grayed out.

Target Charge Level can also be setseparately for Location-BasedHome and Away locations.If available, the Home and Awaybuttons will appear on the screen.

Touch the Target Charge Level tabon the Charging screen.



Touch + or – to increase ordecrease the charge level.

A reminder will be displayed on theInstrument Cluster to show TargetCharge Level set.

If the Target Charge Level is higherthan 80%, fast charging on theinstrument cluster will show a solidline to 80%, a shaded line up to theTarget Charge Level, and the timeto complete 80%.

If the Target Charge Level is lessthan 80%, fast charging on theinstrument cluster will show ashaded line up to the Target ChargeLevel and the time to complete.

Target Charge Level defaults to100% if the 12-volt battery becomesdischarged.

Location Based Charging

With Location Based Chargingenabled, the Charge Mode andPortable Cord Limit Preference aresaved and set back to the

customer’s preference every timethe vehicle is returned to the savedhome location. When the vehicle isnot at the saved home location, thenthe vehicle will default to the lowerlimit of Portable Cord LimitPreference, and the Charge Modewill be set to Immediate. WhenLocation Based Charging is on andthe vehicle is away from the savedhome location, then the selection forthe delayed charge modes will bedisabled and the selection will begrayed out.

After 90 days, a notification willdisplay and the Portable Cord LimitPreference will need to be reset forthe next 90 days. See “ImportantInformation about Portable ElectricVehicle Charging” earlier in thissection.

When the GPS location is notavailable, dashes will be displayedand Location Based Charging willbe disabled until the GPS isrestored.



Using Location Based Charging

To use Location Based Charging, ahome location must first be stored.To store a home location:

1. From the Energy Home screen,touch Charging Options.

2. Touch Location BasedCharging.

3. Touch Set Home Location[.

4. Touch OK.

5. Touch On to enable LocationBased Charging.

To change the stored home location:

1. Touch Update Home Location[ on the Location BasedCharging screen.

2. Touch Update, then OK to setthe new home location.

. Touch Cancel to make nochanges.

. Touch Remove to clear thelocation and turn LocationBased Charging off.

Charging Interrupted orOverridden Pop-Up

The Charging Interrupted orOverridden pop-up will appear if anyof the following conditions occur:

. The Charging Options havebeen updated via the mobileapp. For example, the DepartureTime Tables, the Rate Tables,or the Charge Mode wereupdated using the customerwebsite (available in selectregions). See KeyPass.

. There was an unintended loss ofAC power during the plug-incharge event. For example,there was a power outage or thecharge cord was unplugged fromthe wall.

See Utility Interruption of Charging0 228.

Programmable ChargingDisabled

When the Programmable Chargingsystem is disabled, the Unable toCharge screen will display.

If the Programmable Chargingsystem is consistently disabled, seeyour dealer.

Energy InformationTo view Energy Detail, RangeImpacts, and Efficiency History,touch Energy on the infotainmentdisplay, and then touch Information.Touch h or k to go to the nextscreen.



Energy Detail

This screen displays how energy isbeing used since the last time thehigh voltage battery was fullycharged. It includes Driving andAccessories, Climate Settings, andBattery Conditioning. The circlegraph displays these percentages.Energy Used and Distance Traveledare also displayed.

Range Impacts

This screen provides an estimate ofthe factors that influence energyusage since the last full charge ofthe high voltage battery. Each factoris evaluated for energy gains orlosses, and the total equivalentdistance is indicated by the value onthe right side of the screen. Allvalues are reset after a completecharge.

. Technique includes speed,acceleration, and braking. Lowerspeeds will increase electricvehicle technique miles, whilehigher speeds will reduce them.

. Terrain includes road conditions,such as hills, rain, and snow.External factors like wind willalso positively or negativelyimpact Terrain. Low tire pressurewill worsen Terrain performance.

. Climate Settings includes howthe heating and air conditioningare used. Using Fan Onlysettings will help reduce climatesetting losses. See “ClimateControls”.

. Outside Temperature includesthe effect that hot or coldambient temperature has on thebattery performance andpropulsion system efficiency.

The individual vehicle range impactsprovide an understanding of howenergy usage is different from dayto day, even when traveling thesame route.



Efficiency History

This screen displays a graphshowing the energy efficiency thathas been used over the last 50 km(50 mi). The Present point providesthe average energy efficiency forthe current 5 km (5 mi).

Touch Reset to clear thehistory data.

Charging Options

To view and change the ChargingOptions, touch Energy and thentouch Charging Options. Use thearrows to scroll through the list,or hold and drag the list.

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Portable Cord Limit: Allows thevehicle’s charge current to beselected so it matches thecapability of the charginglocation when using the portablecord. See “Portable Cord LimitSelection” in ProgrammableCharging 0 107.

. Displayed Charge Times:Determines which charge timesare displayed on the ChargeMode Status screen when thevehicle is unplugged. SelectPortable Cord or Charge Stationbased on user preference.

. Location Based Charging:Allows the charging settings tobe remembered at the savedGPS coordinates for the homelocation. See “Location BasedCharging” in ProgrammableCharging 0 107.

. Departure Charging: Allowsdelayed charging to match ascheduled departure time. See“Departure Time Entry” inProgrammable Charging 0 107.

. Utility Rate Charging: Allowscharging during the leastexpensive rate periods toachieve a full battery charge bythe departure time. The vehicleestimates the charging start timebased on the utility rateschedule, utility rate preference,and programmed departure time



for the current day of the week.See “Electric Rate Schedule” inProgrammable Charging 0 107.

. Energy Summary Pop-Up :Allows the feature to be set toOn or Off.

. Charge Status Feedback :Allows the feature to be set toHorn Chirps or Off.

. Charge Cord Theft Alert :Allows an alert to sound whenthe vehicle is locked and thecharge cord is unplugged. Setthe charge cord theft alert.

. Charge Power Loss Alert :Allows an alert to sound whenthe vehicle is charging and losespower at the electrical outlet. Setthe feature to On or Off.

. Radio Power Down : Allowsautomatic conservation of highvoltage battery power based onthe level of battery charge.Select Off, 2%, 4%, 6%, 8%,or 10%. When the selected highvoltage battery power level isreached, a message on the

infotainment display will ask ifthe radio should enter LowPower Mode. Touch Yes or No.

Low Power Mode

To enter Low Power Mode manually:

1. Press and hold O. A messagewill show on the infotainmentdisplay asking if the radioshould enter Low Power Mode.

2. Touch Yes. The screen willturn off.

3. Press O again to turn theradio on.

Driver InformationCenter (DIC)The DIC is displayed in theinstrument cluster. It shows thestatus of many vehicle systems. Thecontrols for the DIC are on the rightsteering wheel control. SeeInstrument Cluster 0 94.

w or x : Press to move up ordown in a list.

o or p : Press to move betweenthe interactive display zones in thecluster.

V : Press to open a menu or selecta menu item. Press and hold toreset values on certain screens.

DIC Info Page Options

The info pages on the DIC can beturned on or off through theOptions menu.

1. Press o to access the clusterapplications.



2. Press w or x to scroll to theOptions application.

3. Press V to enter theOptions menu.

4. Scroll to Info Pages andpress p.

5. Press w or x to move throughthe list of possible informationdisplays.

6. Press V while an item ishighlighted to select ordeselect that item. When anitem is selected, a checkmarkwill appear next to it.

DIC Info Pages

The following is the list of allpossible DIC info page displays.Some may not be available for yourparticular vehicle. Some items maynot be turned on by default but canbe turned on through the Optionsapp. See “DIC Info Page Options”earlier in this section.

Trip and Average ElectricalEnergy Economy : The Trip displayshows the current distance traveled,in either kilometers (km) ormiles (mi), since the trip odometerwas last reset. The trip odometercan be reset by pressing andholding V while this display isactive.

The Average Electrical EnergyEconomy display shows theapproximate average kWh per100 kilometers (kWh/100 km) ormiles per kWh. This number iscalculated based on the number ofkWh/100 km recorded since the lasttime this menu item was reset. Thisnumber reflects only theapproximate average electricalenergy economy that the vehiclehas right now, and will change asdriving conditions change. TheAverage Electrical Energy Economycan be reset along with the tripodometer by pressing and holding Vwhile this display is active.

Tire Pressure : Shows theapproximate pressures of all fourtires. Tire pressure is displayed ineither kilopascal (kPa) or in poundsper square inch (psi). If the pressureis low, the value for that tire isshown in amber.

Average Speed : Shows theaverage speed of the vehicle inkilometers per hour (km/h) or milesper hour (mph). This average iscalculated based on the variousvehicle speeds recorded since thelast reset of this value. The averagespeed can be reset by pressing andholding V while this display isactive.



Timer : This display can be used asa timer. To start the timer, press Vwhile this display is active. Thedisplay will show the amount of timethat has passed since the timer waslast reset. To stop the timer, press Vbriefly while this display is activeand the timer is running. To resetthe timer to zero, press and hold Vwhile this display is active.

Follow Distance Indicator : Thecurrent follow time to the vehicleahead is displayed as a time valueon this page.

Blank Page : The Blank Pagedisplay allows for no information tobe displayed in the cluster infodisplay areas.

Vehicle MessagesMessages displayed on the DICindicate the status of the vehicle orsome action that may be needed tocorrect a condition. Multiplemessages may appear one afteranother.

The messages that do not requireimmediate action can beacknowledged and cleared bypressing V. The messages thatrequire immediate action cannot becleared until that action isperformed.

All messages should be takenseriously; clearing the messagedoes not correct the problem.

If a SERVICE message appears,see your dealer.

Follow the instructions given in themessages. The system displaysmessages regarding the followingtopics:

. Service Messages

. Fluid Levels

. Vehicle Security

. Brakes

. Ride Control Systems

. Driver Assistance Systems

. Cruise Control

. Lighting and Bulb Replacement

. Wiper/Washer Systems

. Doors and Windows

. Seat Belts

. Airbag Systems

. Propulsion and Transmission

. Tire Pressure

. Battery

Propulsion PowerMessages

PROPULSION POWER ISREDUCED

This message displays when thepropulsion power is reduced andcan affect the ability to accelerate.The vehicle may be driven at areduced speed while this messageis on, but maximum accelerationand speed may be reduced.



This message is most commonlydisplayed when the high voltagebattery charge level is low. Thevehicle is limiting power to maximizerange.

This message can display after thevehicle is parked during extremecold conditions without beingplugged in. While driving the vehiclewith this message displayed, thevehicle speed may be reduced untilthe high voltage battery isconditioned.

Vehicle Speed Messages

SPEED LIMITED TO XXXKM/H (MPH)

This message shows that thevehicle speed has been limited tothe speed displayed. The limitedspeed is a protection for variouspropulsion and vehicle systems,such as lubrication, thermal, brakes,suspension, Teen Driver ifequipped, or tires.

VehiclePersonalizationUse the audio system controls toaccess the personalization menusfor customizing vehicle features.

The following are all possiblepersonalization features. Dependingon the vehicle, some may not beavailable.

{ : Press to access theHome Page.

T : Touch to access the Icon view.

Y : Drag the scroll bar to navigatethe list.

0 : Touch to exit or return to theprevious screen or menu.

To access the menu:

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch the menu item toselect it.

Each of the menus is detailed in thefollowing information.

Personalization Menu

The following list of menu items maybe available:

. Time and Date

. Rear Seat Reminder

. Language (Language)

. Teen Driver

. Radio Settings

. Vehicle

. Devices

. Device Remote Access

. Bluetooth Phone

. Apple CarPlay

. Android Auto

. KeyPass

. USB Auto Launch

. Wi-Fi

. Display Settings

. Rear Camera

. Return to Factory Settings

. Audible Touch Feedback

. Text Scroll


122 Instruments and Controls. Software Information

Each menu is detailed in thefollowing information.

Time and Date

Manually set the time and date. SeeClock 0 90.

Rear Seat Reminder

This message displays undercertain conditions indicating theremay be an item or passenger in therear seat. Check before exiting thevehicle.

This feature allows for a chime anda message when the rear door hasbeen opened before or duringoperation of the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Language (Language)

Select Language, then select fromthe available language(s).

Teen Driver

See Teen Driver 0 158.

Radio Settings

To manage the radio features, see“Radio Settings” under Settings0 157.

Vehicle

Select and the following maydisplay:

. Climate and Air Quality

. Comfort and Convenience

. Collision / Detection Systems

. Lighting

. Power Door Locks

. Remote Lock / Unlock / Start

Climate and Air Quality


. Auto Fan Speed

. Auto Heated Seats

. Auto Defog

Auto Fan Speed

This feature will set the maximumauto fan speed.

Select Low, Medium, or High.

Auto Heated Seats

When set to On and it is coldoutside, both the heated seats andthe heated steering wheel willautomatically turn on when thevehicle is started. See AutomaticClimate Control System 0 163.

Select Off or On.

Auto Defog

When set to On, the front defog willautomatically come on when thevehicle is started. See AutomaticClimate Control System 0 163.

Select Off or On.

Comfort and Convenience


. Chime Volume

. Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

Chime Volume

This allows the selection of thechime volume level.

Select + or − to adjust the volume.



Auto Wipe in Reverse Gear

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off. See Rear Window Wiper/Washer 0 88.

Select Off or On.

Collision / Detection Systems


. Forward Collision System

. Front Pedestrian Detection

. Park Assist

. Rear Cross Traffic Alert

. Lane Change Alert

Forward Collision System

This setting controls the vehicleresponse when detecting a vehicleahead of you. The Off settingdisables all Forward Collision Alert(FCA) and Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) functions. With theAlert and Brake setting, both FCAand AEB are available. The Alertsetting disables AEB. SeeAutomatic Emergency Braking(AEB) 0 205.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Front Pedestrian Detection

This allows the feature’s notificationto be customized.

Select Off, Alert, or Alert and Brake.

Park Assist

This allows the feature to be turnedon or off.

Select Off or On.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert

This allows the Rear Cross TrafficAlert feature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 200.

Lane Change Alert

This allows the Lane Change Alertfeature to be turned on or off.

Select Off or On. See Lane ChangeAlert (LCA) 0 209.

Lighting


. Vehicle Locator Lights

. Exit Lighting

Vehicle Locator Lights

This feature will flash the exteriorlamps and allows some of theexterior lamps and most of theinterior lamps to turn on briefly whenK on the Remote Keyless Entry(RKE) transmitter is pressed tolocate the vehicle.

Select Off or On.

Exit Lighting

This allows the selection of howlong the exterior lamps stay onwhen leaving the vehicle when it isdark outside.

Select Off, 30 Seconds, 60Seconds, or 120 Seconds.

Power Door Locks


. Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

. Auto Door Unlock

. Delayed Door Lock



Unlocked Door Anti Lock Out

When on, this feature will keep thedriver door from locking when thedoor is open. If Off is selected, theDelayed Door Lock menu will beavailable.

Select Off or On.

Auto Door Unlock

This allows selection of which of thedoors will automatically unlock whenthe vehicle is shifted into P (Park).

Select Off, All Doors, or Driver Door.

Delayed Door Lock

When on, this feature will delay thelocking of the doors. To override thedelay, press the power door lockswitch on the door.

Select Off or On.

Remote Lock / Unlock / Start


. Remote Unlock Light Feedback

. Remote Lock Feedback

. Remote Door Unlock

. Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

. Passive Door Unlock

. Passive Door Lock

. Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

Remote Unlock Light Feedback

When on, the exterior lamps willflash when unlocking the vehiclewith the RKE transmitter.

Select Off or Flash Lights.

Remote Lock Feedback

This allows selection of what type offeedback is given when locking thevehicle with the RKE transmitter.

Select Off, Lights and Horn, LightsOnly, or Horn Only.

Remote Door Unlock

This allows selection of which doorswill unlock when pressing K on theRKE transmitter.

Select All Doors or Driver Door.

Remote Start Auto Heat Seats

If equipped and turned on, thisfeature will turn the heated seats onwhen using remote start oncold days.

If equipped with auto heatedsteering wheel, this feature will turnon when the remote start autoheated seats turn on.

Select Off or On.

Passive Door Unlock

This allows the selection of whatdoors will unlock when using thebutton on the outside driver doorhandle to unlock the vehicle.

Select All Doors or DriverDoor Only.

Passive Door Lock

This allows passive locking to beturned on or off and selectsfeedback.

Select Off, On with HornChirp, or On.



Remote Left in Vehicle Alert

This feature sounds an alert whenthe RKE transmitter is left in thevehicle. This menu also enablesRemote No Longer in Vehicle Alert.

Select Off or On.

Devices

This shows status of the connecteddevice.

Touch Add Device if a device needsto be added.

Device Remote Access

This will allow devices to controlsystem functionality andaccess data.

Select Off or On.

Bluetooth Phone

This allows the connected Bluetoothphone to be configured. See“Bluetooth Phone” in Settings 0 157.

. My Number

. Privacy

. Sort Contacts

. Resync Device Contacts

My Number

This displays the phone number ofthe connected Bluetooth device.

Privacy

This allows call alerts to appear onthe infotainment display.

Select Off or On.

Sort Contacts

Touch to sort by first or last name.

Resync Device Contacts

This resyncs the contacts on thephone.

Apple CarPlay

This feature allows Apple devices tobe connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

Android Auto

This feature allows Android devicesto be connected to the infotainmentsystem through a USB port.

Select Off or On.

KeyPass (If Equipped)


. KeyPass

. Manage KeyPass Devices

KeyPass

This feature allows smartphones tobe connected to the vehicle.

Select to turn Off or On.

Manage KeyPass Devices

Select to manage smartphones.Smartphones must be on for thisfeature to be accessed.

USB Auto Launch

This allows Android and AppleCarPlay devices to automaticallyconnect when plugged into theUSB port.

Select Off or On.

Wi-Fi


. Wi-Fi


126 Instruments and Controls. Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Wi-Fi

This feature allows for a connectionto available protected Wi-Finetworks in range of the vehicle tobe turned off or on.

Select Off or On.

Manage Wi-Fi Networks

Select to manage a list of availableprotected networks. Wi-Fi must beset to On for this feature to beaccessed.

Display Settings

Select and the following choices willdisplay:

. Blue Sky

. Sunset Orange

. Black Eclipse

Choose one of these options tochange the display settings.

Rear Camera


. Symbols

. Guidelines

Symbols


Guidelines


Return to Factory Settings


. Reset Vehicle Settings

. Clear All Private Data

. Restore Radio Settings

Reset Vehicle Settings

This allows vehicle settings to bereset.

Select Continue or Cancel.

Clear All Private Data

This allows all private informationfrom the vehicle to be cleared.


Restore Radio Settings

This allows radio settingspreferences to be restored to thedefault.


Audible Touch Feedback


Text Scroll


Software Information


. Open Source

. Software Update

. Update Preference

Open Source

Select to view the infotainmentsystem current software information.

Software Update

This allows the ability to search foravailable vehicle software updateswhen Internet connectivity isavailable through the vehicle’s built



in OnStar connection, if equipped,or a secure Wi-Fi hotspot, such as amobile hotspot, home or publicnetwork. Applicable data rates mayapply.

Update Preference

Select to download new vehiclesoftware updates in the background.Select Off or On. Softwaredownloads require Internetconnectivity through the vehicle’sbuilt-in OnStar connection,if equipped, or a secure Wi-Fihotspot, such as a mobile hotspot,home or public network. Applicabledata rates may apply.


128 Lighting

Lighting

Exterior LightingExterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . 128Exterior Lamps Off

Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Headlamp High/Low-Beam

Changer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Automatic Headlamp

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 131Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Interior LightingInstrument Panel Illumination

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Lighting FeaturesEntry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Battery Power Protection . . . . . 134Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Exterior Lighting

Exterior Lamp Controls

The exterior lamp control is on theinstrument panel to the left of thesteering column.

O : Turns the exterior lamps off anddeactivates the AUTO mode. Turnto O again to reactivate theAUTO mode.

In Canada, the headlamps willautomatically reactivate when thevehicle is shifted out of P (Park).

AUTO : Turns the exterior lamps onand off automatically depending onoutside lighting.


Lighting 129

; : Turns on the parking lampsincluding all lamps, except theheadlamps. The instrument panellights also turn on.

5 : Turns on the headlampstogether with the parking lamps andinstrument panel lights.

IntelliBeam System

If equipped, this system turns thevehicle's high-beam headlamps onand off according to surroundingtraffic conditions.

The system turns the high-beamheadlamps on when it is darkenough and there is no other trafficpresent.

This light comes on in theinstrument cluster when theIntelliBeam system is enabled.

Turning On and EnablingIntelliBeam

To enable the IntelliBeam system,pressb on the turn signal leverwhen the exterior lamp control is inthe AUTO or5 position.

Driving with IntelliBeam

The system only activates the highbeams when driving over 40 km/h(25 mph).

The blue high-beam on lightappears on the instrument clusterwhen the high beams are on.

There is a sensor near the topcenter of the windshield thatautomatically controls the system.

Keep this area of the windshieldclear of debris to allow for bestsystem performance.

The high-beam headlamps remainon, under the automatic control,until one of the following situationsoccurs:

. The system detects anapproaching vehicle’sheadlamps.

. The system detects a precedingvehicle’s taillamps.

. The outside light is brightenough that high-beamheadlamps are not required.

. The vehicle's speed drops below20 km/h (12 mph).

. The IntelliBeam system isdisabled by the button onthe turn signal lever. If thishappens, pressb on the turnsignal lever when the exteriorlamp control is in the AUTO or5 position.


130 Lighting

The instrument cluster light willcome on to indicate theIntelliBeam system isreactivated.

The high beams may not turn offautomatically if the system cannotdetect another vehicle's lampsbecause of any of the following:

. The other vehicle’s lamps aremissing, damaged, obstructedfrom view, or otherwiseundetected.

. The other vehicle‘s lamps arecovered with dirt, snow, and/orroad spray.

. The other vehicle’s lamps cannotbe detected due to denseexhaust, smoke, fog, snow, roadspray, mist, or other airborneobstructions.

. The vehicle's windshield is dirty,cracked, or obstructed bysomething that blocks the viewof the light sensor.

. The vehicle is loaded such thatthe front end points upward,causing the light sensor to aimhigh and not detect headlampsand taillamps.

. Driving on winding or hilly roads.

The IntelliBeam system may need tobe disabled if any of the aboveconditions exist.

Exterior Lamps OffReminderA warning chime sounds if the driverdoor is opened while the vehicle isoff and the exterior lamps are on.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerPush the turn signal lever awayfrom you and release, to turn thehigh beams on. To return to lowbeams, push the lever again or pullit toward you and release.

This indicator light turns on in theinstrument cluster when thehigh-beam headlamps are on.

Flash-to-PassTo flash the high beams, pull theturn signal lever toward you, andrelease.

Daytime RunningLamps (DRL)DRL can make it easier for others tosee the front of your vehicle duringthe day. Fully functional DRL arerequired on all vehicles first sold inCanada.

The DRL system comes on indaylight when the followingconditions are met:

. The power button is on.


Lighting 131. The exterior lamp control is

in AUTO.

. The light sensor determines it isdaytime.

. The vehicle is not in P (Park).

When the DRL are on, the taillamps,sidemarker lamps, instrument panellights, and other lamps will notbe on.

The DRL turn off when theheadlamps are turned toP or thevehicle is off.

For vehicles first sold in Canada,the DRL can only be turned offwhen the vehicle is parked.

Automatic HeadlampSystemThe headlamps come onautomatically when the exteriorlamp control is set to AUTO and it isdark enough outside.

There is a light sensor on top of theinstrument panel. Do not cover thesensor, otherwise the headlampswill come on when they are notneeded.

The system may also turn on theheadlamps when driving through aparking garage or tunnel.

When it is bright enough outside,the headlamps will turn off or maychange to Daytime RunningLamps (DRL).

The automatic headlamp systemturns off when the exterior lampcontrol is turned toP or the vehicleis off.

Lights On with Wipers

If the windshield wipers areactivated in daylight with the vehicleon, and the exterior lamp control isin AUTO, the headlamps, parkinglamps, and other exterior lampscome on. The transition time for thelamps coming on varies based onwiper speed. When the wipers arenot operating, these lamps turn off.Move the exterior lamp control toPor; to disable this feature.

Hazard Warning Flashers


132 Lighting

The hazard warning flasher buttonis on the center stack.

| : Press to make the front andrear turn signal lamps flash on andoff. This warns others that you arehaving trouble. Press the buttonagain to turn the flashers off.

When the hazard warning flashersare on, the turn signals willnot work.

Turn and Lane-ChangeSignals

Move the lever all the way up ordown to signal a turn.

An arrow on the instrument clusterflashes in the direction of the turn orlane change.

Raise or lower the lever until thearrow starts to flash to signal a lanechange. Hold it there until the lanechange is completed.

If the lever is briefly pressed andreleased, the turn signal flashesthree times.

The turn and lane-change signalcan be turned off manually bymoving the lever back to its originalposition.

If after signaling a turn or lanechange, the arrow flashes rapidly ordoes not come on, a signal bulbmay be burned out.

Replace any burned out bulbs. If abulb is not burned out, check thefuse. See Underhood CompartmentFuse Block 0 251.

Interior Lighting

Instrument PanelIllumination Control

The brightness of the instrumentcluster display, infotainment displayand controls, steering wheelcontrols, and all other illuminatedcontrols, as well as feature statusindicators can be adjusted.

The knob for this feature is on theinstrument panel beside the steeringcolumn.

Courtesy LampsThe courtesy lamps come on whenany door is opened and the domelamp is in the 1 position.


Lighting 133

Dome Lamps

The dome lamp controls are in theheadliner above the front seats.

R OFF : Press to turn the lampsoff, even when a door is open.

1 : When the button is returned tothe middle position, the lamps turnon automatically when a door isopened.

+ ON : Press to turn on the domelamps.

Reading LampsThere are front and rear readinglamps.

The front reading lamps are in theoverhead console.

Press the lamp lenses to turn thereading lamps on or off.

The rear reading lamps are in theheadliner.

* OFF : Press to turn the lamp off.

+ ON : Press to turn the lamp on.


134 Lighting

Lighting Features

Entry LightingSome exterior lamps and the interiorlamps turn on briefly at night whenthe Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter K is pressed. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8. The lightsturn off immediately when thevehicle is started or automaticallyafter a brief period.

This feature can be turned on or off.See “Vehicle Locator Lights” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Exit LightingSome exterior lamps come on atnight when the vehicle is turned offand the driver door is opened.Some interior lamps also come onwhen the vehicle is turned off. Theexterior lamps and interior lampsremain on after the door is closedfor a brief period and then turn off.

This feature can be turned on or off.See Vehicle Personalization 0 121.

Battery Power ProtectionThe battery saver feature isdesigned to protect the vehicle's12-volt battery.

If some interior lamps and/or theheadlamps are left on and thevehicle is turned off, the batteryrundown protection systemautomatically turns the lamp off aftersome time.

Exterior Lighting BatterySaverThe exterior lamps turn off about10 minutes after the ignition isturned off, if the parking lamps orheadlamps have been manually lefton. This protects against drainingthe battery. To restart the 10-minutetimer, turn the exterior lamp controlto the off position and then back tothe parking lamp or headlampposition.

To keep the lamps on for more than10 minutes, the ignition must be on.


Infotainment System 135

InfotainmentSystem

IntroductionIntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . 136Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

RadioAM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Multi-Band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . 143

Audio PlayersUSB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Auxiliary Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

OnStar SystemOnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

PhoneBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Apple CarPlay and

Android Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . 155

SettingsSettings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

IntroductionRead the following pages tobecome familiar with the features.

{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road fortoo long or too often while usingany infotainment feature cancause a crash. You or otherscould be injured or killed. Do notgive extended attention toinfotainment tasks while driving.Limit your glances at the vehicledisplays and focus your attentionon driving. Use voice commandswhenever possible.

The infotainment system has built-infeatures intended to help avoiddistraction by disabling somefunctions when driving. Thesefunctions may gray out when theyare unavailable. Many infotainmentfeatures are also available throughthe instrument cluster and steeringwheel controls.


136 Infotainment System

Before driving:

. Become familiar with theoperation, center stack controls,and infotainment displaycontrols.

. Set up the audio by presettingfavorite stations, setting thetone, and adjusting thespeakers.

. Set up phone numbers inadvance so they can be calledeasily by pressing a singlecontrol or by using a single voicecommand if equipped withBluetooth phone capability.

See Defensive Driving 0 173.

To play the infotainment system withthe ignition off, see RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) 0 184.

Active Noise Cancellation (ANC)

If equipped, ANC reduces enginenoise in the vehicle’s interior. ANCrequires the factory-installed audiosystem, radio, speakers, amplifier (ifequipped), induction system, andexhaust system to work properly.

Deactivation is required by yourdealer if related aftermarketequipment is installed.

Theft-Deterrent FeatureThe infotainment system has anelectronic security system installedto prevent theft.

The infotainment system only worksin the vehicle in which it was firstinstalled, and cannot be used inanother vehicle.

Overview

1. Infotainment Display:

. Display for Play/Reception/Menu information.

2. Volume Knob:

. Turn the volume knob toadjust the volume.

3. O :

. Press and hold to enter thePower Off Mode. The radiowill be in a power off modewith the climate control andclock display.

. Press to cancel the PowerOff Mode or to mute/unmute the audio when thesystem is on.

4. { :

. Press to go to theHome Page.

. Press and hold to launchApple CarPlay or AndroidAuto, if equipped.



5. g or d :

. Radio: Press to seek theprevious or next strongeststation or channel.

. USB/Music/Pictures: Pressto go to the previous or nextcontent. Press and hold tofast rewind or fast forward.

Operation

Turning On/Off Automatically

When the vehicle is on, theinfotainment system turns onautomatically.

When the vehicle is off and thedriver door of the vehicle is opened,the infotainment system turns offautomatically.

If O is pressed and held when thevehicle is off, the infotainmentsystem will turn on. The system willturn off automatically afterapproximately 10 minutes.

Full Screen Clock. Touch the time display on the

screen to display a full screen ofthe clock.

. Touch0 to return to theprevious screen.

Volume Control

Turn the volume knob to adjust thevolume. The current volume isindicated.

. If equipped, use the volumeswitches on the back of thesteering wheel to adjust thevolume. See Steering WheelControls 0 85.

. Turning on the infotainmentsystem power will set thevolume level to its previousselection if it is lower than themaximum starting volume level.

. If the volume level is louder thanthe maximum starting volumelevel when the infotainmentsystem is turned on, theinfotainment system is adjustedautomatically to the maximumstarting volume level.

Edit Home Page Layout

1. When the vehicle is stationary,touch { Edit on theHome Page.

2. Select the desired layout:Standard, Family, Eco,or Custom.

If Custom is selected, thedisplay will switch to customlayout editing. This allows thechanging of location andcontent of informationdisplayed on the Home Page.



Using Icon View

TouchT.

Icon view may vary depending onvehicle options.

Audio : Touch to select AM, FM,SXM (if equipped), AUX, or USB/iPod/Bluetooth Audio.

Phone : Touch to activate thephone features. See Bluetooth0 153.

Projection : Touch to accesssupported devices when connected.See USB Port 0 143.

Settings : Touch to access thePersonalization menu. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Gallery : Touch to view a picture.See “Gallery” under “Selecting aFunction” following.

OnStar : Touch to use the OnStarfunction. See OnStar Overview0 326.

Camera : Touch to access thecamera application. See AssistanceSystems for Parking or Backing0 200.

Low Power Mode : Touch toaccess the Low Power Mode. See“Low Power Mode” in ChargingOptions 0 117.

Selecting a Function

Audio

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Audio, then Source.

. Touch AM to select AMradio.

. Touch FM to select FMradio.

. Touch SXM to selectSiriusXM radio (ifequipped).

. Touch iPod to select iPodmusic.

. Touch USB1 to selectUSB1 music.

. Touch USB2 to selectUSB2 music.

. Touch Bluetooth to selectBluetooth music.

. Touch AUX to selectauxiliary sound input.

If the playback source (iPod/USB/AUX/Bluetooth) is not connected tothe infotainment system, thisfunction is not available.

Audio source availability may varydepending on the region.

The infotainment system can onlysupport two USB devices for thefront USB ports.



Phone

To operate Bluetooth Hands-Freefunction, connect the Bluetoothphone to the infotainment system.

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Phone, then touch 5 onthe infotainment display,or press g on the steeringwheel controls.

Settings

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then select anitem from the menu and adjustthe settings by selecting fromthe available options. SeeSettings 0 157.

Gallery

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Gallery, then touch'menu to view picture filescontained in the USB storagedevice.

Software Updates

Over-the-Air Software Updates

If equipped, the infotainment systemcan download and install selectsoftware updates over a wirelessconnection. The system will promptfor certain updates to bedownloaded and installed. There isalso an option to check for updatesmanually.

To manually check for updates,touch Settings on the Home Page,followed by Software Information,and then System Update. Follow theon-screen prompts. Steps fordownloading and installing updatesmay vary by vehicle.

Downloading Over-the-Air vehiclesoftware updates requires Internetconnectivity, which can be accessedthrough the vehicle’s built-in OnStar4G LTE connection, if equipped andactive. If required, data plans areprovided by a third party. Optionally,a secure Wi-Fi hotspot such as acompatible mobile device hotspot,

home hotspot, or public hotspot canbe used. Applicable data rates mayapply.

To connect the infotainment systemto a secured mobile device hotspot,home hotspot, or public hotspot,touch Settings on the Home Page,followed by Wi-Fi, and then ManageWi-Fi Networks. Select theappropriate Wi-Fi network, andfollow the on-screen prompts.Download speeds may vary.

On most compatible mobile devices,activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is inthe Settings menu under MobileNetwork Sharing, Personal Hotspot,Mobile Hotspot, or similar.

Availability of Over-the-Air vehiclesoftware updates varies by vehicleand country. For more informationon this feature, seewww.my.chevrolet.com/learn.



Radio

AM-FM Radio

Listening to AM-FM Radio

1. TouchT.


3. Touch FM or AM. The mostrecently listened to AM or FMradio station is displayed.

RDS (Radio Data System) functionis only available in countries thatsupport this function.

Searching for StationsAutomatically

Press g or d to automaticallysearch for an available station withgood reception.

If RDS is supported, it will tune tothe station and may includeadditional information such as time,station identification, and programinformation.

Searching for Stations Directly

1. Touch Tune.

2. Using the keypad, enter thedesired station number.

Touching the period between digitsis not necessary. The radio will addit automatically at the correctlocation.

Favorite Preset Operation

Saving Favorites

1. Select the band.

2. Select the desired station.

3. Touch q or touch and hold thefavorite in the Favorites list tooverwrite.

4. To delete it from the Favoriteslist, touch q, or swipe thestation from the list on the right.

Up to 15 radio stations can besaved in the Favorites list.

Listening to Favorites Directly

1. Touch Favorites to see the listof favorites.

2. Touch the desired station.

The steering wheel controls canalso be used to select favorites. SeeSteering Wheel Controls 0 85.

Using the AM or FM Radio Tab

Current Station Information

1. Touch Browse Audio.

2. Touch Current StationInformation to display thestation information.

AM or FM Stations


2. Touch AM Stations or FMStations. The AM List or FMList is displayed.

FM Categories


2. Touch FM Categories.

3. Touch the desired category andstation.

The FM category list is onlyavailable for RDS (Radio DataSystem).



Update AM or FM Stations


2. Touch Update AM Stations orUpdate FM Stations.

Tone Settings

1. Touch Audio Settings.

2. Touch Tone Settings to enterthe sound setup mode. TheTone settings menu isdisplayed.

. Bass : Touch - or + toadjust the bass levelmanually.

. Mid (Midrange) : Touch - or+ to adjust the midrangelevel manually.

. Treble : Touch - or + toadjust the treble levelmanually.

. Fade : Adjust the front/rearspeaker balance bydragging the dot in thevehicle interior image.

. Balance : Adjust the left/right speaker balance bydragging the dot in thevehicle interior image.

. EQ (Equalizer) : Select orturn off the sound style:Talk, Rock, Jazz, Pop,Country, Classical,or Custom. If equipped withBose premium audio, onlyTalk and Custom areavailable.

3. Touch q Now Playing to returnto the previous menu.

Auto Volume

When Auto Volume is turned on, thevolume will automatically becontrolled according to the vehiclespeed to offset the noise fromoutside.


2. Touch Auto Volume.

3. Select the desired option: Off,Low, Medium-Low, Medium,Medium-High, or High.

RDS

The RDS function can be setfor FM.


2. Set RDS to On or Off.

Satellite RadioVehicles equipped with a SiriusXMsatellite radio tuner and a validSiriusXM satellite radio subscriptioncan receive SiriusXM programming.



SiriusXM Satellite RadioService

SiriusXM is a satellite radio servicebased in the 48 contiguous UnitedStates and 10 Canadian provinces.SiriusXM satellite radio has a widevariety of programming andcommercial-free music, coast tocoast, and in digital-quality sound.A fee is required to receive theSiriusXM service.

Refer to:

. www.siriusxm.com or call1-888-601-6296 (U.S.).

. www.siriusxm.ca or call1-877-438-9677 (Canada).

Listening to SXM Radio

1. TouchT.


3. Touch SXM. The most recentlylistened to SXM channel isdisplayed.

Searching for ChannelsAutomatically

Press g or d to automaticallysearch for available channels.

Searching for ChannelsDirectly

1. Touch Tune.

2. Using the keypad, enter thedesired channel.

Searching for Channels UsingFavorites

Saving Favorites

1. Select the desired channel.

2. Touch q or touch and hold thefavorite in the list to overwrite.

3. To delete a channel fromFavorites, touch q, or swipethe channel from the list on theright.

Up to 15 channels can besaved in the Favorites list.


1. Touch Favorites to see the listof favorites.

2. Touch the desired channel.

Using the SXM Radio Tab

Browse Audio

. Current Channel Information

Touch Current ChannelInformation. The channelinformation is displayed.

. SXM Channels

Touch SXM Channels. The SXMList is displayed.

. SXM Categories

SXM categories are defined bythe SiriusXM service provider.

Touch SXM Categories, thentouch the desired category andchannel.



Audio Settings

. Tone Settings

Set up sound features from theTone Settings menu. See “ToneSettings” under “AM-FM Radio”previously in this section.

. Auto Volume

Volume will be automaticallycontrolled. See “Auto Volume”under “AM-FM Radio” previouslyin this section.

. Explicit Content Filter

Choose this menu item to turnOn or Off the filtering of explicitchannels from SXM. A list itemcan be set to On or Off. Fromthe SXM Settings, touch AudioSettings. Set Explicit ContentFilter feature to On or Off toallow for a filtered list ofchannels.

Multi-Band AntennaIf equipped, the roof antenna is forAM, FM, and GPS (GlobalPositioning System). Keep clear ofobstructions for clear reception.

Mobile Phone Usage

Mobile phone usage can causeinterference with the vehicle's radio.Unplug the mobile phone or turn itoff if this occurs.

AM

The range for most AM stations isgreater than for FM, especially atnight. The longer range can causestation frequencies to interfere witheach other. Static can occur whenthings like storms and power linesinterfere with radio reception. Whenthis happens, try reducing the trebleon the radio.

FM

FM signals only reach about 16 to65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although theradio has a built-in electronic circuitthat automatically works to reduceinterference, some static can occur,especially around tall buildings orhills, causing the sound to fade inand out.

Audio Players

USB PortThe USB ports are in the centerconsole and are for data andcharging. If equipped, there are twoUSB charge ports in the rear of thecenter console. The infotainmentsystem can play the music filescontained in the USB storagedevice or a device that supportsMTP or iPod/iPhone devices.

Caution

To avoid vehicle damage, unplugall accessories and disconnect allaccessory cables from the vehiclewhen not in use. Accessorycables left plugged into thevehicle, unconnected to a device,could be damaged or cause anelectrical short if the unconnectedend comes in contact with liquidsor another power source such asthe accessory power outlet.



Before Using the AudioSystem

Supported Audio File Formats

. MP3 (MPEG-1 Layer 3,MPEG-2 Layer 3)

Constant Bit Rate (CBR)between 8 and 320 kbps

Variable Bit Rate (VBR)

Sampling frequencies of 8,11.025, 12, 16, 22.05, 24, 32,44.1, and 48 kHz

. Windows Media Audio

Windows Media Audio 10

CBR between 32 and 768 kbps

VBR (Standard), Professional,Lossless, or higher according toMicrosoft specifications

Sampling frequencies of 8, 12,16, 22, 32, 44.1, and 48 kHz

. AAC (MPEG-4 AAC, LowComplexity Profile) and AAC+

CBR between 8 and 320 kbps

. OGG Vorbis

. Waveform (WAV – PCMWindows format)

. Audio Interchange FileFormat (AIFF)

. 3GPP (Generally used formobile devices)

. Audio Books (MP3, WMA,AAC, AA)

Guidelines for Using a USBStorage Device and iPod/iPhone

. Operation cannot be guaranteedif the HDD built-in USB massstorage device or CF or SDmemory card is connected byusing a USB adaptor. Use aUSB or flash memory typestorage device.

. Avoid static electricity dischargewhen connecting ordisconnecting the USB.If connection and disconnectionare repeated many times in ashort time, this may cause aproblem in using the device.

. Operation is not guaranteed ifthe connecting terminal of theUSB device is not metal.

. Connection with i-Stick TypeUSB storage devices may befaulty due to vehicle vibration.

. Do not touch the USBconnecting terminal with anobject or any part of your body.

. The USB storage device canonly be recognized when it isformatted in FAT16/32, NTFS,HFS+. exFAT and other filesystems cannot be recognized.

. According to the type andcapacity of the USB storagedevice and the type of the storedfile, the time it takes to recognizethe files may differ.

. Files in some USB storagedevices may not be recognizeddue to compatibility problems.

. Do not disconnect the USBstorage device while it is beingplayed. This may cause damageto the device or may affect theperformance of the USB device.

. The infotainment system canonly support two USB devicesfor the front USB ports.


Infotainment System 145. Disconnect the connected USB

storage device when the vehicleis off.

. USB storage devices can onlybe connected to this device forthe purpose of playing music,viewing photo files,or upgrading.

. The USB terminal of the deviceshould not be used to chargeUSB accessory equipment sincethe heat generation using theUSB terminal may causeperformance issues or damageto the device.

. When the logical drive isseparated from a mass USBstorage device, only the filesfrom the top-level logical drivecan be played for USB musicfiles. For this reason, storemusic files to be played in thetop-level drive of the device.Music files in a particular USBstorage device may not playnormally if an application isloaded by partitioning a separatedrive inside the USB device.

. Music files to which DRM (DigitalRight Management) is appliedcannot be played.

. The infotainment system cansupport USB storage devicesthat are in capacity with a limit of5,000 files (music and photo),and 15 stages of folderstructure. Normal usage cannotbe guaranteed for storagedevices that exceed this limit.

The iPod/iPhone can play allmusic files supported. The musicfile lists display up to 5,000 fileson the screen in alphabeticalorder.

. Some iPod/iPhone devices maynot support the connectivity orfunctionality of the infotainmentsystem.

. Only connect the iPod/iPhonewith connection cablessupported by iPod/iPhonedevices. Other connectioncables cannot be used.

. When the iPod/iPhone device isnot being used, keep itdisconnected from the USB portwhen the vehicle is off.

. Connect the iPod/iPhone to theUSB port by using the iPod/iPhone cable to play the musicfiles on the iPod/iPhone. Whenthe iPod/iPhone is connected tothe AUX port, the music files areplayed, but not controlled byMyLink.

. iPod/iPhone movie file playbackis not supported.

. The playback functions and theinformation display items of theiPod/iPhone used with thisinfotainment system may bedifferent from the iPod/iPhone interms of play order, method, andinformation displayed.

. See the manufacturer forinformation related to the searchfunction provided by the iPod/iPhone device.



USB Player

Playing USB Storage DeviceMusic Files

Connect the USB storage devicecontaining the music files to theUSB port.

. Once the infotainment systemfinishes reading the informationon the USB storage device, playwill begin automatically unlessUSB Auto Launch has been setto Off in Settings.

. If a non-readable USB storagedevice is connected, an errormessage will appear and the

infotainment system willautomatically switch to theprevious audio function.

If the USB storage device is alreadyconnected, touchT, Audio, Source,and USB to play the USB musicfiles.

Ending USB Music File Playback

1. Touch Source.

2. Select another function bytouching AM, FM, AUX,or Bluetooth.

To remove the USB storage device,select another function, and thenremove the USB storage device.

Pause Touch j during playback.Touch r to resume playback.

Playing the Next FileTouch d to play the next file.

Playing the Previous FileTouch g within five seconds ofplayback time to play theprevious file.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent File

Touch g after five seconds ofplayback time.

Scanning Forward or BackwardTouch and hold g or d duringplayback to rewind or fastforward. Release g or d toresume playback at normalspeed.

Playing Files RandomlyTouch Z during playback.Touch Z again to return tonormal playback.

Playing Files Repeatedly

1. Touch" during playback.

2. Touch the desired option.

. Repeat All: Plays all filesrepeatedly.

. Repeat Song: Plays acurrent file repeatedly.

. Repeat Off: Cancels therepeat function.



Searching for a File by Using theFavorites

Saving Favorites

1. Select the desired file.

2. Touch q, or touch and hold thefavorite in the list to overwrite.

3. To delete it from the Favoriteslist, touch q, or swipe the filefrom the list on the right.

Up to 15 media files can besaved in the Favorites list.


1. Touch the Favorites menu tosee the Favorites list.

2. Touch the desired favorite tolisten.

Browse Music

1. Touch Browse Music.

2. Touch the desired item:Playlists, Folders, Artists,Songs, Albums, Genres, andComposers.

3. Touch the desired music tolisten.

The Infotainment Module willrecognize playlist files by theextensions .asx, m3u, pls, wpl,b4s, and .xspf.

Tone Settings


Auto Volume

See “Auto Volume” under “AM-FMRadio” previously in this section.

MTP (Media Transfer Protocol)Player

Playing Music from a SupportedMTP Device

Connect the supported MTP devicecontaining music files to theUSB port.

. Once the infotainment systemfinishes reading the informationon the device that supports MTP(Media Transfer Protocol), it willbe automatically played. If USB

Auto Launch is set to Off inSettings, it will not beautomatically played.

. If a non-readable device thatsupports MTP is connected, thenan error message will appearand the infotainment system willautomatically switch to theprevious audio function.

. Depending on the connecteddevice, some files may not play.

. File loading may take a fewminutes depending on the typeof MTP device or the number offiles/folders stored in the MTPdevice.

. When connecting the MTPdevice, the infotainment systemscans audio files first, and thenpicture files. While scanningpicture files, these files may notbe available until the loadingindicator on the audio screendisappears even if the audio filein the MTP device is playing.

. If connecting an MTP device thathas external memory, it may berecognized as USB1/USB2.


148 Infotainment System. Other operations are the same

as the USB player. See “USBPlayer” under “USB Port”previously in this section.

. The USB connection setting onthe device may need to bechanged to MTP.

iPod/iPhone Player

This is limited to devices supportingthe iPod/iPhone connection.

Playing iPod/iPhone Music Files

Use an Apple certified cord toconnect the iPod/iPhone containingthe music files to the USB port.

. Once the infotainment systemfinishes reading the informationon the iPod/iPhone, it will beautomatically played from thepreviously played point. If AutoLaunch in Settings is set to Off,it will not be automaticallyplayed.

If the iPod/iPhone is alreadyconnected, touchT, Audio, Source,then iPod to play the iPod/iPhone.

Ending iPod/iPhone Playback

1. Touch Source.

2. Select another function bytouching AM, FM, AUX,or Bluetooth, or unplug theiPod/iPhone.

To remove the iPod/iPhone, selectanother function, and then removethe iPod/iPhone.

PauseTouch j during playback.Touch r to resume playback.

Playing the Next SongTouch d to play the next song.

Playing the Previous SongTouch g within two seconds ofplayback time to play theprevious song.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent Song

Touch g after two seconds ofplayback time.

Scanning Forward or BackwardHold g or d during playbackto rewind or fast forward.Release g or d to resumeplayback at normal speed.


Browse Music


2. Touch the desired music.

Tone Settings


Auto Volume

Volume will be automaticallycontrolled. See “Auto Volume” under“AM-FM Radio” previously in thissection.



Gallery (Pictures)

The infotainment system can viewpicture files contained in the USBstorage device.

Before Using the PictureSystem. Only the following file extensions

are supported: *.jpg, *.bmp,*.png, *.gif.

. Animated GIF is not supported.

. Some files may not operate dueto a different format or thecondition of the file.

Viewing a Picture

1. Connect the USB storagedevice containing the picturefiles to the USB port.

2. Press {, thenT.

3. Touch Gallery, then select thedesired picture folder.

4. Select the desired file.

. Touch the screen to hide thecontrol bar. Touch the screenagain to show the control bar.

. Some features are disabledwhile the vehicle is in motion.

Viewing a Slide Show

. Touch z from the picture screenand the slide show will play.

. Touch the screen to cancel theslide show during slide showplayback.

Viewing a Previous or NextPicture

From the picture screen, touch S or

T to view the previous or nextpicture.

Rotating a Picture

From the picture screen, touch w torotate the picture.

Enlarging a Picture

From the picture screen, touch T toenlarge the picture.

Using the USB Picture Menu

1. From the picture screen,touch Menu.

2. Touch the desired menu.

. Slide Show Time: Selectthe slide show interval.

. Clock/Temp Display: Todisplay the clock andtemperature on the fullscreen, select On or Off.

. Display Settings: Adjust thebrightness and contrast.

3. After the setting is complete,touch0.

Auxiliary DevicesThe AUX port is in the centerconsole. The infotainment systemcan play auxiliary music connectedby the auxiliary device.

Playing Music from anAuxiliary Device

Connect the auxiliary devicecontaining the music source to theAUX port. Once connected with theinfotainment system, music can beplayed from the device.


150 Infotainment System. If the auxiliary device is already

connected, touchT, Audio,Source, then AUX to play musicfrom the auxiliary device.

. Use an AUX cable with a3.5 mm (1/8 in) type connector.

Tone Settings

From the AUX screen, touch Tone.See “Tone Settings” under “AM-FMRadio” previously in this section.

Bluetooth Audio

Bluetooth Music

If equipped, music may be playedfrom a paired Bluetooth device.Refer to the Phone section for helppairing a device.

Before Playing Bluetooth Music

. The paired bluetooth devicemust support Bluetooth profiles:A2DP or AVRCP.

. Bluetooth music may not besupported depending on themobile phone or Bluetoothdevice.

. From the mobile phone orBluetooth device, find theBluetooth device type to set/connect the item.

. A ♪ will appear on the screen toindicate a successful AudioBluetooth connection.

. The sound played by theBluetooth device is deliveredthrough the infotainment system.

. Bluetooth music can be playedonly when a Bluetooth devicehas been connected. To playBluetooth music, connect theBluetooth phone to theinfotainment system.

. If the Bluetooth device isdisconnected while playingmusic, the music isdiscontinued. The audiostreaming function may not besupported in some Bluetoothphones. Only one function canbe used at a time between theBluetooth hands-free phonefunction or the Phone musicfunction. For example,if switching to Bluetoothhands-free phone mode while

playing Phone music, the musicstreaming function will bediscontinued.

. For Bluetooth music to play, themusic must be played at leastonce from the music playermode of the mobile phone orBluetooth device afterconnecting as a stereo headset.After being played at least once,the music player will beautomatically played uponentering play mode, and it will beautomatically stopped when themusic player mode ends. If themobile phone or Bluetoothdevice is not in the waitingscreen mode, some devices maynot automatically play inBluetooth music play mode.

Playing Bluetooth Music

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Audio, then Source onthe screen.

3. Touch Bluetooth to select theconnected Bluetooth devicemusic play mode.



PauseTouch j during playback.Touch r again to resumeplayback.

Playing the Next MusicTouch d to play the next music.

Playing the Previous MusicTouch g within two seconds ofplayback time to play theprevious music.

Returning to the Beginning of theCurrent Music

Touch g after two seconds ofplayback time.

Scanning Forward or BackwardHold g or d during playbackto rewind or fast forward.Release g or d to resumeplayback at normal speed.


Playing Files Repeatedly

1. Touch" during playback.

2. Touch the desired option.

. Repeat All: Plays all filesrepeatedly.

. Repeat Song: Plays acurrent file repeatedly.

. Repeat Off: Cancels repeatfunction.

Browse Music

This function may not be supporteddepending on the mobile phone.


2. Touch the desired item. Thenumber of relevant songs isdisplayed.

3. Touch the desired music tolisten.

Tone Settings

From the Bluetooth music menu,sound features can be set up. See“Tone Settings” under “AM-FMRadio” previously in this section.

Auto Volume

Volume will be automaticallycontrolled. See “Auto Volume” under“AM-FM Radio” previously in thissection.

Manage Bluetooth Devices


2. Touch Manage BluetoothDevices.

3. Select the desired device andthen connect/disconnect ordelete.

Playing Bluetooth Music

. Do not change the track tooquickly when playing Bluetoothmusic.

. It takes some time to transmitdata from the mobile phone orBluetooth device to theinfotainment system. Theinfotainment system outputs theaudio from the mobile phone orBluetooth device as it istransmitted.


152 Infotainment System. If the mobile phone or Bluetooth

device is not in the idle screenmode, it may not automaticallyplay despite being carried outfrom the Bluetooth musicplay mode.

. The infotainment systemtransmits the order to play fromthe mobile phone in theBluetooth music play mode.If this is done in a differentmode, then the device transmitsthe order to stop. Depending onthe mobile phone’s options, thisorder to play/stop may take timeto activate.

. If Bluetooth music playback isnot functioning, then check tosee if the mobile phone is in theidle screen mode.

. Sometimes, sounds may be cutoff during Bluetooth musicplayback.

OnStar SystemOnStar with 4G LTE

If equipped with OnStar 4G LTE, upto seven devices, such assmartphones, tablets, and laptops,can be connected to high-speedInternet through the vehicle’s built-inWi-Fi hotspot.

Call 1-888-4-ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to connect to anOnStar Advisor for assistance. Seewww.onstar.com for a detailedinstruction guide, vehicle availability,details, and system limitations.Services and apps vary by make,model, year, carrier, availability, andconditions. 4G LTE service isavailable in select markets. 4G LTEperformance is based on industryaverages and vehicle systemsdesign. Some services require adata plan.



Phone

Bluetooth

Bluetooth Wireless Technology

Bluetooth wireless technologyestablishes a wireless link betweentwo devices supported withBluetooth. After the initial pairing,the two devices can connectautomatically when turned on.Bluetooth allows wirelesstransmission of information amongBluetooth phones, PDAs, or otherdevices within close range by using2.45 GHz frequency short-distancewireless telecommunicationtechnologies. Within this vehicle,users can make hands-free calls,transmit hands-free data, and playaudio streaming files by connectinga mobile phone with the system.

. There may be restrictions onusing Bluetooth wirelesstechnology in some locations.

. Due to the variety of Bluetoothdevices and their firmwareversions, the device mayrespond differently whenperforming over Bluetooth.

. See the device’s user guide forquestions about Bluetoothfunctionality.

. Multi-pairing is not supported.

Pairing and ConnectingBluetooth

To use the Bluetooth feature, makesure the Bluetooth on the device isturned on and the device is indiscoverable mode. See theBluetooth device’s user guide.

When There Is no Paired Deviceon the Infotainment System

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Phone, then AddDevice.

3. From the device’s Bluetoothsettings list, selectmyChevrolet.

4. Touch Code Matches.

5. Verify phone matches.

When the Bluetooth device andinfotainment system aresuccessfully paired, the Phonescreen appears on the infotainmentdisplay.

When the connection fails, a failuremessage appears on theinfotainment display.

When There Is a Paired Device onthe Infotainment System

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then Deviceson the display.

3. Touch the device to pair fromthe list, and then follow Step 5.

To add a device not in the list,touch Add Device.

4. From the device’s Bluetoothsettings list, selectmyChevrolet.

5. When the Bluetooth device andthe infotainment system aresuccessfully paired, e / 5 isdisplayed.



‐ The connected mobile phoneis highlighted by a 5 mark.

‐ The e / 5 mark indicates thehands-free and mobile phonemusic function are enabled.

‐ The 5 mark indicates onlyHands-Free function isenabled.

‐ The e mark indicates onlyBluetooth music is enabled.

. When the Bluetooth device andthe infotainment system aresuccessfully paired, the contactlist downloads automatically,depending on the type of mobilephone. If the contact list doesnot download automatically,proceed with the download onthe mobile phone. Alwaysaccept the contact list requeston the initial pairing of themobile phone.

. The infotainment system canregister up to 10 Bluetoothdevices.

. When the connection fails, thefailure message displays on theinfotainment system.

. If the contact list has more than5,000 contacts, the infotainmentsystem may not properly list theremaining entries.

. Depending on the number ofcontact entries, pairing timemay vary.

Checking the ConnectedBluetooth Device

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then Devices.

3. The connected device will bedisplayed on the top of the list.

Disconnecting the BluetoothDevice

1. TouchT.


3. Touch the name of the deviceto disconnect.

4. Touch Disconnect Device.

Connecting the BluetoothDevice

1. TouchT.


3. Touch the device to connect.

Deleting the Bluetooth Device

1. TouchT.


3. Touch Delete next to the deviceto delete.

4. Touch Delete.

Apple CarPlay andAndroid AutoIf equipped, Android Auto and/orApple CarPlay capability may beavailable through a compatiblesmartphone. If available, Projectionwill appear on the Home Page ofthe infotainment display.



To use Android Auto or AppleCarPlay:

1. Download the Android Autoapp to your phone from theGoogle Play store. No app isrequired for Apple CarPlay.

2. Connect an Android phone oriPhone by using the compatiblephone USB cable and plugginginto a USB data port. For bestperformance, use the device’sfactory-provided USB cable.Aftermarket or third-partycables may not work.

3. When the phone is firstconnected to activate AppleCarPlay or Android Auto, themessage “Device ProjectionPrivacy Consent” will appear.

. Select Continue to launchApple CarPlay orAndroid Auto.

. Select Disable to removeApple CarPlay and AndroidAuto capability from thevehicle Settings menu.Other functions maystill work.

Projection on the Home Page willchange to Android Auto or AppleCarPlay depending on the phone.Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlaymay automatically launch upon USBconnection. If not, touch the AndroidAuto and/or Apple CarPlay icon onthe Home Page to launch.

Press { on the center stack toreturn to the Home Page.

For further information on how to setup Android Auto and Apple CarPlayin the vehicle, seewww.my.chevrolet.com or seeCustomer Assistance Offices 0 314.

Android Auto is provided by Googleand is subject to Google’s termsand privacy policy. Apple CarPlay isprovided by Apple and is subject toApple’s terms and privacy policy.Data plan rates apply. For AndroidAuto support see https://support.google.com/androidauto.For Apple CarPlay support seewww.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Appleor Google may change or suspendavailability at any time. AndroidAuto, Android, Google, Google Play,

and other marks are trademarks ofGoogle Inc.; Apple CarPlay is atrademark of Apple Inc.

Hands-Free Phone

Making a Call by Entering thePhone Number

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Phone.

3. Enter the phone number usingthe keypad on the Phonescreen.

4. Touch 5 on the display to callthe phone number.

If the wrong number is entered,touch z to delete the enterednumber one digit at a time. Or touchand hold z to delete all enterednumbers.

Switching a Call to the MobilePhone (Private Mode)

1. To switch the call to the mobilephone instead of the Bluetoothhands-free, touch 0.



2. To switch the call back to theBluetooth hands-free, touch 0again.

Switching the MicrophoneOn/Off

Switch the microphone on/off bytouching 3.

Calling by Re-Dial

Touch 5 on the display.

Taking Calls

1. When a phone call comesthrough the Bluetoothconnected mobile phone, theplaying track will be cut off andthe phone will ring with therelevant information displayed.

2. To talk on the phone, press gon the steering wheel control ortouch 5 on the display.

To reject the call, pressc onthe steering wheel control ortouchK on the display.

Using the Contacts Menu

1. Touch the contacts menu onthe Phone screen.

2. Select the contact entry to call.

. To call another phonenumber in the samecontacts, touch More in theContacts screen and touchthe desired phone number.

. In the Contacts screen,touch q to add the contactto favorites. Touch q againto remove the contact fromfavorites.

Making a Call from Favorites

1. Touch the favorites menu onthe Phone screen.

2. Select the contact to call.

The Favorites list is notsynchronized with the mobile phoneand is stored separately.

Making a Call from Call History

1. TouchW RECENT on thePhone screen.

2. Select the contact to call.

. 9: Incoming call

. 2: Outgoing call

. 4: Missed call

Making a Call with Speed DialNumbers

Touch and hold a speed dial numberusing the keypad on the Phonescreen.

Only speed dial numbers alreadystored on the mobile phone can beused for speed dial calls. Up totwo-digit speed dial numbers aresupported.

For two-digit speed dial numbers,touch and hold the second digit tomake a call to the speed dialnumber.



Voice Mail

The default voice mail number is thephone number of the currentlyconnected mobile phone. The voicemail number can be changed inBluetooth settings.

To dial a voice mail number:

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Phone, then Voice Mail.

SettingsOperation of the Settings Menu

The infotainment system can becustomized to make it easier to use.

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings.

3. Touch the desired menu toselect the item or to display theitem’s detailed menu.

4. Touch0 to return to theprevious menu.

Settings menus and functions mayvary depending on vehicle options.

Radio Settings

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then touchRadio Settings.

. Auto Volume: Volume willbe automatically controlled.See “Auto Volume” under“AM-FM Radio” previouslyin this section.

. Maximum Start-Up Volume:Set the Maximum Start-UpVolume from 13 to 37.

. Audio Cues: Set the AudioCues feature to On or Off.

. Audio Cues Volume: Setthe Audio Cues Volumefrom 10 to 63.

. Audio Volume Setting: Setall Audio Volume features.

Audio Cues Volume is only availablewhen Audio Cues is set to On.

Devices

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings, then touchDevices.

3. Select the desired device andconnect/disconnect or delete.

To add a new Bluetooth device,touch Add Device.

Bluetooth Phone

1. TouchT.



2. Touch Settings, then BluetoothPhone and touch Y to scroll tothe desired mobile phone. Thisis only available when thedevice is connected.

. My Number: Displays thecurrent connected phonenumber.

. Privacy: Set whether or notincoming call alerts areshown on the infotainmentdisplay.

. Sort Contacts: Set to Firstname, surname orSurname, first name.

. Resync Device Contacts:Resync the contacts list forthe current connectedmobile phone.

Apple CarPlay

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings and find AppleCarPlay.

3. Select On or Off.

Android Auto

1. TouchT.

2. Touch Settings and findAndroid Auto.

3. Select On or Off.

Even if Projection is set to Off,connecting the device and touchingProjection on the Home Page willdisplay a pop-up message:

. For Apple CarPlay function:“While active, Apple CarPlay willbe displayed on this screen.”

. For Android Auto function:“While active, Android Auto willbe displayed on this screen.”

When the device is first connected,the device projection privacyconsent pop-up message will bedisplayed.

. Touch Continue to activate theprojection feature.

. Touch Disable and the device ischarging only.

If Android Auto is not activated,make sure the mobile phone’s USBconnection mode is set to MTP.

If the device has not previouslybeen paired, the consent pop-up willdisplay when touching continue.

Teen DriverIf equipped, this allows multiplekeys to be registered for beginnerdrivers, to encourage safe drivinghabits. When the vehicle is startedwith a Teen Driver key, it willautomatically activate certain safetysystems, allow setting of somefeatures, and limit the use of others.The Report Card will record vehicledata about driving behavior that canbe viewed later. When the vehicle isstarted with a registered key, theDriver Information Center (DIC)displays a message that Teen Driveris active.

To access:

1. Touch Settings on the HomePage, then touch Teen Driver.

2. Create a Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN) by choosing afour-digit PIN. Re-enter the PINto confirm. To change the PIN,select Change PIN.



The PIN is required to:

. Register or unregister keys.

. Change Teen Driver settings.

. Change or clear the TeenDriver PIN.

. Access or delete ReportCard data.

Register keys to activate:

Any vehicle key can be registered,up to a maximum of eight keys.Label the key to tell it apart from theother keys.

1. Start the vehicle.

2. The vehicle must be inP (Park).

3. From the Settings menu, selectTeen Driver.

4. Enter the PIN.

5. Place the Remote KeylessEntry (RKE) transmitter key inthe transmitter pocket. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8 for thetransmitter pocket location.

6. From the Teen Driver Menu,select Key Registration.

. If the transmitter key is inthe transmitter pocket, it willidentify whether thetransmitter key is registeredor unregistered.

. If the transmitter key is notregistered, the option toregister displays. SelectRegister and a confirmationmessage displays.

. If the transmitter key isalready registered, theoption to unregisterdisplays. If Unregister isselected, the transmitterkey is no longer registeredand a confirmationmessage displays.

If a Teen Driver transmitter key anda non-Teen Driver transmitter keyare both present at start up, thevehicle will recognize the non-TeenDriver transmitter key to start thevehicle. The Teen Driver settingswill not be active.

Manage Settings

Use the PIN to change the followingsettings:

Audio Volume Limit : Allows amaximum radio volume to be set.Turn the audio volume limit On orOff, and if equipped, choose themaximum level for the audiovolume.

Teen Driver Speed Warning :Allows for setting a visual andaudible warning when a certainspeed is exceeded. The speedwarning is selectable from 64 km/h(40 mph) to 120 km/h (75 mph). Thespeed warning does not limit thespeed of the vehicle.

Teen Driver Speed Limiter (IfEquipped) : Allows the maximumspeed of the vehicle to be limited to137 km/h (85 mph). When the speedlimiter is turned On and the vehicleis started with a Teen Driver key, theDIC displays a message that the topspeed is limited to 137 km/h(85 mph).



When Teen Driver is Active:

. The radio will mute when thedriver seat belt is not fastened,and in some vehicles, when theright front passenger seat belt isnot fastened. The audio fromany device paired to the vehiclewill also be muted.

. Certain electronic devicesplaced on the front passengerseat could cause the passengersensing system to falsely sensean unbuckled front passengerand mute the radio. SeePassenger Sensing System0 53.

. Some safety systems, such asAutomatic Emergency Braking,if equipped and supported,cannot be turned off.

. The gap setting for the ForwardCollision Alert, if equipped,cannot be changed.

Report Card

The vehicle owner must secure thedriver’s consent to record certainvehicle data when the vehicle isdriven with a registered Teen Driverkey. There is one Report Card pervehicle. Data is not recorded whenTeen Driver is not active.

The Report Card data is collectedfrom the time Teen Driver isactivated or the last time the ReportCard was reset. The following itemsmay be recorded:

. Distance Driven – the totaldistance driven.

. Maximum Speed – the maximumvehicle speed recorded.

. Overspeed Warnings – thenumber of times the speedwarning setting was exceeded.

. Forward Collision Alerts – thenumber of times the driver wasnotified when approaching avehicle ahead too quickly and atpotential risk for a crash.

. Forward Collision AvoidanceBraking – the number of timesthe vehicle detected that aforward collision was imminentand applied the brakes. Alsoreferred to as AutomaticEmergency Braking.

. Stability Control – the number ofevents which required the use ofelectronic stability control.

. ABS Active – the number ofAntilock Brake Systemactivations.

. Tailgating Alerts – the number oftimes the driver was alerted forfollowing the vehicle ahead tooclosely.

. Traction Control – the number oftimes the Traction ControlSystem activated to reducewheel spin or loss of traction.

. Wide Open Throttle – thenumber of times the acceleratorpedal was pressed nearly all theway down.



Delete Report Card Data

Data is saved for all trips until thedata is deleted using the PIN or untilthe maximum count is exceeded.Each item will report a maximum of1,000 counts. The distance drivenwill report a maximum of 64,374 km(40,000 mi).

To delete Report Card data, do oneof the following:

. From the Report Card display,select Reset.

. Select Clear All Teen Keys/PINfrom the Teen Driver menu. Thiswill also unregister any TeenDriver keys and delete the PIN.

Forgotten PIN

See your dealer to reset the PIN.

Trademarks andLicense AgreementsFCC Information

See Radio Frequency Statement0 322.

Bluetooth®

The Bluetooth word mark and logosare owned by the Bluetooth® SIG,Inc. and any use of such marks byGeneral Motors is under license.Other trademarks and trade namesare those of their respective owners.

“Made for iPod” and “Made foriPhone” mean that an electronicaccessory has been designed toconnect specifically to iPod oriPhone and has been certified bythe developer to meet Appleperformance standards.

iPod and iPhone are trademarks ofApple Computer, Inc., registered inthe U.S. and other countries.

Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee,taxes, one time activation fee, andother fees may apply. Subscriptionfee is consumer only. All fees andprogramming subject to change.Subscriptions subject to CustomerAgreement available atwww.siriusxm.com orwww.siriusxm.ca. SiriusXM® serviceonly available in the 48 contiguousUnited States and Canada.

In Canada: Some deterioration ofservice may occur in extremenorthern latitudes. This is beyondthe control of SiriusXM® SatelliteRadio.

It is prohibited to copy, decompile,disassemble, reverse engineer,hack, manipulate, or otherwise



make available any technology orsoftware incorporated in receiverscompatible with the SiriusXMSatellite Radio System or thatsupport the SiriusXM website, theOnline Service or any of its content.Furthermore, the AMBER voicecompression software included inthis product is protected byintellectual property rights includingpatent rights, copyrights, and tradesecrets of Digital VoiceSystems, Inc.

General Requirements:

1. A License Agreement fromSiriusXM is required for anyproduct that incorporatesSiriusXM Technology and/or foruse of any of the SiriusXMmarks to be manufactured,distributed, or marketed in theSiriusXM Service Area.

2. For products to be distributed,marketed, and/or sold inCanada, a separate agreementis required with CanadianSatellite Radio Inc. (operatingas SiriusXM Canada).

FreeType 2

Portions of this software arecopyright ® 2007-2012 TheFreeType Project(www.freetype.org). All rightsreserved.

Libjpeg

The navigation software is based inpart on the work of the independentJPEG Group.


Climate Controls 163

Climate Controls

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic Climate Control

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Air VentsAir Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167

MaintenanceAir Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Passenger Compartment Air

Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Air Conditioning Regular

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Climate ControlSystems

Automatic ClimateControl SystemThe climate control buttons on thecenter stack and on the climatecontrol display are used to adjustthe heating, cooling, and ventilation.

Center Stack Climate Controls

1. Defrost/Defog

2. Air Delivery Mode Controls

3. Max Defrost

4. Manual Fan Control Buttons

5. Temperature Control Knob

6. AUTO (Automatic Operation)

7. Rear Window Defogger

Climate Control Display

1. Driver and Passenger HeatedSeats (If Equipped)

2. Climate On-Off

3. Recirculation

4. Heater Power

5. A/C (Air Conditioning) Power

6. Fan Speed and TemperatureStatus


164 Climate Controls

The heated seats, if equipped,climate on/off, recirculation, heat,and air conditioning can becontrolled by touching ClimateSettings on the infotainmentHome Page.

A selection can then be made onthe climate settings page.

Automatic Operation

The system automatically controlsthe fan speed, air delivery, airconditioning, electric heating, andrecirculation to heat or cool thevehicle to the selected temperature.

When AUTO is lit, all five functionsoperate automatically. Each functioncan also be manually set and theselected setting is displayed or theindicator is lit. Functions notmanually set will continue to beautomatically controlled, even if theAUTO indicator is not lit.

For automatic operation:

1. Press AUTO.

2. Set the temperature. An initialsetting of 22 °C (72 °F) isrecommended. Allow thesystem time to stabilize. Adjustthe temperature as needed.

Manual Operation

ON : Touch to turn the climatecontrol system on and off.

The climate control system will turnon when any climate control buttonis pressed on the center stack ortouched on the climate controldisplay. To turn the system off,touch ON again.

D or C : Press the buttons toincrease or decrease the fan speed.The fan speed setting appears onthe climate control display. Manuallyadjusting the fan speed cancelsautomatic fan control. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation.Touch ON to turn off the fan and theclimate control system.

Temperature Control : Turn theknob clockwise or counterclockwiseto increase or decrease thetemperature setting.

Air Delivery Mode Control : Pressc,d, or0 on the center stackto change the direction of airflow.Any combination of the threebuttons can be selected. Theselected air delivery mode buttonindicator is lit.

Pressing any button cancelsautomatic air delivery control andthe direction of the airflow can becontrolled manually. Press AUTO toreturn to automatic operation.

0 : Air is directed to thewindshield.

d : Air is directed to the instrumentpanel outlets.

c : Air is directed to the flooroutlets.

0 MAX : Air is directed to thewindshield and the fan runs at ahigher speed. Fog or frost is clearedfrom the windshield more quickly.When the button is pressed again,the system returns to the previousmode setting.



For best results, clear all snow andice from the windshield beforedefrosting.

L : Touch to turn onrecirculation.

An indicator light comes on. Air isrecirculated to quickly cool theinside of the vehicle or to reduce theentry of outside air and odors. Usingthe recirculation mode for extendedperiods may cause the windows tofog. If this happens, select thedefrost mode.

Using air conditioning andrecirculation together for longperiods of time may cause the airinside the vehicle to become toodry. To prevent this from happening,after the air in the vehicle hascooled, turn the recirculationmode off.

Touching this button cancelsautomatic recirculation. Press AUTOto return to automatic operation;recirculation runs automatically asneeded.

v HEAT : Touch to turn the heateron when the fan is on.

A/C : Touch to turn the airconditioning on when the fan is on.

Auto Defog : The system willmonitor high humidity inside thevehicle. When high humidity isdetected, the climate control systemmay adjust to outside air supply andturn on the air conditioner or theheater. The fan speed may slightlyincrease to help prevent fogging.When high humidity is no longerdetected, the system will return toits prior operation. To turn AutoDefog off or on, see “Climate andAir Quality” under VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Auto Heated Seats : If equipped,when the vehicle is on, this featurewill automatically activate theheated seats at the level required bythe vehicle’s interior temperature. Inauto mode, the indicatorsautomatically show the level settingrequired.

Use the manual heated seat buttonson the infotainment display to turnauto heated seats off. Once this

feature is turned off, the auto heatedseats will be activated the next timethe vehicle is turned on.

In manual mode, the controls canbe accessed while the vehicle is onby touching ( or M with three levelindicators high, medium, low or offon the climate control display. If thepassenger seat is unoccupied, theauto heated seats feature will notactivate that seat. See Heated FrontSeats 0 35 andVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Rear Window Defogger

K : Press to turn the rear windowdefogger on or off. An indicator lighton the button comes on to show thatthe rear window defogger is on.

The defogger only works when thevehicle is on. The defogger will turnoff if the vehicle is turned off.



Caution

Do not try to clear frost or othermaterial from the inside of thefront windshield and rear windowwith a razor blade or anythingelse that is sharp. This maydamage the rear windowdefogger grid and affect theradio's ability to pick up stationsclearly. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Remote Start : The climate controlsystem may be started by using theRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter. The climate controlsystem will default to an appropriateheating or cooling mode. SeeRemote Start 0 15.

The rear window defogger turns onif it is cold outside.

Mobile Application Feature

If equipped, this feature allows asmartphone to set the start-upclimate control settings. Thefollowing features can be set:

. Temperature

. Fan Speed

. Air Delivery Mode

. Climate Mode

. Recirculation

Once the settings are saved throughthe application, the vehicle will usethese settings when turned on. Afterthe vehicle is turned on, use theclimate controls if additionaladjustments are desired.

Sensors

Indicator Light and SolarSensor (ILSS)

The ILSS is on top of the instrumentpanel, near the windshield, where itmonitors solar intensity.

The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature, fan speed,recirculation, and air delivery modefor best comfort.

Do not cover the sensor; otherwisethe automatic climate control systemmay not work properly.

Humidity Sensor

The humidity sensor is near thebase of the inside rearview mirror.The climate control system uses thesensor information to adjust thetemperature and recirculation forbest comfort.

Outside Air Temperature Sensor

The outside air temperature sensoris behind the front grille of thevehicle. The vehicle uses the sensorinformation to display outside airtemperature. The climate controlsystem uses the information toadjust the climate system operation.



Air VentsAdjustable air vents are in thecenter and on the side of theinstrument panel.

Move the slats to change thedirection of the airflow. The centerair vent does not close completely.

Move the slats to change thedirection of the airflow.

Additional air vents are locatedbeneath the windshield and thedriver and passenger side doorwindows, and in the footwells.These are fixed and cannot beadjusted.

Operation Tips

. Keep all outlets open wheneverpossible for best systemperformance.

. Clear snow off the hood toimprove visibility and helpdecrease moisture drawn intothe vehicle.

. Keep the path under all seatsclear of objects to help circulatethe air inside the vehicle moreeffectively.

. Use of non-GM approved hooddeflectors can adversely affectthe performance of the system.

. Do not attach any devices to theair vent slats. This restrictsairflow and may cause damageto the air vents.



Maintenance

Air Intake

The air intake at the base of thewindshield under the hood must bekept clear to allow the flow of airinto the vehicle. Clear away any ice,snow, or leaves.

Passenger CompartmentAir FilterThe filter reduces the dust, pollen,and other airborne irritants fromoutside air that is pulled into thevehicle.

Replace the filter as part of routinescheduled maintenance.

1. Open the glove box.

2. Pull the damper and push theside wall to unlock the stopper.

3. Lower the glove boxcompletely.

4. Hold the right side of the filtercover, and then pull andremove it.

5. Install the new air filter.

6. Reinstall the filter cover.

7. Reconnect the glove boxdamper.

8. Reinstall the glove box.

See your dealer if additionalassistance is needed.



Air Conditioning RegularOperationTo ensure continuous efficientperformance, operate the airconditioning for a few minutes oncea month. The air conditioning willnot operate if the outsidetemperature is too low.

Caution

Damage caused by improperrefrigerant usage could lead tocostly repairs and may not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Refrigerant systems should onlybe serviced by qualifiedpersonnel. Always use the correctrefrigerant.

{ Warning

Performing service work to theclimate control system couldcause personal injury or damageto the vehicle. Climate controlsystems are serviced by qualifiedpersonnel only.

ServiceAll vehicles have a label underhoodthat identifies the refrigerant used inthe vehicle. The refrigerant systemshould only be serviced by trainedand certified technicians. The airconditioning evaporator shouldnever be repaired or replaced byone from a salvage vehicle.It should only be replaced by a newevaporator to ensure proper andsafe operation.

During service, all refrigerantsshould be reclaimed with properequipment. Venting refrigerantsdirectly to the atmosphere is harmfulto the environment and may alsocreate unsafe conditions based oninhalation, combustion, frostbite,or other health-based concerns.

The air conditioning system requiresperiodic maintenance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 301.


170 Driving and Operating

Driving andOperating

Driving InformationDriving for Better Energy

Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Drunk Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 173Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 175Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Driving on Wet Roads . . . . . . . . 176Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 176Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177If the Vehicle Is Stuck . . . . . . . . 178Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Starting and OperatingNew Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . 182Power Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Starting and Stopping the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Retained Accessory

Power (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Shifting Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Shifting out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . 185Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Electric Vehicle OperatingModes

Driver Selected OperatingModes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186

Electric Drive UnitElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 187One-Pedal Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . 190

BrakesAntilock Brake

System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 192Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . 193Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . 194

Ride Control SystemsTraction Control/Electronic

Stability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Cruise ControlCruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Driver Assistance SystemsDriver Assistance Systems . . . 199Assistance Systems for

Parking or Backing . . . . . . . . . . 200

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . 209Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . 211

ChargingWhen to Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Delayed Charging Override . . . 217Charging Status Feedback . . . 218Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Utility Interruption of

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Electrical Requirements for

Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

Trailer TowingGeneral Towing

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

Conversions and Add-OnsAdd-On Electrical

Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230


Driving and Operating 171

Driving Information

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiencyUse the following tips to helpmaximize energy efficiency andrange.

In colder temperatures, while theseefficiency tips will help, the electricvehicle driving range will be lowerdue to higher energy usageincluding energy spent heating thecabin.

The Range Impacts screenestimates the influence of the mainfactors impacting vehicle range.After charging is complete, thisinformation is reset. See “RangeImpacts” under Energy Information0 115.

Acceleration/Braking/Coasting

Avoid rapid accelerations anddecelerations.

Electric range is maximized at89 km/h (55 mph) and less.

Use cruise control whenappropriate.

Plan ahead for decelerations andcoast whenever possible. Do notrush to traffic signals, and do notshift to N (Neutral) to coast.

The vehicle recovers more energywhile coasting and braking inL (Low) than in D (Drive) mode.

Using the steering wheel paddleduring deceleration recovers moreenergy. See Regenerative Braking0 194.

Terrain and Vehicle Speed

Higher speeds and grade changesuse more energy and cansignificantly reduce electric range.

Climate Setting

Using the heat and air conditioningsystems decreases the energyavailable for electric driving.

Optimal energy efficiency isachieved when the heat, airconditioning, and fan are turned off.

Use the heated seat feature insteadof climate control system. Heatingthe seat uses less energy thanheating the vehicle interior.

Use remote start to heat or cool theinterior when the vehicle is pluggedin to maximize the electric range byutilizing electricity from the electricaloutlet.

In hot weather, avoid parking indirect sunlight or use sunshadesinside the vehicle.

Keep the inside of the windowsclean to reduce fogging, and turn offthe front defroster and rear defoggerwhen they are not needed.

Avoid driving with the windows openat highway speeds.

Use the Enhanced Battery Gaugeon the Instrument Cluster to viewthe effect of climate control settingson your estimated range. SeeBattery Gauge (High Voltage) 0 98.

Outside Temperature

On colder days, it is best to plug inthe vehicle overnight, and thenremote start the vehicle.



Allow the vehicle to warm up for20 minutes before driving.

If possible, use a level 2 (32 amp)high power charge station for bestresults. This allows the interior ofthe vehicle and high voltage batteryto warm to optimal temperature.

Vehicle Charging/Maintenance

Charging

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep thebattery temperature ready for thenext drive. This is important whenoutside temperatures are extremelyhot or cold.

Maintenance

Always keep the tires properlyinflated and the vehicle properlyaligned.

The weight of excess cargo in thevehicle affects efficiency and range.Avoid carrying more than is needed.

Avoid unnecessary use of electricalaccessories. Power used forfunctions other than propelling thevehicle will reduce EV range.

Using a rooftop carrier will reduceefficiency due to additional weightand drag.

Distracted DrivingDistraction comes in many formsand can take your focus from thetask of driving. Exercise goodjudgment and do not let otheractivities divert your attention awayfrom the road. Many localgovernments have enacted lawsregarding driver distraction. Becomefamiliar with the local laws inyour area.

To avoid distracted driving, keepyour eyes on the road, keep yourhands on the steering wheel, andfocus your attention on driving.

. Do not use a mobile phone indemanding driving situations.Use a hands-free method toplace or receive necessaryphone calls.

. Watch the road. Do not read,take notes, or look upinformation on mobile phones orother electronic devices.

. Designate a front seatpassenger to handle potentialdistractions.

. Become familiar with vehiclefeatures before driving, such asprogramming favorite radiostations and adjusting climatecontrol and seat settings.Program all trip information intoany navigation device prior todriving.

. Wait until the vehicle is parkedto retrieve items that have fallento the floor.

. Stop or park the vehicle to tendto children.

. Keep pets in an appropriatecarrier or restraint.

. Avoid stressful conversationswhile driving, whether with apassenger or on a mobilephone.



{ Warning

Taking your eyes off the road toolong or too often could cause acrash resulting in injury or death.Focus your attention on driving.

Refer to the Infotainment section formore information on using thatsystem, including pairing and usinga mobile phone.

Defensive DrivingDefensive driving means “alwaysexpect the unexpected.” The firststep in driving defensively is to wearthe seat belt.

. Assume that other road users(pedestrians, bicyclists, andother drivers) are going to becareless and make mistakes.Anticipate what they might doand be ready.

. Allow enough following distancebetween you and the driver infront of you.

. Focus on the task of driving.

Drunk DrivingDeath and injury associated withdrinking and driving is a globaltragedy.

{ Warning

Drinking and then driving is verydangerous. Your reflexes,perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by evena small amount of alcohol. Youcan have a serious — or evenfatal — collision if you drive afterdrinking.

Do not drink and drive or ride witha driver who has been drinking.Ride home in a cab; or if you arewith a group, designate a driverwho will not drink.

Control of a VehicleBraking, steering, and acceleratingare important factors in helping tocontrol a vehicle while driving.

BrakingBraking action involves perceptiontime and reaction time. Deciding topush the brake pedal is perceptiontime. Actually doing it isreaction time.

Average driver reaction time isabout three-quarters of a second. Inthat time, a vehicle moving at100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m(66 ft), which could be a lot ofdistance in an emergency.

Helpful braking tips to keep in mindinclude:

. Keep enough distance betweenyou and the vehicle in frontof you.

. Avoid needless heavy braking.

. Keep pace with traffic.



Steering

Caution

To avoid damage to the steeringsystem, do not drive over curbs,parking barriers, or similar objectsat speeds greater than 3 km/h(1 mph). Use care when drivingover other objects such as lanedividers and speed bumps.Damage caused by misuse of thevehicle is not covered by thevehicle warranty.

Variable Effort Steering

The vehicle has a steering systemthat varies the amount of effortrequired to steer the vehicle inrelation to the speed of the vehicle.

The amount of steering effortrequired is less at slower speeds tomake the vehicle moremaneuverable and easier to park. Atfaster speeds, the steering effortincreases to provide a sport-like feelto the steering. This providesmaximum control and stability.

Electric Power Steering

The vehicle has electric powersteering. It does not have powersteering fluid. Regular maintenanceis not required.

If power steering assist is lost dueto a system malfunction, the vehiclecan be steered, but may requireincreased effort.

If the steering wheel is turned until itreaches the end of its travel and isheld against that position for anextended period of time, powersteering assist may be reduced.

If the steering assist is used for anextended period of time while thevehicle is not moving, power assistmay be reduced.

Normal use of the power steeringassist should return when thesystem cools down.

See your dealer if there is aproblem.

Curve Tips. Take curves at a reasonable

speed.

. Reduce speed before entering acurve.

. Maintain a reasonable steadyspeed through the curve.

. Wait until the vehicle is out ofthe curve before acceleratinggently into the straightaway.

Steering in Emergencies. There are some situations when

steering around a problem maybe more effective than braking.


Driving and Operating 175. Holding both sides of the

steering wheel allows you to turn180 degrees without removinga hand.

. Antilock Brake System (ABS)allows steering while braking.

Off-Road Recovery

The vehicle's right wheels can dropoff the edge of a road onto theshoulder while driving. Followthese tips:

1. Ease off the accelerator andthen, if there is nothing in theway, steer the vehicle so that itstraddles the edge of thepavement.

2. Turn the steering wheel aboutone-eighth of a turn, until theright front tire contacts thepavement edge.

3. Turn the steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

Loss of Control

Skidding

There are three types of skids thatcorrespond to the vehicle's threecontrol systems:

. Braking Skid — wheels are notrolling.

. Steering or Cornering Skid —too much speed or steering in acurve causes tires to slip andlose cornering force.

. Acceleration Skid — too muchthrottle causes the drivingwheels to spin.

Defensive drivers avoid most skidsby taking reasonable care suited toexisting conditions, and by notoverdriving those conditions. Butskids are always possible.

If the vehicle starts to slide, followthese suggestions:

. Ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and steer theway you want the vehicle to go.The vehicle may straighten out.Be ready for a second skid if itoccurs.

. Slow down and adjust yourdriving according to weatherconditions. Stopping distancecan be longer and vehiclecontrol can be affected whentraction is reduced by water,snow, ice, gravel, or othermaterial on the road. Learn torecognize warning clues — suchas enough water, ice, or packedsnow on the road to make amirrored surface — and slowdown when you have any doubt.

. Try to avoid sudden steering,acceleration, or braking,including reducing vehicle speed



by shifting to a lower gear. Anysudden changes could causethe tires to slide.

Remember: Antilock brakes helpavoid only the braking skid.

Driving on Wet RoadsRain and wet roads can reducevehicle traction and affect yourability to stop and accelerate.Always drive slower in these typesof driving conditions and avoiddriving through large puddles anddeep-standing or flowing water.

{ Warning

Wet brakes can cause crashes.They might not work as well in aquick stop and could causepulling to one side. You couldlose control of the vehicle.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

After driving through a largepuddle of water or a car/vehiclewash, lightly apply the brakepedal until the brakes worknormally.

Flowing or rushing water createsstrong forces. Driving throughflowing water could cause thevehicle to be carried away. If thishappens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do notignore police warnings and bevery cautious about trying to drivethrough flowing water.

Hydroplaning

Hydroplaning is dangerous. Watercan build up under the vehicle'stires so they actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road iswet enough and you are going fastenough. When the vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or nocontact with the road.

There is no hard and fast rule abouthydroplaning. The best advice is toslow down when the road is wet.

Other Rainy Weather Tips

Besides slowing down, other wetweather driving tips include:

. Allow extra following distance.

. Pass with caution.

. Keep windshield wipingequipment in good shape.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Have good tires with propertread depth.

. Turn off cruise control.

Hill and Mountain RoadsDriving on steep hills or throughmountains is different than drivingon flat or rolling terrain.

. Keep the vehicle serviced and ingood shape.

. Check all fluid levels and brakes,tires, cooling system, andelectric drive unit.


Driving and Operating 177. Keep the vehicle in gear when

going down steep or long hills.

{ Warning

Coasting downhill in N (Neutral)or with the vehicle turned off isdangerous. The brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing downthe vehicle and could become toohot. Hot brakes may not be ableto slow the vehicle enough tomaintain speed and control. Youcould crash. Always have thevehicle running and in gear whengoing downhill. This will allow theelectric drive unit to assist inslowing and maintaining speed.

. Drive at speeds to keep thevehicle in its own lane. Do notswing wide or cross thecenter line.

. Be alert on top of hills.Something could be in your lane(e.g., stalled car, crash).

. Pay attention to special roadsigns (e.g., falling rocks area,winding roads, long grades,passing or no-passing zones)and take appropriate action.

Winter Driving

Driving on Snow or Ice

Snow or ice between the tires andthe road creates less traction orgrip, so drive carefully. Wet ice canoccur at about 0 °C (32 °F) whenfreezing rain begins to fall. Avoiddriving on wet ice or in freezing rainuntil roads can be treated.

For Slippery Road Driving:

. Recommend using D (Drive) inslippery conditions.

. Accelerate gently. Acceleratingtoo quickly causes the wheels tospin and makes the surfaceunder the tires slick.

. Turn on the Traction ControlSystem (TCS).

. The Antilock Brake System(ABS) improves vehicle stabilityduring hard stops, but thebrakes should be applied soonerthan when on dry pavement.

. Allow greater following distanceand watch for slippery spots. Icypatches can occur on otherwiseclear roads in shaded areas.The surface of a curve or anoverpass can remain icy whenthe surrounding roads are clear.Avoid sudden steeringmaneuvers and braking whileon ice.

. Turn off cruise control.

. Avoid using Regen on Demandpaddle.

Blizzard Conditions

Being stuck in snow can be aserious situation. Stay with thevehicle unless there is help nearby.If possible, use RoadsideAssistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 316. To gethelp and keep everyone in thevehicle safe:


178 Driving and Operating. Turn on the hazard warning

flashers.

. Tie a red cloth to an outsidemirror.

To save energy, run the vehicle foronly short periods as needed towarm the vehicle and then shut thevehicle off and partially close thewindow. Moving about to keep warmalso helps.

If the Vehicle Is StuckSlowly and cautiously spin thewheels to free the vehicle whenstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.

The Traction Control System (TCS)must be turned off by pressing theTCS/ESC button. Traction control isnot completely off, but will onlyengage if the maneuver can causedamage to the electric drive unit.

{ Warning

If the vehicle's tires spin at highspeed, they can explode, and youor others could be injured. Thevehicle can overheat, causing anunderhood compartment fire orother damage. Spin the wheels aslittle as possible and avoid goingabove 56 km/h (35 mph).

Rocking the Vehicle to Getit Out

Turn the steering wheel left andright to clear the area around thefront wheels. Turn off TCS. Shiftback and forth between R (Reverse)and a low forward gear, spinning thewheels as little as possible. Toprevent electric drive unit wear, waituntil the wheels stop spinningbefore shifting gears. Release theaccelerator pedal while shifting, andpress lightly on the acceleratorpedal when the electric drive unit isin gear. Slowly spinning the wheelsin the forward and reversedirections causes a rocking motion

that could free the vehicle. If thatdoes not get the vehicle out after afew tries, it might need to be towedout. See Towing the Vehicle 0 287.

Vehicle Load LimitsIt is very important to know howmuch weight the vehicle cancarry. This weight is called thevehicle capacity weight andincludes the weight of alloccupants, cargo, and allnonfactory-installed options.Two labels on the vehicle mayshow how much weight it mayproperly carry: the Tire andLoading Information label andthe Certification label.

{ Warning

Do not load the vehicle anyheavier than the GrossVehicle Weight Rating(GVWR), or either themaximum front or rear Gross

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).This can cause systems tobreak and change the way thevehicle handles. This couldcause loss of control and acrash. Overloading can alsoreduce stopping distance,damage the tires, and shortenthe life of the vehicle.

Tire and Loading InformationLabel

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Tire andLoading Information label isattached to the vehicle's centerpillar (B-pillar). The Tire andLoading Information label showsthe number of occupant seatingpositions (1), and the maximumvehicle capacity weight (2) inkilograms and pounds.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label also shows thetire size of the original

equipment tires (3) and therecommended cold tire inflationpressures (4). For moreinformation on tires and inflationsee Tires 0 257 andTire Pressure 0 263.

There is also important loadinginformation on the Certificationlabel. It may show the GrossVehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front andrear axle. See “CertificationLabel” later in this section.

“Steps for Determining CorrectLoad Limit–1. Locate the statement "The

combined weight ofoccupants and cargo shouldnever exceed XXX kg orXXX lbs." on your vehicle’splacard.

2. Determine the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers that will beriding in your vehicle.



3. Subtract the combinedweight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kg orXXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equalsthe available amount ofcargo and luggage loadcapacity. For example, if the"XXX" amount equals1400 lbs. and there will befive 150 lb passengers inyour vehicle, the amount ofavailable cargo and luggageload capacity is 650 lbs.(1400-750 (5 x 150) =650 lbs.)

5. Determine the combinedweight of luggage and cargobeing loaded on the vehicle.That weight may not safelyexceed the available cargoand luggage load capacitycalculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towinga trailer, load from yourtrailer will be transferred to

your vehicle. Consult thismanual to determine howthis reduces the availablecargo and luggage loadcapacity of your vehicle.”

This vehicle is neither designednor intended to tow a trailer.

Example 1

1. Vehicle Capacity Weightfor Example 1 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 2 = 136 kg (300 lbs).

3. Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 317 kg(700 lbs).

Example 2


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 68 kg (150 lbs)× 5 = 340 kg (750 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 113 kg (250 lbs).



Example 3


2. Subtract OccupantWeight @ 91 kg(200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg(1,000 lbs).

3. Available Cargo Weight= 0 kg (0 lbs).

Refer to the vehicle's Tire andLoading Information label forspecific information about thevehicle's capacity weight andseating positions. The combinedweight of the driver, passengers,and cargo should never exceedthe vehicle's capacity weight.

Certification Label

Label Example

A vehicle-specific Certificationlabel is attached to the vehicle'scenter pillar (B-pillar). The labelmay show the gross weightcapacity of the vehicle, called

the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR). The GVWR includesthe weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

{ Warning

Things inside the vehicle canstrike and injure people in asudden stop or turn, or in acrash.

. Put things in the cargoarea of the vehicle. In thecargo area, put them asfar forward as possible.Try to spread the weightevenly.

. Never stack heavierthings, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so thatsome of them are abovethe tops of the seats.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

. Do not leave anunsecured child restraintin the vehicle.

. Secure loose items in thevehicle.

. Do not leave a seatfolded down unlessneeded.

Starting andOperating

New Vehicle Break-In

Caution

Avoid making hard stops for thefirst 322 km (200 mi). During thistime the new brake linings are notyet broken in. Hard stops withnew linings can mean prematurewear and earlier replacement.Follow this breaking-in guidelineevery time you get new brakelinings. Following break-in,vehicle speed and load can begradually increased.

Power Button

The vehicle has an electronicpushbutton start.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle forthe system to operate. If the vehiclewill not start, place the RKEtransmitter in the transmitter pocket,inside the center console.

ON/RUN : This position is forstarting and driving. With the vehicleoff, and the brake pedal applied,pressing POWERO once will placethe vehicle in ON/RUN. When thevehicle ready light is on in the



instrument cluster, the vehicle isready to be driven. This could takeup to 15 seconds at extremely coldtemperatures.

Service Mode

This power mode is available forservice and diagnostics, and toverify the proper operation of theservice vehicle soon light as may berequired for emission inspectionpurposes. With the vehicle off, andthe brake pedal not applied,pressing and holding POWERO formore than five seconds will placethe vehicle in Service Mode. Theinstruments and audio systems willoperate as they do in ON/RUN, butthe vehicle will not be able to bedriven. The propulsion system willnot start in Service Mode. PressPOWERO again to turn thevehicle off.

Caution

Placing the vehicle in ServiceMode will use the 12-volt battery.Do not use Service Mode for anextended period, or the vehiclemay not start.

STOPPING THE VEHICLE/OFF :To turn the vehicle off, apply thebrakes, press the button on top ofthe shift lever to shift to P (Park) andpress POWERO.

Alternatively, apply the brakes andpress POWERO. The electric driveunit will shift to P (Park) then shutoff automatically.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)will remain active until the driverdoor is opened.

If the vehicle must be shut off in anemergency:

1. Brake using a firm and steadypressure. Do not pump thebrakes repeatedly. This maydeplete power assist, requiringincreased brake pedal force.

2. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral).This can be done while thevehicle is moving. After shiftingto N (Neutral), firmly apply thebrakes and steer the vehicle toa safe location.

3. Come to a complete stop, shiftto P (Park), and turn the vehicleoff by pressing POWERO.

4. Set the parking brake.

{ Warning

Turning off the vehicle whilemoving may disable the airbags.While driving, only shut thepropulsion system off in anemergency.

If the vehicle cannot be pulled over,and must be shut off while driving,press and hold POWERO for longerthan two seconds, or press twice infive seconds.



Starting and Stopping theVehicle

Starting Procedure

Press the P (Park) button on theshift lever, or move the shift leverinto N (Neutral). The propulsionsystem will not start in any otherposition.

Caution

Do not try to shift to P (Park) if thevehicle is moving or the electricdrive unit could be damaged.Shift to P (Park) only when thevehicle is stopped.

Caution

If you add electrical parts oraccessories, you could changethe way the vehicle operates. Anyresulting damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)transmitter must be in the vehicle.Press the brake pedal, then pressand release POWERO.

If the RKE transmitter is not in thevehicle or something is interferingwith the transmitter, a messagedisplays in the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the vehicle will not start due to alow RKE transmitter battery, thevehicle can still be driven. SeeRemote Keyless Entry (RKE)System Operation 0 8.

A vehicle ready light displays in thelower right corner of the instrumentcluster when the vehicle is ready tobe driven.

The instrument cluster also displaysan active battery gauge when thevehicle is ready to be driven.

Restarting Procedure

If the vehicle must be restartedwhile it is still moving, move the shiftlever to N (Neutral) and pressPOWERO twice without pressingthe brake pedal. The propulsionsystem will not restart in any otherposition.

A chime will sound if the driver dooris opened while the vehicle is on.Always press POWERO to turn thevehicle off before exiting.

Stopping Procedure

For information on how to turn thevehicle off, see Power Button 0 182.

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP)The following features will operatefor up to 10 minutes or until thedriver door is opened:

. Audio System

. Accessory Power Outlets

. Power Windows



Shifting Into ParkTo shift into P (Park):

1. Hold the brake pedal down andset the parking brake. SeeElectric Parking Brake 0 192.

2. Press the button on top of theshift lever to shift into P (Park).See Electric Drive Unit 0 187.

3. The P indicator on the shiftlever will turn red when thevehicle is in P (Park).


Leaving the Vehicle with thePropulsion System On

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the P (Park) button isnot pressed with the parkingbrake set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsion

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

system running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andpress the P (Park) button.

If the vehicle must be left with thepropulsion system on, be sure thatthe vehicle is in P (Park) with theparking brake set, before leavingthe vehicle. After pressing theP (Park) button, hold down theregular brake pedal. If you cannotsee the P (Park) indicator ininstrument cluster, it means that thevehicle has not shifted to P (Park).

Shifting out of ParkTo shift out of P (Park), the vehiclemust be on, the brake pedal mustbe applied, and the charge cordmust be unplugged.

This vehicle is equipped with anelectric drive unit. The shift lockrelease button is designed toprevent inadvertent shifting out ofP (Park) unless the ignition is on,the brake pedal is applied, and theshift lock release button is pressed.

Parking the vehicle in extreme coldfor several days without the chargecord connected may cause thevehicle not to start. The vehicle willneed to be plugged in to allow thehigh voltage battery to be warmedsufficiently.



The shift lock is always functionalexcept in the case of an unchargedor low charged 12-volt battery (lessthan 9 volts).

If the vehicle has an uncharged12-volt battery or a 12-volt batterywith low voltage, try charging orjump starting the 12-volt battery.

To shift out of P (Park):

1. Apply the brake pedal.

2. Press POWERO to start thevehicle.

3. Verify that the vehicle isunplugged and the vehicleready light is on.

4. Press the shift lock releasebutton on the side of the shiftlever.

5. Move the shift lever into thedesired position.

6. The P indicator will turn whiteand the gear indicator on theshift lever will turn red whenthe vehicle is no longer inP (Park).

7. After releasing the shift lever, itwill return to the centerposition.

Extended ParkingIt is best not to park with the vehiclerunning. If the vehicle is left running,be sure it will not move and there isadequate ventilation.

See Shifting Into Park 0 185.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitteroutside the vehicle, it will continueto run for up to an hour.

If the vehicle is left parked andrunning with the RKE transmitterinside the vehicle, it will continue torun for up to two hour.

The timer will reset if the vehicle istaken out of P (Park) while it isrunning.

Electric VehicleOperating Modes

Driver Selected OperatingModes

Sport Mode

Sport Mode provides moreresponsive acceleration thanNormal Mode, but can reduceefficiency. When the SPORTindicator is not on, the vehicle is inNormal Mode.

Press SPORT to select Sport Mode.



Press SPORT again to return toNormal Mode.

An indicator will display in theinstrument cluster.

Each time the vehicle is started, itwill return to Normal Mode.

Sport Mode may be unavailable ifthe battery charge is too low.

Electric Drive Unit

The vehicle uses an electric driveunit. The shift lever always startsfrom a center position. An amberdot is displayed on the shift pattern.After releasing the shift lever, it willreturn to the center position.

P : This position locks the drivewheels. Use P (Park) when startingthe vehicle to ensure the vehicledoes not move.

{ Warning

It is dangerous to get out of thevehicle if the P (Park) button isnot pressed with the parkingbrake set. The vehicle can roll.

Do not leave the vehicle when thepropulsion system is running.If you have left the propulsionsystem running, the vehicle canmove suddenly. You or otherscould be injured. To be sure thevehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground,always set the parking brake andpress the P (Park) button.



The shift lock release button isdesigned to prevent inadvertentshifting out of P (Park) unless thevehicle has been started, the brakepedal is applied, and the shift lockrelease button is pressed.

When the vehicle is stopped, applythe brakes and press the button ontop of the shift lever to shift toP (Park).

The vehicle will not shift intoP (Park) if it is moving too fast. Stopthe vehicle and shift into P (Park).

To shift in and out of P (Park), seeShifting Into Park and Shifting outof Park.

R : Use this gear to back up.

If the vehicle is shifted from eitherR (Reverse) to D (Drive),or D (Drive) to R (Reverse) while thespeed is too high, the vehicle willshift to N (Neutral). Reduce thevehicle speed and try the shiftagain.

To shift into R (Reverse):

1. Bring the vehicle to acomplete stop.

2. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward, andthen to the left. R is illuminatedin red.


To shift out of R (Reverse):


2. Shift to the desired gear.


At low vehicle speeds, R (Reverse)can be used to rock the vehicleback and forth to get out of snow,ice, or sand without damaging theelectric drive unit.

N : In this position, the propulsionsystem does not connect with thewheels. To restart the propulsionsystem when the vehicle is alreadymoving, use N (Neutral) only.

Caution

The vehicle is not designed tostay in N (Neutral) for extendedperiods of time. It willautomatically shift into P (Park).

To shift into N (Neutral):

1. From the center position, movethe shift lever forward. If thevehicle is in P (Park), apply thebrake pedal and press the shiftlock release button whilemoving the shift lever forward.The shift lever indicator isilluminated in red.




To shift out of N (Neutral):




Car Wash Mode

This vehicle includes a Car WashMode that allows the vehicle toremain in N (Neutral) for use inautomatic car washes.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOff) - Driver In Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle off and occupied:

1. Drive to the entrance of thecar wash.


3. Shift to N (Neutral).

4. Turn off the vehicle and releasethe brake pedal.

5. The indicator should continueto show N. If it does not, repeatSteps 2–4.

6. The vehicle is now ready forthe car wash.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOff) - Driver Out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle off and unoccupied:



3. Open the door.


5. Turn off the vehicle and releasethe brake pedal.


7. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

8. The vehicle may automaticallyshift into P (Park) upon reentry.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOn) - Driver In Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle on and occupied:




4. Release the brake pedal.

5. The vehicle is now ready forthe car wash.

Car Wash Mode (VehicleOn) - Driver Out of Vehicle

To place the vehicle in N (Neutral)with the vehicle on and unoccupied:



3. Open the door.

4. Shift to N (Neutral). Thenrelease the brake pedal.




6. Exit the vehicle and close thedoor. The vehicle is now readyfor the car wash.

7. The vehicle may automaticallyshift into P (Park) upon reentry.

D : This position is for normaldriving. If more power is needed forpassing, press the acceleratorpedal down.

To shift into D (Drive):


2. From the center position, movethe shift lever back. If thevehicle is in P (Park) press theshift lock release button on theside of the shift lever, whilemoving the shift lever back. Dis illuminated in red.


To shift out of D (Drive):




Caution

Spinning the tires excessivelymay damage the electric driveunit. The repair will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.If you are stuck, do not spin thetires.

When stopping on a steep hill, usethe brakes to hold the vehicle inplace.

When shifting to P (Park) on a hill,use the brakes to hold the vehiclethen shift to P (Park).

L : This position reduces vehiclespeed without using the brakes. UseL (Low) on very steep hills and instop-and-go traffic.

One-Pedal DrivingWith One-Pedal Driving, theaccelerator pedal can be used tocontrol the deceleration of thevehicle down to a complete stop.

Completely lifting off the acceleratorpedal will result in aggressivedeceleration. Partially lifting off theaccelerator pedal will allow thedeceleration of the vehicle to beadjusted as desired.

The amount of deceleration mayvary under Regenerative PowerLimited condition. See PowerIndicator Gauge 0 99.

Use the brake pedal if emergencybraking is required.

To use One-Pedal Driving, place thevehicle in L (Low). Press theaccelerator pedal to the desiredspeed. The deceleration provided byOne-Pedal Driving provides fullregenerative braking and helpsincrease energy efficiency. Thebrake lamps may come on when theaccelerator pedal is released orduring substantial deceleration fromregenerative braking.



While operating in One-PedalDriving, the electric parking brakemay apply in some circumstances.This can occur when:

. Driving on slopes.

. The driver’s door is open.

. The vehicle has remainedstationary for 5 minutes.

. There is a problem with thepropulsion system.

To drive again, depress theaccelerator pedal, and the electricparking brake will automaticallydisengage.

One-Pedal Driving may shift the carinto P (Park) if the vehicle is pushedonce it has been stopped or if aproblem with the propulsion systemdevelops.

Brakes

Antilock BrakeSystem (ABS)The Antilock Brake System (ABS)helps prevent a braking skid andmaintain steering whilebraking hard.

ABS performs a system check whenthe vehicle is first driven.A momentary motor or clicking noisemay be heard while this test is goingon, and the brake pedal may moveslightly. This is normal.

If there is a problem with ABS, thiswarning light stays on. See AntilockBrake System (ABS) Warning Light0 103.

ABS does not change the timeneeded to get a foot on the brakepedal and does not alwaysdecrease stopping distance. If youget too close to the vehicle ahead,there will not be enough time toapply the brakes if that vehiclesuddenly slows or stops. Alwaysleave enough room ahead to stop,even with ABS.

Using ABS

Do not pump the brakes. Just holdthe brake pedal down firmly.Hearing or feeling ABS operate isnormal.

Braking in Emergencies

ABS allows steering and braking atthe same time. In manyemergencies, steering can helpeven more than braking.



Electric Parking Brake

The vehicle has an Electric ParkingBrake (EPB). The EPB can alwaysbe activated, even if the vehicleis off.

The system has a red parking brakestatus light and an amber parkingbrake warning light.

There are also parking brake-relatedDriver Information Center (DIC)messages.

In case of insufficient electricalpower, the EPB cannot be appliedor released.

Before leaving the vehicle, checkthe red parking brake status light toensure that the parking brake isapplied.

EPB Apply

To apply the EPB:

1. Be sure the vehicle is at acomplete stop.

2. Pull the EPB switchmomentarily.

The red parking brake status lightwill flash and then stay on once theEPB is fully applied. If the redparking brake status light flashescontinuously, then the EPB is onlypartially applied or there is aproblem with the EPB. A DICmessage will display. Release theEPB and try to apply it again. If thelight does not come on, or keepsflashing, have the vehicle serviced.Do not drive the vehicle if the redparking brake status light is flashing.See your dealer.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, lift up on the EPB switchand hold it up. Continue to hold the

switch until the red parking brakestatus light remains on. If the amberparking brake warning light is stillon, see your dealer.

If the EPB is applied while thevehicle is moving, the vehicle willdecelerate as long as the switch isheld up. If the switch is held up untilthe vehicle comes to a stop, theEPB will remain applied.

The vehicle may automatically applythe EPB in some situations whenthe vehicle is not moving. This isnormal, and is done to periodicallycheck the correct operation of theEPB system.

If the EPB fails to apply, block therear wheels to prevent vehiclemovement.

EPB Release

To release the EPB:

1. Press POWERO to start thevehicle.

2. Apply and hold the brakepedal.



3. Press momentarily on the EPBswitch.

The EPB is released when the redparking brake status light is off.

If the amber parking brake warninglight is on, release the EPB bypressing down on the EPB switchand holding it down. Continue tohold the switch until the red parkingbrake status light is off. If either lightstays on after release is attempted,see your dealer.

Caution

Driving with the parking brake oncan overheat the brake systemand cause premature wear ordamage to brake system parts.Make sure that the parking brakeis fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

Automatic EPB Release

The EPB will automatically release ifthe vehicle is running, placed intogear, and an attempt is made to

drive away. Avoid rapid accelerationwhen the EPB is applied, topreserve parking brake lining life.

Brake AssistBrake Assist detects rapid brakepedal applications due toemergency braking situations andprovides additional braking toactivate the Antilock Brake System(ABS) if the brake pedal is notpushed hard enough to activateABS normally. Minor noise, brakepedal pulsation, and/or pedalmovement during this time mayoccur. Continue to apply the brakepedal as the driving situationdictates. Brake Assist disengageswhen the brake pedal is released.

Hill Start Assist (HSA)

{ Warning

Do not rely on the HSA feature.HSA does not replace the need topay attention and drive safely.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

You may not hear or feel alerts orwarnings provided by this system.Failure to use proper care whendriving may result in injury, death,or vehicle damage. SeeDefensive Driving 0 173.

When the vehicle is stopped on agrade, Hill Start Assist (HSA)prevents the vehicle from rolling inan unintended direction during thetransition from brake pedal releaseto accelerator pedal apply. Thebrakes release when the acceleratorpedal is applied. If the acceleratorpedal is not applied within a fewminutes, the Electric Parking Brakewill apply. The brakes may alsorelease under other conditions. Donot rely on HSA to hold the vehicle.

HSA is available when the vehicle isfacing uphill in a forward gear,or when facing downhill inR (Reverse). The vehicle mustcome to a complete stop on a gradefor HSA to activate.



Regenerative BrakingSome braking energy from themoving vehicle is turned back intoelectrical energy. This energy isthen stored back into the highvoltage battery system, increasingenergy efficiency.

Regen on Demand

Regen on Demand allows increaseddeceleration by pressing andholding the steering wheel paddle.It works in D (Drive) and L (Low).The accelerator pedal can be usedto manage deceleration while usingRegen on Demand.

Cruise control will turn off and thebrake lamps may come on whenthis feature is activated.

If the vehicle is in D (Drive) and isbrought to a complete stop while theRegen on Demand paddle is held,the vehicle will not creep forwardwhen the paddle is released. Theaccelerator pedal must be pressedto move the vehicle forward. See“One-Pedal Driving” under ElectricDrive Unit 0 187.

If the vehicle is on a steep grade,the brake pedal must be used tohold the vehicle.

Regenerative power may be limitedwhen the battery is near full chargeor cold. The regen battery icon willappear gray when limited. Theregen power limit is also displayedas a horizontal bar on the powerindicator gauge.

Avoid using Regen On Demandunder slippery road conditions.Under Regenerative Power LimitedCondition, the amount of vehicledeceleration will be limited. Use thebrake pedal as the primary brakingdevice.

Ride Control Systems

Traction Control/Electronic StabilityControl

System Operation

The vehicle has a Traction ControlSystem (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC),an electronic stability controlsystem. These systems help limitwheel slip and assist the driver inmaintaining control, especially onslippery road conditions.

TCS activates if it senses that anyof the drive wheels are spinning orbeginning to lose traction. When thishappens, TCS applies the brakes tothe spinning wheels and reducespropulsion system power to limitwheel spin.

StabiliTrak/ESC activates when thevehicle senses a difference betweenthe intended path and the directionthe vehicle is actually traveling.StabiliTrak/ESC selectively appliesbraking pressure to any one of the



vehicle wheel brakes to assist thedriver in keeping the vehicle on theintended path.

If cruise control is being used andTCS or StabiliTrak/ESC begins tolimit wheel spin, cruise control willdisengage. Cruise control may beturned back on when roadconditions allow.

Both systems come onautomatically when the vehicle isstarted and begins to move. Thesystems may be heard or felt whilethey are operating or whileperforming diagnostic checks. Thisis normal and does not mean thereis a problem with the vehicle.

It is recommended to leave bothsystems on for normal drivingconditions, but it may be necessaryto turn TCS off if the vehicle getsstuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow.See “Turning the Systems Off andOn” later in this section.

The indicator light for both systemsis in the instrument cluster. Thislight will:

. Flash when TCS is limitingwheel spin.

. Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC isactivated.

. Turn on and stay on when eithersystem is not working.

If either system fails to turn on or toactivate, a message displays in theDriver Information Center (DIC), andd comes on and stays on toindicate that the system is inactiveand is not assisting the driver inmaintaining control. The vehicle issafe to drive, but driving should beadjusted accordingly.

If d comes on and stays on:

1. Stop the vehicle.

2. Turn the vehicle off and wait15 seconds.

3. Start the vehicle.

Drive the vehicle. If d comes on andstays on, the vehicle may needmore time to diagnose the problem.If the condition persists, see yourdealer.

Turning the Systems Offand On



Caution

Do not repeatedly brake oraccelerate heavily when TCS isoff. The vehicle driveline could bedamaged.

To turn off only TCS, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplays in the instrument cluster.

To turn TCS on again, press andrelease g. The traction off light idisplayed in the instrument clusterwill turn off.

If TCS is limiting wheel spin when gis pressed, the system will not turnoff until the wheels stop spinning.

To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, press and hold g until thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g come on and stayon in the instrument cluster.StabiliTrak can only be disabledbelow 56 km/h (35 mph).

To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC onagain, press and release g. Thetraction off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light g in the instrumentcluster turn off.

Adding accessories can affect thevehicle performance. SeeAccessories and Modifications0 234.

Cruise ControlThe cruise control lets the vehiclemaintain a speed of about 40 km/h(25 mph) or more without keepingyour foot on the accelerator. Cruisecontrol does not work at speedsbelow 40 km/h (25 mph).

{ Warning

Cruise control can be dangerouswhere you cannot drive safely ata steady speed. Do not usecruise control on winding roads orin heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerouson slippery roads. On such roads,fast changes in tire traction cancause excessive wheel slip, andyou could lose control. Do not usecruise control on slippery roads.

With the Traction Control System(TCS) or StabiliTrak/ElectronicStability Control (ESC), the systemmay begin to limit wheel spin whileyou are using cruise control. If thishappens, the cruise control will



automatically disengage. SeeTraction Control/Electronic StabilityControl 0 194. If a collision alertoccurs when cruise control isactivated, cruise control isdisengaged. See Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) System 0 204. Whenroad conditions allow you to safelyuse it again, cruise control can beturned back on.

If the brakes or the Regen onDemand paddle are applied, cruisecontrol disengages.

Cruise control will disengage ifeither TCS or StabiliTrak/ESC isturned off.

5 : Press to turn the cruise controlsystem on and off. A white indicatorcomes on in the instrument clusterwhen cruise is turned on.

* : Press to disengage cruisecontrol without erasing the setspeed from memory.

+RES : If there is a set speed inmemory, press briefly to resume thatspeed or press and hold toaccelerate. If cruise control isalready active, use to increasevehicle speed.

−SET : Press briefly to set thespeed and activate cruise control.If cruise control is already active,use to decrease vehicle speed.

Setting Cruise Control

If 5 is on when not in use, −SET or+RES could get bumped and go intocruise when not desired. Keep 5 offwhen cruise is not being used.

To set a speed:

1. Press 5 to turn the cruisesystem on.

2. Get up to the desired speed.

3. Press and release −SET. Thedesired set speed brieflyappears in the instrumentcluster.

4. Remove foot from theaccelerator pedal.

The cruise control indicator on theinstrument cluster turns green aftercruise control has been set to thedesired speed. See InstrumentCluster 0 94.

Resuming a Set Speed

If the cruise control is set at adesired speed and then the brakesare applied or * is pressed, thecruise control is disengaged withouterasing the set speed from memory.

Once the vehicle speed reachesabout 40 km/h (25 mph) or more,briefly press +RES. The vehiclereturns to the previous set speed.



Increasing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold +RES until thevehicle accelerates to thedesired speed, then release it.

. To increase the speed in smallincrements, briefly press +RES.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) faster.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 94.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Reducing Speed While UsingCruise Control

If the cruise control system isalready activated:

. Press and hold −SET until thedesired lower speed is reached,then release it.

. To slow down in smallincrements, briefly press −SET.For each press, the vehicle goesabout 1 km/h (1 mph) slower.

The speedometer reading can bedisplayed in either English or metricunits. See Instrument Cluster 0 94.The increment value used dependson the units displayed.

Passing Another Vehicle WhileUsing Cruise Control

Use the accelerator pedal toincrease the vehicle speed. Whenyou take your foot off the pedal, thevehicle will slow down to theprevious set cruise speed. Whilepressing the accelerator pedal orshortly following the release tooverride cruise control, brieflypressing −SET will result in cruisecontrol set to the current vehiclespeed.

Using Cruise Control on Hills

How well the cruise control workson hills depends upon the vehiclespeed, load, and the steepness ofthe hills. When going up steep hills,you might have to step on theaccelerator pedal to maintain thevehicle speed. When goingdownhill, you might have to brake orshift to a lower gear to keep your

speed down. If the brake pedal isapplied, cruise control willdisengage.

Ending Cruise Control

There are five ways to end cruisecontrol:

. Step lightly on the brake pedal.

. Press *.

. Shift the electric drive unit toN (Neutral).

. Press 5 to turn the cruisecontrol system off completely.

. Activate Regen on Demand. See“Regen on Demand” underRegenerative Braking 0 194.

Erasing Speed Memory

The cruise control set speed iserased from memory if 5 is pressedor if the vehicle is turned off.



Driver AssistanceSystemsThis vehicle may have features thatwork together to help avoid crashesor reduce crash damage whiledriving, backing, and parking. Readthis entire section before usingthese systems.

{ Warning

Do not rely on the DriverAssistance Systems. Thesesystems do not replace the needfor paying attention and drivingsafely. You may not hear or seealerts or warnings provided bythese systems. Failure to useproper care when driving mayresult in injury, death, or vehicledamage. See Defensive Driving0 173.

Under many conditions, thesesystems will not:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Detect children,pedestrians, bicyclists,or animals.

. Detect vehicles or objectsoutside the area monitoredby the system.

. Work at all driving speeds.

. Warn you or provide youwith enough time to avoid acrash.

. Work under poor visibility orbad weather conditions.

. Work if the detection sensoris not cleaned or is coveredby ice, snow, mud, or dirt.

. Work if the detection sensoris covered up, such as witha sticker, magnet, or metalplate.

. Work if the area surroundingthe detection sensor isdamaged or not properlyrepaired.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

Audible Alert

Some driver assistance featuresalert the driver of obstacles bybeeping. To change the volume ofthe warning chime, see “Comfortand Convenience” under VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Cleaning

Depending on vehicle options, keepthese areas of the vehicle clean toensure the best driver assistancefeature performance. DriverInformation Center (DIC) messagesmay display when the systems areunavailable or blocked.



. Front and rear bumpers and thearea below the bumpers

. Front grille and headlamps

. Front camera lens in the frontgrille or near the front emblem

. Front side and rear side panels

. Outside of the windshield in frontof the rearview mirror

. Side camera lens on the bottomof the outside mirrors

. Rear side corner bumpers

. Rear Vision Camera above thelicense plate

Radio Frequency

This vehicle may be equipped withdriver assistance systems thatoperate using radio frequency. SeeRadio Frequency Statement 0 322.

Assistance Systems forParking or BackingIf equipped, the Rear Vision Camera(RVC), Rear Park Assist (RPA),Surround Vision, and Rear CrossTraffic Alert (RCTA) may help thedriver park or avoid objects. Alwayscheck around the vehicle whenparking or backing.

Rear Vision Camera (RVC)

When the vehicle is shifted intoR (Reverse), the RVC displays animage of the area behind the vehiclein the infotainment display. Theprevious screen displays when thevehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse)after a short delay. To return to theprevious screen sooner, press { onthe center stack, shift into P (Park),or reach a vehicle speed ofapproximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

Turn D to adjust the displaybrightness while viewing theinfotainment display.



1. View Displayed by theCamera

1. View Displayed by theCamera

2. Corners of the Rear Bumper

Displayed images may be farther orcloser than they appear. The areadisplayed is limited and objects thatare close to either corner of thebumper or under the bumper do notdisplay.

A warning triangle may display toshow that RPA has detected anobject. This triangle changes fromamber to red and increases in sizethe closer the object.

If d or a service message appearson the infotainment display, theremay be a camera malfunction. Seeyour dealer.

Surround Vision

If equipped, Surround Visiondisplays an image of the areasurrounding the vehicle, along withthe front or rear camera views in theinfotainment display. The frontcamera is in the grille or near thefront emblem, the side cameras areon the bottom of the outside mirrors,and the rear camera is above thelicense plate.

The Surround Vision system can beaccessed by selecting CAMERA inthe infotainment display or when thevehicle is shifted into R (Reverse).To return to the previous screensooner, press any button on theinfotainment system, shift intoP (Park), or reach a vehicle speedof approximately 12 km/h (8 mph).

{ Warning

The Surround Vision Camerashave blind spots and will notdisplay all objects near thecorners of the vehicle. Foldingside mirrors that are out ofposition will not display surroundview correctly. Always checkaround the vehicle when parkingor backing.

1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown



1. Views Displayed by theSurround Vision Cameras

2. Area Not Shown

Camera Views

Touch the camera view buttonsalong the bottom of the infotainmentdisplay.

Front/Rear Standard View :Displays an image of the area infront or behind the vehicle. TouchFront/Rear Standard View on theinfotainment display when a cameraview is active. Touching the buttonmultiple times will toggle betweenfront and rear camera views.

If equipped, the front view cameraalso displays when the Park Assistsystem detects an object within30 cm (12 in).

Front/Rear Overhead View :Displays a Front or Rear OverheadView of the vehicle. Touching thebutton will toggle between the twoviews.

Side Forward/Rearward View :Displays a view that shows objectsnext to the front or rear sides of thevehicle. Touch Side Forward/Rearward View on the infotainmentdisplay when a camera view isactive. Touching the button multipletimes will toggle between forwardand rearward views. Park Assistand RCTA are not available whenSide Forward/Rearward view isactive.

Park Assist

If equipped with Rear Park Assist(RPA), as the vehicle moves atspeeds of less than 8 km/h (5 mph)the sensors on the bumpers maydetect objects up to 2.3 m (7.5 ft)behind the vehicle within a zone of25 cm (10 in) high off the groundand below bumper level. Thesedetection distances may be shorterduring warmer or humid weather.Blocked sensors will not detect



objects and can also cause falsedetections. Keep the sensors cleanof mud, dirt, snow, ice, and slush;and clean sensors after a car washin freezing temperatures.

{ Warning

The Park Assist system does notdetect children, pedestrians,bicyclists, animals, or objectslocated below the bumper or thatare too close or too far from thevehicle. It is not available atspeeds greater than 8 km/h(5 mph). To prevent injury, death,or vehicle damage, even withPark Assist, always check thearea around the vehicle andcheck all mirrors before movingforward or backing.

The instrument cluster may have aPark Assist display with bars thatshow “distance to object” and objectlocation information for RPA. As theobject gets closer, more bars lightup and the bars change color fromyellow to amber to red. When anobject is first detected in the rear,one beep will be heard from therear. When an object is very close,<0.6 m (2 ft) in the vehicle rear, fivebeeps will sound from the reardepending on object location.

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA)

If equipped, when the vehicle isshifted into R (Reverse), RCTA usesa red warning triangle with a left orright pointing arrow on theinfotainment display to warn oftraffic coming from the left or right.This system detects objects comingfrom up to 20 m (65 ft) from the leftor right side of the vehicle. When anobject is detected, three beepssound from the left or right,depending on the direction of thedetected vehicle.

Assistance Systems forDrivingIf equipped, when driving thevehicle in a forward gear, ForwardCollision Alert (FCA), LaneDeparture Warning (LDW), LaneKeep Assist (LKA), Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA), Lane Change Alert(LCA), Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB), and/or the FrontPedestrian Braking (FPB) Systemcan help to avoid a crash or reducecrash damage.



Forward Collision Alert(FCA) SystemIf equipped, the FCA system mayhelp to avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes. Whenapproaching a vehicle ahead tooquickly, FCA provides a red flashingalert on the windshield and rapidlybeeps. FCA also lights an ambervisual alert if following anothervehicle much too closely. FCAdetects vehicles within a distance ofapproximately 60 m (197 ft) andoperates at speeds above8 km/h (5 mph).

{ Warning

FCA is a warning system anddoes not apply the brakes. Whenapproaching a slower-moving orstopped vehicle ahead too rapidly,or when following a vehicle tooclosely, FCA may not provide awarning with enough time to helpavoid a crash. It also may notprovide any warning at all. FCA

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

does not warn of pedestrians,animals, signs, guardrails,bridges, construction barrels,or other objects. Be ready to takeaction and apply the brakes.

Detecting the Vehicle Ahead

FCA warnings will not occur unlessthe FCA system detects a vehicleahead. When a vehicle is detected,the vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay green. Vehicles may not bedetected on curves, highway exitramps, or hills, due to poor visibility;or if a vehicle ahead is partiallyblocked by pedestrians or otherobjects. FCA will not detect anothervehicle ahead until it is completelyin the driving lane.

{ Warning

FCA does not provide a warningto help avoid a crash, unless itdetects a vehicle. FCA may notdetect a vehicle ahead if the FCAsensor is blocked by dirt, snow,or ice, or if the windshield isdamaged. It may also not detect avehicle on winding or hilly roads,or in conditions that can limitvisibility such as fog, rain,or snow, or if the headlamps orwindshield are not cleaned or inproper condition. Keep thewindshield, headlamps, and FCAsensors clean and in good repair.

Collision Alert



When your vehicle approachesanother detected vehicle too rapidly,the red FCA display will flash on thewindshield. Also, eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Collision Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as the drivingsituation dictates. Cruise controlmay be disengaged when theCollision Alert occurs.

Tailgating Alert

The vehicle ahead indicator willdisplay amber when you arefollowing a detected vehicle aheadmuch too closely.

Selecting the Alert Timing

The Collision Alert control is on thesteering wheel. Press[ to set theFCA timing to far, medium, near,or off. The first button press showsthe current control setting on theDIC. Additional button presses willchange this setting. The chosensetting will remain until it is changed

and will affect the timing of both theCollision Alert and the TailgatingAlert features. The timing of bothalerts will vary based on vehiclespeed. The faster the vehicle speed,the farther away the alert will occur.Consider traffic and weatherconditions when selecting the alerttiming. The range of selectable alerttiming may not be appropriate for alldrivers and driving conditions.

Following Distance Indication

The following distance to a movingvehicle you are following isindicated in following time inseconds on the Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

The minimum following time is0.5 seconds away. If there is novehicle detected ahead, or thevehicle ahead is out of sensorrange, dashes will be displayed.

Unnecessary Alerts

FCA may provide unnecessaryalerts to turning vehicles, vehicles inother lanes, objects that are not

vehicles, or shadows. These alertsare normal operation and thevehicle does not need service.

Cleaning the System

If the FCA system does not seem tooperate properly, this may correctthe issue:

. Clean the outside of thewindshield in front of therearview mirror.

. Clean the entire front of thevehicle.

. Clean the headlamps.

Automatic EmergencyBraking (AEB)If the vehicle has Forward CollisionAlert (FCA), it also has AEB, whichincludes Intelligent BrakeAssist (IBA). When the systemdetects a vehicle ahead in your paththat is traveling in the samedirection that you may be about tocrash into, it can provide a boost tobraking or automatically brake thevehicle. This can help avoid orlessen the severity of crashes when



driving in a forward gear. Dependingon the situation, the vehicle mayautomatically brake moderately orhard. This automatic emergencybraking can only occur if a vehicle isdetected. This is shown by the FCAvehicle ahead indicator being lit.See Forward Collision Alert (FCA)System 0 204.

The system works when driving in aforward gear between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).It can detect vehicles up toapproximately 60 m (197 ft).

{ Warning

AEB is an emergency crashpreparation feature and is notdesigned to avoid crashes. Donot rely on AEB to brake thevehicle. AEB will not brakeoutside of its operating speedrange and only responds todetected vehicles.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

AEB may not:

. Detect a vehicle ahead onwinding or hilly roads.

. Detect all vehicles,especially vehicles with atrailer, tractors, muddyvehicles, etc.

. Detect a vehicle whenweather limits visibility, suchas in fog, rain, or snow.

. Detect a vehicle ahead if itis partially blocked bypedestrians or other objects.

Complete attention is alwaysrequired while driving, and youshould be ready to take actionand apply the brakes and/or steerthe vehicle to avoid crashes.

AEB may slow the vehicle to acomplete stop to try to avoid apotential crash. If this happens, AEBmay engage the Electric Parking

Brake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB or firmlypress the accelerator pedal.

{ Warning

AEB may automatically brake thevehicle suddenly in situationswhere it is unexpected andundesired. It could respond to aturning vehicle ahead, guardrails,signs, and other non-movingobjects. To override AEB, firmlypress the accelerator pedal, if it issafe to do so.

Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)

IBA may activate when the brakepedal is applied quickly by providinga boost to braking based on thespeed of approach and distance toa vehicle ahead.

Minor brake pedal pulsations orpedal movement during this time isnormal and the brake pedal shouldcontinue to be applied as needed.



IBA will automatically disengageonly when the brake pedal isreleased.

{ Warning

IBA may increase vehicle brakingin situations when it may not benecessary. You could block theflow of traffic. If this occurs, takeyour foot off the brake pedal andthen apply the brakes as needed.

AEB and IBA can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.

A system unavailable message maydisplay if:

. The front of the vehicle orwindshield is not clean.

. Heavy rain or snow is interferingwith object detection.

. There is a problem with theStabiliTrak system.

The AEB system does not needservice.

Front Pedestrian Braking(FPB) SystemIf equipped, the FPB system mayhelp avoid or reduce the harmcaused by front-end crashes withnearby pedestrians when driving ina forward gear. FPB displays anamber indicator, ~, when apedestrian is detected ahead. Whenapproaching a detected pedestriantoo quickly, FPB provides a redflashing alert on the windshield andrapidly beeps. FPB can provide aboost to braking or automaticallybrake the vehicle. This systemincludes Intelligent Brake Assist(IBA), and the AutomaticEmergency Braking (AEB) Systemmay also respond to pedestrians.See Automatic Emergency Braking(AEB) 0 205.

The FPB system can detect andalert to pedestrians in a forwardgear at speeds between 8 km/h(5 mph) and 80 km/h (50 mph).During daytime driving, the systemdetects pedestrians up to a distance

of approximately 40 m (131 ft).During nighttime driving, systemperformance is very limited.

{ Warning

FPB does not provide an alert orautomatically brake the vehicle,unless it detects a pedestrian.FPB may not detect pedestrians,including children:

. When the pedestrian is notdirectly ahead, fully visible,or standing upright, or whenpart of a group.

. Due to poor visibility,including nighttimeconditions, fog, rain,or snow.

. If the FPB sensor is blockedby dirt, snow, or ice.

. If the headlamps orwindshield are not cleanedor in proper condition.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

Be ready to take action and applythe brakes. For more information,see Defensive Driving 0 173.Keep the windshield, headlamps,and FPB sensor clean and ingood repair.

FPB can be set to Off, Alert, or Alertand Brake through vehiclepersonalization. See “Collision/Detection Systems” under VehiclePersonalization 0 121.

Detecting the PedestrianAhead

FPB alerts and automatic brakingwill not occur unless the FPBsystem detects a pedestrian. When

a nearby pedestrian is detected infront of the vehicle, the pedestrianahead indicator will display amber.

Front Pedestrian Alert

When the vehicle approaches apedestrian ahead too rapidly, thered FPB alert display will flash onthe windshield. Eight rapidhigh-pitched beeps will sound fromthe front. When this Pedestrian Alertoccurs, the brake system mayprepare for driver braking to occurmore rapidly which can cause abrief, mild deceleration. Continue toapply the brake pedal as needed.Cruise control may be disengagedwhen the Front Pedestrian Alertoccurs.

Automatic Braking

If FPB detects it is about to crashinto a pedestrian directly ahead, andthe brakes have not been applied,FPB may automatically brakemoderately or brake hard. This canhelp to avoid some very low speedpedestrian crashes or reducepedestrian injury. FPB canautomatically brake to detectedpedestrians between 8 km/h (5 mph)and 80 km/h (50 mph). Automaticbraking levels may be reducedunder certain conditions, such ashigher speeds.

If this happens, Automatic Brakingmay engage the Electric ParkingBrake (EPB) to hold the vehicle at astop. Release the EPB. A firm pressof the accelerator pedal will alsorelease Automatic Braking andthe EPB.



{ Warning

FPB may alert or automaticallybrake the vehicle suddenly insituations where it is unexpectedand undesired. It could falselyalert or brake for objects similar inshape or size to pedestrians,including shadows. This is normaloperation and the vehicle doesnot need service. To overrideAutomatic Braking, firmly pressthe accelerator pedal, if it is safeto do so.

Automatic Braking can be disabledthrough vehicle personalization. See“Front Pedestrian Detection” in“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.

Cleaning the System

If FPB does not seem to operateproperly, cleaning the outside of thewindshield in front of the rearviewmirror may correct the issue.

Side Blind ZoneAlert (SBZA)If equipped, the SBZA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding crashes thatoccur with moving vehicles in theside blind zone (or spot) areas.When the vehicle is in a forwardgear, the left or right side mirrordisplay will light up if a movingvehicle is detected in that blindzone. If the turn signal is activatedand a vehicle is also detected onthe same side, the display will flashas an extra warning not to changelanes. Since this system is part ofthe Lane Change Alert (LCA)system, read the entire LCA sectionbefore using this feature.

Lane Change Alert (LCA)If equipped, the LCA system is alane-changing aid that assistsdrivers with avoiding lane changecrashes that occur with movingvehicles in the side blind zone (orspot) areas or with vehicles rapidlyapproaching these areas frombehind. The LCA warning display

will light up in the correspondingoutside mirror and will flash if theturn signal is on.

{ Warning

LCA does not alert the driver tovehicles outside of the systemdetection zones, pedestrians,bicyclists, or animals. It may notprovide alerts when changinglanes under all driving conditions.Failure to use proper care whenchanging lanes may result ininjury, death, or vehicle damage.Before making a lane change,always check mirrors, glance overyour shoulder, and use the turnsignals.



LCA Detection Zones

1. SBZA Detection Zone2. LCA Detection Zone

The LCA sensor covers a zone ofapproximately one lane over fromboth sides of the vehicle, or 3.5 m(11 ft). The height of the zone isapproximately between 0.5 m (1.5 ft)and 2 m (6 ft) off the ground. TheSide Blind Zone Alert (SBZA)warning area starts at approximatelythe middle of the vehicle and goesback 5 m (16 ft). Drivers are alsowarned of vehicles rapidlyapproaching from up to 25 m (82 ft)behind the vehicle.

How the System Works

The LCA symbol lights up in theside mirrors when the systemdetects a moving vehicle in the nextlane over that is in the side blindzone or rapidly approaching thatzone from behind. A lit LCA symbolindicates it may be unsafe tochange lanes. Before making a lanechange, check the LCA display,check mirrors, glance over yourshoulder, and use the turn signals.

Left Side MirrorDisplay

Right Side MirrorDisplay

When the vehicle is started, bothoutside mirror LCA displays willbriefly come on to indicate thesystem is operating. When thevehicle is in a forward gear, the leftor right side mirror display will lightup if a moving vehicle is detected inthe next lane over in that blind zoneor rapidly approaching that zone.

If the turn signal is activated in thesame direction as a detectedvehicle, this display will flash as anextra warning not to change lanes.

LCA can be disabled throughvehicle personalization. See“Collision/Detection Systems” underVehicle Personalization 0 121.If LCA is disabled by the driver, theLCA mirror displays will not light up.

When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The LCA system requires somedriving for the system to calibrate tomaximum performance. Thiscalibration may occur more quickly ifthe vehicle is driven on a straighthighway road with traffic androadside objects (e.g., guardrails,barriers).

LCA displays may not come onwhen passing a vehicle quickly orfor a stopped vehicle. LCA may alertto objects attached to the vehicle,such as a bicycle, or objectextending out to either side of thevehicle. Attached objects may alsointerfere with the detection of



vehicles. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice.

LCA may not always alert the driverto vehicles in the next lane over,especially in wet conditions or whendriving on sharp curves. The systemdoes not need to be serviced. Thesystem may light up due toguardrails, signs, trees, shrubs, andother non-moving objects. This isnormal system operation; thevehicle does not need service.

LCA may not operate when the LCAsensors in the left or right corners ofthe rear bumper are covered withmud, dirt, snow, ice, or slush, or inheavy rainstorms. For cleaninginstructions, see "Washing theVehicle" under Exterior Care 0 291.If the DIC still displays the systemunavailable message after cleaningboth sides of the vehicle toward therear corners of the vehicle, see yourdealer.

If the LCA displays do not light upwhen moving vehicles are in theside blind zone or rapidlyapproaching this zone and the

system is clean, the system mayneed service. Take the vehicle toyour dealer.

Lane Keep Assist (LKA)If equipped, LKA may help avoidcrashes due to unintentional lanedepartures. This system uses acamera to detect lane markingsbetween 60 km/h (37 mph) and 180km/h (112 mph). It may assist bygently turning the steering wheel ifthe vehicle approaches a detectedlane marking. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert if the vehicle crosses adetected lane marking. LKA can beoverriden by turning the steeringwheel. This system is not intendedto keep the vehicle centered in thelane. LKA will not assist and alert ifthe turn signal is active in thedirection of lane departure, or if itdetects that you are accelerating,braking or actively steering.

{ Warning

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.It may not keep the vehicle in thelane or give a Lane DepartureWarning (LDW) alert, even if alane marking is detected.

The LKA and LDW systemsmay not:

. Provide an alert or enoughsteering assist to avoid alane departure or crash.

. Detect lane markings underpoor weather or visibilityconditions. This can occur ifthe windshield orheadlamps are blocked bydirt, snow, or ice; if they arenot in proper condition; or ifthe sun shines directly intothe camera.

. Detect road edges.

. Detect lanes on winding orhilly roads.

(Continued)



Warning (Continued)

If LKA only detects lane markingson one side of the road, it willonly assist or provide an LDWalert when approaching the laneon the side where it has detecteda lane marking. Even with LKAand LDW, you must steer thevehicle. Always keep yourattention on the road andmaintain proper vehicle positionwithin the lane, or vehicledamage, injury, or death couldoccur. Always keep thewindshield, headlamps, andcamera sensors clean and ingood repair. Do not use LKA inbad weather conditions or onroads with unclear lane markings,such as construction zones.

{ Warning

Using LKA while towing a traileror on slippery roads could causeloss of control of the vehicle anda crash. Turn the system off.

How the System Works

LKA uses a camera sensor installedon the windshield ahead of therearview mirror to detect lanemarkings. It may provide briefsteering assist if it detects anunintended lane departure. It mayfurther provide an audible alert orthe driver seat may pulse indicatingthat a lane marking has beencrossed.

To turn LKA on and off, pressAon the steering wheel. If equipped,the indicator light on the buttoncomes on when LKA is on and turnsoff when LKA is disabled.

When on,A is white, if equipped,indicating that the system is notready to assist.A is green if LKAis ready to assist. LKA may assistby gently turning the steering wheelif the vehicle approaches a detectedlane marking.A is amber whenassisting. It may also provide aLane Departure Warning (LDW)alert by flashingA amber if thevehicle crosses a detected lanemarking. Additionally, there may bethree beeps, or the driver seat maypulse three times, on the right orleft, depending on the lanedeparture direction.

Take Steering

The LKA system does notcontinuously steer the vehicle.If LKA does not detect active driversteering, an alert and chime may beprovided. Steer the vehicle todismiss. LKA may becometemporarily unavailable afterrepeated take steering alerts.



When the System Does NotSeem to Work Properly

The system performance may beaffected by:

. Close vehicles ahead.

. Sudden lighting changes, suchas when driving through tunnels.

. Banked roads.

. Roads with poor lane markings,such as two-lane roads.

If the LKA system is not functioningproperly when lane markings areclearly visible, cleaning thewindshield may help.

A camera blocked message maydisplay if the camera is blocked.Some driver assistance systemsmay have reduced performance ornot work at all. An LKA or LDWunavailable message may display ifthe systems are temporarilyunavailable. This message could bedue to a blocked camera. The LKAsystem does not need service.Clean the outside of the windshieldbehind the rearview mirror.

LKA assistance and/or LDW alertsmay occur due to tar marks,shadows, cracks in the road,temporary or construction lanemarkings, or other roadimperfections. This is normal systemoperation; the vehicle does not needservice. Turn LKA off if theseconditions continue.

Charging

When to ChargeWhen the high voltage battery isgetting low, charging messages maydisplay.

The CHARGE VEHICLE SOONmessage indicates that the drivingrange is low and the vehicle needsto be charged soon. As the chargelevel drops, the PROPULSIONPOWER IS REDUCED message isdisplayed and the accelerator pedalresponse is reduced. In addition, theremaining range value will changeto LOW indicating the vehicleshould be charged immediately.

When the energy is fully depleted,the OUT OF ENERGY, CHARGEVEHICLE NOW message displaysand the vehicle slows to a stop.Brake and steering assist will stilloperate. Once the vehicle hasstopped, turn the vehicle off.



Plug-In ChargingThis section explains the processfor charging the high voltage battery.Do not allow the vehicle to remain intemperature extremes for longperiods without being driven orplugged in. It is recommended thatthe vehicle be plugged in whentemperatures are below 0 °C (32 °F)and above 32 °C (90 °F) tomaximize high voltage battery life.

When using a 120-volt AC electricaloutlet, it will take approximately55 hours to charge the vehicle froma fully depleted battery with the12 amp AC current setting, allowingapproximately 6 km (4 mi) for everyhour of charging.

When using a 240-volt chargingstation, it will take approximately10 hours to charge the vehicle withthe 32 amp setting, allowingapproximately 40 km (25 mi) forevery hour of charging.

Charge times will vary based onbattery condition, charge level, andoutside temperature. SeeProgrammable Charging 0 107 forcharge mode selection.

If equipped, the vehicle can becharged using DC chargingequipment typically found at servicestations and other public locations.

When using a DC charging stationwith at least 80 kW of availablepower, it will take approximately30 minutes to recharge from adepleted battery to an estimated145 km (90 mi) of driving range.This time estimate is applicable tonominal temperature ranges. Inextreme hot or cold conditions, thistime may be lengthened. A fullcharge will take additional time.

The charging system may run fansand pumps that result in soundsfrom the vehicle while it is turnedoff. Additionally, clicking soundsmay be caused by the electricaldevices used while charging.

The vehicle does not require indoorcharging area ventilation before,during, or after charging.

The vehicle cannot be driven whilethe charge cord is plugged into thevehicle.

Charging Override

A CHARGING OVERRIDE/INTERRUPTION OCCURREDmessage may display to indicatethat a charging override orinterruption has occurred due to oneor more of the following events:

. Override of the charge settingsby the owner.

. Unintended interruption of ACpower at the vehicle'scharge port.

. Interruption of charging by theutility company.

There are several screens that willdisplay depending on the currentcharging status. See ProgrammableCharging 0 107.

A loss of AC power alert may soundfor a short time if AC power is lostfor over one minute. This soundalert can be turned off. See VehiclePersonalization 0 121.



AC Charging

AC Charge Cord Vehicle Plug

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle isparked.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door and release toopen the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. Remove ice from thearea before attempting to openor close the charge port door.

3. Open the liftgate, lift the loadfloor cover, and remove thecharge cord.

4. Plug the charge cord into theelectrical outlet. Verify thecharge cord status and selectthe appropriate charge level.See Electrical Requirementsfor Battery Charging 0 229.See Charge Cord 0 222. See

“Portable Cord Limit Selection”under Programmable Charging0 107.

5. Plug in the AC vehicle plug ofthe charge cord into the chargeport on the vehicle. Make surethe AC vehicle plug is fullyconnected to the AC chargeport. If it is not properly seated,the charge may not occur.

6. Verify that the Charging StatusIndicator illuminates on top ofthe instrument panel and anaudible chirp occurs. SeeCharging Status Feedback0 218.



7. To arm the charge cord theftalert, lock the vehicle twice withthe RKE transmitter. To disarmthis feature, see ChargingOptions 0 117.

End Charge

1. Unlock the vehicle with theRKE transmitter to disarm thecharge cord theft alert.

2. Unplug the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle.Unlock the vehicle plug of thecharge cord from the vehicle bypressing the button on the topof the charge cord plug.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly in the centeruntil it latches.

4. Unplug the charge cord fromthe electrical outlet.

5. Place the charge cord into thestorage compartment.

DC Charging (If Equipped)

DC Charging Station Hardware

Check the charge station DCvehicle plug for compatibility withthe DC charge port on this vehicle.When recharging at a DC fastcharge station, the power cableconnected to the vehicle must beless than 10 m (33 ft) in length.

Follow the steps listed on thecharging station to perform a DCvehicle charge.

If for any reason DC charging doesnot begin or is interrupted, checkthe DC charge station display formessages. Unplug to restart the DCcharge process.

Start Charge

1. Make sure the vehicle isparked.

2. Push the rearward edge of thecharge port door and release toopen the door.

In cold weather conditions, icemay form around the chargeport door. The charge port door

may not open on the firstattempt. Remove ice from thearea and repeat attempting toopen the charge port door.

3. Unlatch the DC charging dustcover and lower it fully.

4. Plug in the DC vehicle plug intothe DC charge port on thevehicle. Make sure that the DCvehicle plug is fully connectedto the DC charge port. If it isnot properly seated then thecharge may not occur. Properplug connection can bechecked by information onthe DIC.



5. Follow the steps listed on thecharging station to startcharging.

6. Once charging, the DC vehicleplug will be locked to the DCcharge port and cannot bedisconnected while charging isactive.

7. Verify that the Charging StatusIndicator illuminates on top ofthe instrument panel and anaudible chirp occurs. SeeCharging Status Feedback0 218.

Caution

Do not attempt to disconnect theDC vehicle plug while charging isactive. This action may damagethe vehicle or charging stationhardware.

Stop Charge

Controls on the charging station canbe used to stop the charge processat any time.

To stop the charge when inside thevehicle, use the Stop button on theCharging screen, or press thebutton on top of the AC vehicle cordhandle.

Stop Charge — Automatic

When the vehicle no longer needsto use power from the chargingstation, it will stop charging and theDC vehicle plug will be unlockedfrom the DC charge port.

Energy can still be consumed fromthe charging station when thevehicle’s displays and indicatorsshow that the battery is fullycharged. This is to ensure thebattery is in optimal temperatureoperating range to maximize vehiclerange. See Programmable Charging0 107.

End Charge

1. Wait until the charging processhas been fully stopped, thevehicle plug is unlocked, andthe Charging Status Indicator issolid green or off.

If the vehicle plug does notunlock from the vehicle chargeport after a charge, contactRoadside Assistance forassistance. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 316.

2. Unplug the DC vehicle plugfrom the DC charge port on thevehicle and close the dustcover.

3. Close the charge port door bypressing firmly in the centeruntil it latches.

4. The Electric Parking Brakeshould be manuallydisengaged before driving thevehicle.

5. To start another DC charge,remove the DC vehicle plugand reconnect.

Delayed ChargingOverrideTo temporarily override a delayedcharge event, unplug the chargecord from the charge port and then



plug it back in within five seconds.A single audible chirp will soundand charging will begin immediately.

To cancel a temporary override,unplug the charge cord, wait for10 seconds, and then plug thecharge cord back in. A doubleaudible chirp will sound andcharging will be delayed.

See Programmable Charging 0 107for advanced charge schedulingoptions.

Charging StatusFeedback

The vehicle has a Charging StatusIndicator (CSI) at the center of theinstrument panel near thewindshield. When the vehicle isplugged in and vehicle power is off,the CSI indicates the following:

. Short Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Flash rate increasesfrom one to four flashes asbattery charges.

‐ One Flash: 0–25% Charge

‐ Two Flashes: 26–50% Charge

‐ Three Flashes: 51–75%Charge

‐ Four Flashes: 76–100%Charge

. Long Flashing Green – Vehicleis plugged in. Battery is not fullycharged. Battery charging isdelayed.

. Solid Green – Vehicle is pluggedin. Battery is fully charged.

. Solid Yellow – Vehicle is pluggedin. It is normal for the CSI to turnyellow for a few seconds afterplugging in a compatible charge

cord. The CSI may stay solidyellow longer depending on thevehicle and if there is a totalutility interruption. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 228.This may also indicate that thecharging system has detected afault and will not charge thebattery. See “Charge CordStatus Indicators” under ChargeCord 0 222.

If the vehicle is plugged in andvehicle power is on, the CSI willflash or will be solid green,depending on the charge level.

If the vehicle is plugged in and theCSI is off, a total utility interruptionor a charging fault has beendetected. See Utility Interruption ofCharging 0 228 or “Charge CordStatus Indicators” under ChargeCord 0 222.

A message displays if the vehicle isnot able to charge.

Following is the vehicle feedbackwhen the charge cord is plugged in.



Charging StatusIndicator Sound Action/Reason

Short Flashing Green(flash rate increasesfrom one to four as thebattery charges)

One audible chirp Vehicle is charging.

Long Flashing Green Two audible chirps Charging is delayed by ProgrammableCharging or by a total utility interruption,if equipped. Charging will begin later. SeeUtility Interruption of Charging 0 228.

Short Flashing Green(one to four flashesdepending on chargelevel)

Two audible chirps Vehicle is charging but will be delayed byProgrammable Charging at least oncebefore the charge is complete.

Solid Green None Charging is complete.

Yellow (upon plug-in) None Charge cord is OK and the vehicle ispreparing to charge.

Yellow (for extendedtime period afterplug-in)

None Charge cord is OK, but the vehicle isnot charging. This may be due to a totalutility interruption, and charging willbegin later. This may also occur if thevehicle has detected a high voltagecharging system fault. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 228 orService Vehicle Soon Light 0 102.




Short Flashing Green(from one to fourflashes depending oncharge level) or LongFlashing Green

Four audible chirps Insufficient time to fully charge by departuretime due to the selected rate preference.To increase the battery state of charge atthe departure time, perform a delayedcharging override. See Delayed ChargingOverride 0 217.

None (upon plug-in) None Check charge cord connection.

None (after Green orYellow CSI observed)

None Check charge cord connection.If connection is good, this may be due to apower failure or a total utility interruption,and charging will begin later. This may alsooccur if the vehicle has detected a highvoltage charging system fault. See UtilityInterruption of Charging 0 228 orService Vehicle Soon Light 0 102.




None Repeated audible chirpsTo disable this feature, see “Charge PowerLoss Alert” under Vehicle Personalization0 121.To stop this alert, do one of the following:

. Unplug the charge cord.

. Press K on the RKE transmitter.

. Press and hold 7 on the RKEtransmitter, then press again to stop thepanic alarm.

. Press the horn pad.

Electricity was interrupted before chargingwas complete. Repeated chirps will stop ifpower is restored within 90 seconds.

None Three audible chirps Charge port door is open.



Charge CordIMPORTANT SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

This symbol indicates risk ofelectrical shock if misused.


A portable charge cord used tocharge the vehicle high voltagebattery is stored under the load floorin the rear cargo area.

1. Wall Plug2. Status Indicators3. Vehicle Plug4. Release Button

Important Information aboutPortable Electric Vehicle Charging

. Charging an electric vehicle canstress a building’s electricalsystem more than a typicalhousehold appliance.

. Before plugging into anyelectrical outlet, have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify theelectrical system (electricaloutlet, wiring, junctions, andprotection devices) forheavy-duty service at a 12 ampcontinuous load.

. Electrical outlets may wear outwith normal usage or may bedamaged over time, makingthem unsuitable for electricvehicle charging.

. Check the electrical outlet/plugwhile charging and discontinueuse if the electrical outlet/plug ishot, then have the electricaloutlet serviced by a qualifiedelectrician.

. When outdoors, plug into anelectrical outlet that isweatherproof while in use.

. Mount the charge cord to reducestrain on the electricaloutlet/plug.


Driving and Operating 223. Do not place the charge cord in

a position where it is expected tobe submerged in water.

{ Danger

Improper use of portable electricvehicle charge cords may causea fire, electrical shock, or burns,and may result in damage toproperty, serious injury, or death.

. Do not use extension cords,multi-outlet power strips,splitters, groundingadaptors, surge protectors,or similar devices.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is worn ordamaged, or will not holdthe plug firmly in place.

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is not properlygrounded.

(Continued)

Danger (Continued)

. Do not use an electricaloutlet that is on a circuit withother electrical loads.

{ Warning

When using electric products,basic precautions should alwaysbe followed, including thefollowing:

. Read all the safety warningsand instructions beforeusing this product. Failure tofollow the warnings and theinstructions may result inelectric shock, fire, and/orserious injury.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Never leave childrenunattended near the vehiclewhile the vehicle is chargingand never allow children toplay with the charge cord.

. If the plug provided doesnot fit the electrical outlet,do not modify the plug.Arrange for a qualifiedelectrician to inspect theelectrical outlet.

. Do not put fingers into theelectric vehicle connector.



{ Warning

. To reduce the risk of fire,installations shall complywith the requirements ofNational Electric Code,ANSI/NFPA 70 (USA),Canadian Electrical CodeCSA 22.1 and IEC 60364 –Electrical installations inbuildings, depending on theregion in which the unit isbeing installed. The installershall comply with anyadditional localrequirements mandated bythe country and/ormunicipality.

. Do not use this product ifthe flexible power cord orthe electric vehicle cable isfrayed, has brokeninsulation, or shows anyother signs of damage.

. For Canada only: Not foruse in commercial garages.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Do not use this product ifthe enclosure or the vehicleplug is broken, cracked,open, or shows any otherindication of damage.

. The plug must be pluggedinto an appropriate electricaloutlet that is properlyinstalled in accordance withall local codes andordinances. Do not modifythe plug provided with theproduct. If the plug does notfit the electrical outlet, havea proper electrical outletinstalled by a qualifiedelectrician. If ground ismissing, the charge cordindicators will indicate anelectrical system fault andthe vehicle may not charge.

Charge Cord Status Indicators

After plugging in the charge cord, itwill perform a quick self test.

Verify the charge cord status.When theO indicator is lit solidgreen, the charge cord is ready tocharge the vehicle.

The charge cord utilizes acombination of theO andPindicators to display the status ofthe charge cord per the followingtable.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

O

Solid Green(

Off (No Light) @No Faults: The charge cord is receiving power from theelectrical outlet and is ready to supply it to the vehicle.

nFlashing Green

O

Solid Red R p b

Electrical Outlet/Plug Fault: The charge cord has detectedthat the electrical outlet/plug overheated. Electrical outletsmay wear out with normal usage or may be damaged overtime, making them unsuitable for electric vehicle charging.Do not use an electrical outlet that is worn, damaged, or onethat will not hold the plug firmly in place. Use anotherelectrical outlet or have the electrical outlet serviced by aqualified electrician. Reset the charge cord by unpluggingthe charge cord from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it.

(

Off (No Light)O

Solid Red R o

Electrical System Fault: The charge cord has detected amissing or improper ground within the building's electricalsystem. Do not use an electrical outlet that is not properlygrounded. Use another electrical outlet or have a qualifiedelectrician inspect and verify the building's electrical system.



O P Symbol Fault/Condition/Event

(

Off (No Light)n

Flashing Red Rb

Vehicle Fault: The charge cord ground-fault circuit interrupter(GFCI) has tripped. Ensure that there is no physical damageto the charge cord, and that the vehicle plug is seatedcompletely and making a good connection. Reset the chargecord by unplugging it from the electrical outlet andre-plugging it. If the fault remains, see an authorized dealerfor service.

O

Solid Greenn

Flashing Red R m

Charge Cord Fault: The charge cord has detected a potentialproblem with the charge cord. Reset the charge cord byunplugging it from the electrical outlet and re-plugging it.If the fault remains, see an authorized dealer for service.

If no status indicators are lit, ensurethe electrical outlet is powered.

Charge Level Selection

Charge level selection can be madeusing the Charge Mode tab on theCharging screen on the infotainmentdisplay. See “Portable Cord LimitSelection” under ProgrammableCharging 0 107.

{ Warning

Using a charge level that exceedsthe electrical circuit or electricaloutlet capacity may start a fire ordamage the electrical circuit. Usethe lowest charge level until aqualified electrician inspects theelectrical circuit capacity. Use the

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

lowest charge level if theelectrical circuit or electrical outletcapacity is not known.

Grounding Instructions

The charge circuit must begrounded. If this charge circuitshould malfunction or break down,grounding provides a path of least



resistance for electric current toreduce the risk of electric shock.This product is equipped with a cordthat has an equipment groundingconductor and a grounding plug.The plug must be plugged into anappropriate outlet that is properlyinstalled and grounded inaccordance with all local codes andordinances.

{ Warning

Improper connection of thecharge cord ground may causeelectrical shock. Check with aqualified electrician if there isdoubt as to whether the chargecircuit is properly grounded. Donot modify the plug provided withthe product. If it will not fit theelectrical outlet, have a properelectrical outlet installed by aqualified electrician.

Mounting Instructions

1. Identify an appropriate locationfor the charge cord.

2. Locate a mounting support,such as a wall stud.

The appropriate height formounting the charge cord is91 cm (36 in) from the floor.

3. Mark and drill the mountingholes in a wall stud or suitablestructure. Stay away from anypower source.

Space the holes 18.7 cm(7 3/8 in) apart.

4. Install the mounting screws inthe wall surface leaving thehead of the screws 5 mm(3/16 in) from the surface.



5. Securely mount the chargecord on to the screws.

6. Connect the wall plug to theelectrical outlet.

7. Connect the vehicle plug to thecharge port.

Lock Feature

A lock can be added to the vehicleplug for additional security.

FCC Information


Utility Interruption ofChargingThis vehicle will respond to requeststhrough the utility company to limitor completely block electrical powergrid usage. This feature is inactiveduring DC charging. A utilityinterruption of charging will lengthenthe vehicle charge time.

When electrical grid power iscompletely blocked, the vehicle willdelay charging until the utilityinterruption has expired. The vehicleshould be left plugged in so that thevehicle can automatically begincharging.

Changing the charge mode toImmediate or performing a delayedcharging override will not disable autility interruption.

A pop-up will appear in theinfotainment display while startingthe vehicle following any utilityinterruption. See “ChargingInterrupted or Overridden Pop-Up”under Programmable Charging0 107.

A message will display on theinstrument cluster indicating that autility interruption has occurred.



Charging StationTroubleshooting

If the vehicle does not charge afterbeing plugged in to a residential240-volt charging station:

1. Verify that the charge mode isset to Immediate.

2. Verify that the chargingstation’s circuit breaker has notbeen tripped.

3. Plug the portable charge cordinto the wall outlet, verify thatthe indicator light on the chargecord is solid green, andconnect it to the vehicle. See“Charge Cord StatusIndicators” in Charge Cord0 222.

4. If the vehicle charges with theportable charge cord, theremay be a problem with thecharging station. Try to chargethe vehicle with a different240-volt charging station, suchas a public station. If bothattempts charge the vehicle,contact the charging stationmanufacturer.

Electrical Requirementsfor Battery ChargingThis vehicle is capable of beingcharged with most standard vehiclecharging equipment that complieswith one or more of the following:

. SAE J1772

. SAE J2847-2

. IEC 61851-1

. IEC 61851-22

. IEC 61851-23

. IEC 61851-24

. IEC 62196-1

. IEC 62196-2

. IEC 62196-3

. ISO 15118

The portable charge cord requires aminimum circuit capacity of120 volts and 15 amps.

Caution

Do not use portable or stationarybackup generating equipment tocharge the vehicle. This maycause damage to the vehicle'scharging system. Only charge thevehicle from utility suppliedpower.



Trailer Towing

General TowingInformation

{ Warning

Never tow a trailer with yourvehicle. It was not designed orintended to tow a trailer.

Conversions andAdd-Ons

Add-On ElectricalEquipment

{ Warning

The Data Link Connector (DLC) isused for vehicle service andEmission Inspection/Maintenancetesting. See Service Vehicle SoonLight 0 102. A device connectedto the DLC — such as anaftermarket fleet ordriver-behavior tracking device —may interfere with vehiclesystems. This could affect vehicleoperation and cause a crash.Such devices may also accessinformation stored in the vehicle’ssystems.

Caution

Some electrical equipment candamage the vehicle or causecomponents to not work andwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Always checkwith your dealer before addingelectrical equipment.

Add-on equipment can drain thevehicle's 12-volt battery, even if thevehicle is not operating.

When adding electrical equipment, itshould only be connected using theaccessory power outlets. Themaximum power that can besupplied by one accessory poweroutlet or spread across all three is200 watts or 15 amps. Exceeding200 watts or 15 amps may causeerratic vehicle operation.



The vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to add anythingelectrical to the vehicle, seeServicing the Airbag-EquippedVehicle 0 57 andAdding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57.


232 Vehicle Care

Vehicle Care

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 233California Proposition

65 Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233California Perchlorate

Materials Requirements . . . . . 234Accessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Vehicle ChecksDoing Your Own

Service Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Underhood Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Brake Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Battery - North America . . . . . . 242Park Brake and P (Park)

Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 244Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 244Windshield Replacement . . . . . 246Gas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246

Headlamp AimingFront Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . 247

Bulb ReplacementBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247High Intensity Discharge (HID)

Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

License Plate Lamp . . . . . . . . . . 249

Electrical SystemHigh Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Electrical System Overload . . . 250Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 250Underhood Compartment Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

Wheels and TiresTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Tire Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . 259Tire Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Tire Terminology andDefinitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Tire Pressure Monitor

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Tire Pressure Monitor

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Tire Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Tire Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Different Size Tires and

Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 275Tire Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283

Jump StartingJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284


Vehicle Care 233

Towing the VehicleTowing the Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . 287Recreational Vehicle

Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289

Appearance CareExterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298

General InformationFor service and parts needs, visityour dealer. You will receivegenuine GM parts and GM-trainedand supported service people.

Genuine GM parts have one ofthese marks:

California Proposition65 Warning

{ Warning

Most motor vehicles, includingthis one, as well as many of itsservice parts and fluids, containand/or emit chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Engineexhaust, many parts andsystems, many fluids, and somecomponent wear by-productscontain and/or emit thesechemicals. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See Battery - North America 0 242and Jump Starting - North America0 284 and the back cover.


234 Vehicle Care

California PerchlorateMaterials RequirementsCertain types of automotiveapplications, such as airbaginitiators, seat belt pretensioners,and lithium batteries contained inelectronic keys, may containperchlorate materials. PerchlorateMaterial – special handling mayapply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.

Accessories andModificationsAdding non-dealer accessories ormaking modifications to the vehiclecan affect vehicle performance andsafety, including such things asairbags, braking, stability, ride andhandling, emissions systems,aerodynamics, durability, andelectronic systems like antilockbrakes, traction control, and stabilitycontrol. These accessories ormodifications could even causemalfunction or damage not coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Damage to suspension componentscaused by modifying vehicle heightoutside of factory settings will not becovered by the vehicle warranty.

Damage to vehicle componentsresulting from modifications or theinstallation or use of non-GMcertified parts, including controlmodule or software modifications, isnot covered under the terms of thevehicle warranty and may affectremaining warranty coverage foraffected parts.

GM Accessories are designed tocomplement and function with othersystems on the vehicle. See yourdealer to accessorize the vehicleusing genuine GM Accessoriesinstalled by a dealer technician.

Also, see Adding Equipment to theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57.

Vehicle Checks

Doing Your OwnService Work

{ Warning

Never try to do your own serviceon high voltage batterycomponents. You can be injuredand the vehicle can be damagedif you try to do your own servicework. Service and repair of thesehigh voltage battery componentsshould only be performed by atrained dealer technician with theproper knowledge and tools.

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

(Continued)


Vehicle Care 235

Warning (Continued)

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering. Do not probe,tamper with, cut, or modify highvoltage cable or wiring.

{ Warning

It can be dangerous to work onyour vehicle if you do not havethe proper knowledge, servicemanual, tools, or parts. Alwaysfollow owner’s manual proceduresand consult the service manualfor your vehicle before doing anyservice work.

If doing some of your own servicework, use the proper servicemanual. It tells you much moreabout how to service the vehiclethan this manual can. To order the

proper service manual, seePublication Ordering Information0 321.

This vehicle has an airbag system.Before attempting to do your ownservice work, see Servicing theAirbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 57.

Keep a record with all parts receiptsand list the mileage and the date ofany service work performed. SeeMaintenance Records 0 309.

Hood

{ Warning

For vehicles with auto enginestop/start, turn the vehicle offbefore opening the hood. If thevehicle is on, the engine will startwhen the hood is opened. You orothers could be injured.

{ Warning

Components under the hood canget hot from running the engine.To help avoid the risk of burningunprotected skin, never touchthese components until they havecooled, and always use a glove ortowel to avoid direct skin contact.

Clear any snow from the hoodbefore opening.

To open the hood:

1. Pull the hood release lever withthei symbol. It is on thelower left side of the instrumentpanel.


236 Vehicle Care

2. Go to the front of the vehicleand locate the secondaryrelease lever under the frontcenter of the hood. Push thesecondary hood release leverto the right to release.

3. Lift the hood and release thehood prop rod from its retainer,in the front of the enginecompartment. Securely insertthe rod end into the slotmarked with an arrow, on theunderside of the hood.

To close the hood:

1. Before closing the hood, besure all filler caps are onproperly, and all tools areremoved.

2. Lift the hood and remove thehood prop rod from theunderside of the hood. Returnthe prop rod to its retainer. Theprop rod must click into placewhen returning it to the retainerto prevent hood damage.

3. Lower the hood 20 cm (8 in)above the vehicle and releaseit. Check to make sure thehood is latched completely.Repeat this process withadditional force if necessary.

{ Warning

Do not drive the vehicle if thehood is not latched completely.The hood could open fully, blockyour vision, and cause a crash.You or others could be injured.Always close the hood completelybefore driving.


Vehicle Care 237

Underhood Compartment Overview


238 Vehicle Care

1. Windshield Washer FluidReservoir. See Washer Fluid0 239.

2. Cabin Heating CoolantReservoir. See Cooling System0 238.

3. High Voltage Battery CoolantReservoir. See Cooling System0 238.

4. HPDM (High Power DistributionModule).

5. APM (Accessory PowerModule), OBCM (On-BoardCharging Module).

6. Brake Fluid Reservoir. SeeBrake Fluid 0 241.

7. SPIM, APM, and ChargerModule Coolant Reservoir. SeeCooling System 0 238.

8. Battery. See Battery - NorthAmerica 0 242.

9. Underhood Compartment FuseBlock. UnderhoodCompartment Fuse Block0 251.

Cooling SystemIt is not necessary to regularlycheck coolant unless a leak issuspected or an unusual noise isheard. A coolant loss could indicatea problem. Have it inspected andrepaired by your dealer.

The following explains the coolingsystems and how to check coolantlevels.

. High Voltage Battery

. Single Power Inverter Module(SPIM), Accessory PowerModule (APM), and ChargerModule

. Cabin Heating

High Voltage Battery

During vehicle operation and alsoduring charging, the high voltagebattery cells in the vehicle are keptwithin a normal operatingtemperature range. If thetemperature rises above thistemperature, the battery coolingsystem turns on the air conditioningcompressor and cools the coolantuntil the correct temperature is

reached. If the temperature fallsbelow this temperature, a highvoltage heater, located outside thebattery on a cradle, heats thecoolant until the correct temperatureis reached.

Single Power Inverter Module(SPIM), Accessory PowerModule (APM), and ChargerModule

The SPIM, APM, and chargermodule are cooled using a separatecoolant loop. These modules arekept below a maximum temperature.If the temperature rises above thistemperature, the electric cooling fanwill turn on to cool the coolant.

Cabin Heating

Cabin heating is maintained bycoolant heated by the CoolantHeater Control Module (CHCM),separate from the power electronicsand battery coolant loops. Thismodule heats the coolant based ontemperature inputs from the cabinclimate control systems.


Vehicle Care 239

Hybrid Cooling SystemPressure Caps

The hybrid cooling systemreservoirs have tamper resistantpressure caps. The coolant shouldonly be serviced by a qualifiedtechnician.

Checking Coolant

The coolant needs to be replaced atthe appropriate interval. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 301.

The coolant reservoirs are in theunderhood compartment. SeeUnderhood Compartment Overview0 237.

1. Cabin Heating CoolantReservoir

2. High Voltage BatteryCoolant Reservoir

3. SPIM, APM, and ChargerModule Coolant Reservoir

1. Park on a level surface andturn the vehicle off.

2. After the system hascompletely cooled, check thatthe coolant level is at the coldfill mark on the reservoirs.

3. If the coolant level is not visibleor needs to be adjusted withinthe reservoirs, contact yourdealer.

Washer Fluid

What to Use

When windshield washer fluid isneeded, be sure to read themanufacturer's instructions beforeuse. If operating the vehicle in anarea where the temperature may fallbelow freezing, use a fluid that hassufficient protection againstfreezing.

Adding Washer Fluid

Open the cap with the washersymbol on it. Add washer fluid untilthe tank is full. See UnderhoodCompartment Overview 0 237 forreservoir location.


240 Vehicle Care

Caution

. Do not use washer fluid thatcontains any type of waterrepellent coating. This cancause the wiper blades tochatter or skip.

. Do not use engine coolant(antifreeze) in thewindshield washer. It candamage the windshieldwasher system and paint.

. Do not mix water withready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause thesolution to freeze anddamage the washer fluidtank and other parts of thewasher system.

. When using concentratedwasher fluid, follow themanufacturer instructions foradding water.

. Fill the washer fluid tankonly three-quarters full whenit is very cold. This allows

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

for fluid expansion iffreezing occurs, which coulddamage the tank if it iscompletely full.

BrakesDisc brake pads have built-in wearindicators that make a high-pitchedwarning sound when the brake padsare worn and new pads are needed.The sound can come and go or canbe heard all the time when thevehicle is moving, except whenapplying the brake pedal firmly.

{ Warning

The brake wear warning soundmeans that soon the brakes willnot work well. That could lead toa crash. When the brake wearwarning sound is heard, have thevehicle serviced.

Caution

Continuing to drive with worn-outbrake pads could result in costlybrake repair.

Some driving conditions or climatescan cause a brake squeal when thebrakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not meansomething is wrong with the brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts arenecessary to help prevent brakepulsation. When tires are rotated,inspect brake pads for wear andevenly tighten wheel nuts in theproper sequence to torquespecifications. See Capacities andSpecifications 0 311.

Brake pads should be replaced ascomplete sets.

Brake Pedal Travel

See your dealer if the brake pedaldoes not return to normal height,or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a signthat brake service may be required.


Vehicle Care 241

Replacing Brake System Parts

Always replace brake system partswith new, approved replacementparts. If this is not done, the brakesmay not work properly. The brakingperformance expected can changein many other ways if the wrongreplacement brake parts areinstalled or if parts are improperlyinstalled.

Brake Fluid

The brake master cylinder reservoiris filled with GM approved DOT 3brake fluid as indicated on thereservoir cap. See UnderhoodCompartment Overview 0 237 forthe location of the reservoir.

Checking Brake Fluid

With the vehicle in P (Park) on alevel surface, the brake fluid levelshould be between the minimumand maximum marks on the brakefluid reservoir.

There are only two reasons why thebrake fluid level in the reservoir maygo down:

. Normal brake lining wear. Whennew linings are installed, thefluid level goes back up.

. A fluid leak in the brakehydraulic system. Have thebrake hydraulic system fixed.With a leak, the brakes will notwork well.

Always clean the brake fluidreservoir cap and the area aroundthe cap before removing it.

Do not top off the brake fluid.Adding fluid does not correct a leak.If fluid is added when the linings areworn, there will be too much fluidwhen new brake linings areinstalled. Add or remove fluid, asnecessary, only when work is doneon the brake hydraulic system.

When the brake fluid falls to a lowlevel, the brake warning light comeson. See Brake System WarningLight 0 102.

Brake fluid absorbs water over timewhich degrades the effectiveness ofthe brake fluid. Replace brake fluidat the specified intervals to preventincreased stopping distance. SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 301.

What to Add

Use only GM approved DOT 3brake fluid from a clean, sealedcontainer. See RecommendedFluids and Lubricants 0 307.

{ Warning

The wrong or contaminated brakefluid could result in damage to thebrake system. This could result inthe loss of braking leading to apossible injury. Always use theproper GM approved brake fluid.


242 Vehicle Care

Caution

If brake fluid is spilled on thevehicle's painted surfaces, thepaint finish can be damaged.Immediately wash off any paintedsurface.

Battery - North AmericaThe original equipment battery ismaintenance free. Do not removethe cap and do not add fluid.

This vehicle has a high voltagebattery and a standard 12-voltbattery.

{ Warning

Damage to the high voltagebattery or high voltage systemcan create a risk of electric shock,overheating, or fire.

If the vehicle is damaged from amoderate to severe crash, flood,fire, or other event, the vehicle

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

should be inspected as soon aspossible. Until the vehicle hasbeen inspected, store it outside atleast 15 m (50 ft) from anystructure or anything that canburn. Ventilate the vehicle byopening a window or a door.

Contact Customer Assistance assoon as possible to determinewhether an inspection is needed.See Customer Assistance Offices0 314.

If the vehicle is in a crash, thesensing system may shut down thehigh voltage system. When thisoccurs, the high voltage battery isdisconnected and the vehicle willnot start. The SERVICE VEHICLESOON message in the DriverInformation Center (DIC) will bedisplayed. Before the vehicle can beoperated again, it must be servicedat your dealer.

See “If a Crash Occurs” underCollision Damage Repair 0 319 foradditional information. If an airbaghas inflated, see What Will You Seeafter an Airbag Inflates? 0 51.

Only a trained service technicianwith the proper knowledge and toolsshould inspect, test, or replace thehigh voltage battery. See yourdealer if either the 12-volt or highvoltage battery needs service. Thedealer has information on how torecycle the high voltage battery.There is also information availableat http://www.recyclemybattery.com.

Keep the vehicle plugged in, evenwhen fully charged, to keep the highvoltage battery temperature readyfor the next drive. This is importantwhen outside temperatures areextremely hot or cold.

Propulsion power may be reducedin extremely cold temperatures, or ifthe high voltage battery is too cold.BATTERY TOO COLD, PLUG INTO WARM will display.


Vehicle Care 243

A vehicle cover, which can reducesun loading on the vehicle andimprove high voltage battery life, isavailable from your dealer.

Refer to the replacement numbershown on the original battery labelwhen a new 12-volt battery isneeded. The vehicle has anAbsorbed Glass Mat (AGM) 12-voltbattery. Installation of a standard12-volt battery will result in reduced12-volt battery life.

When using a 12-volt batterycharger on the 12-volt AGM battery,some chargers have an AGMbattery setting on the charger.If available, use the AGM setting onthe charger, to limit charge voltageto 14.8 volts.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to cause

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

cancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 233 and the backcover.

Vehicle Storage

{ Warning

Batteries have acid that can burnyou and gas that can explode.You can be badly hurt if you arenot careful. See Jump Starting -North America 0 284 for tips onworking around a battery withoutgetting hurt.

Up to Four Weeks

. Plug in the charge cord.

Four Weeks to 12 Months

. Discharge the high voltagebattery until two or three barsremain on the battery rangeindicator (Battery symbol) on theinstrument cluster.

. Do not plug in the charge cord.

. Remove the black negative (−)cable from the 12-volt batteryand attach a trickle charger tothe battery terminals or keep the12-volt battery cables connectedand trickle charge from theunderhood remote positive (+)and negative (−) terminals. SeeJump Starting - North America0 284 for the location of theseterminals.

Caution

The vehicle is equipped with anAGM/VRLA 12-volt battery, whichcan be damaged by using the

(Continued)


244 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

incorrect type of trickle charger.An AGM/VRLA-compatiblecharger must be used, with theappropriate setting selected.Follow the trickle chargermanufacturer instructions.

After the battery cable isreconnected, it is possible that thevehicle may not operate. If thishappens, the high voltage batterymay need to be charged.

Park Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check

{ Warning

When you are doing this check,the vehicle could begin to move.You or others could be injuredand property could be damaged.Make sure there is room in frontof the vehicle in case it begins to

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

roll. Be ready to apply the regularbrake at once should the vehiclebegin to move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with thevehicle facing downhill. Keepingyour foot on the regular brake, setthe Electric Parking Brake (EPB).

. To check the EPB's holdingability: With the propulsionsystem active and the electricdrive unit in N (Neutral), slowlyremove foot pressure from theregular brake pedal. Do this untilthe vehicle is held by theEPB only.

. To check the P (Park)mechanism's holding ability:With the propulsion systemactive, shift to P (Park). Thenrelease the EPB followed by theregular brake.

Contact your dealer if service isrequired.

Wiper Blade Replacement

Front Wiper BladeReplacement

Windshield wiper blades should bereplaced periodically. See theMaintenance Schedule 0 301.

Replacement blades come indifferent types and are removed indifferent ways. For proper type andlength, see MaintenanceReplacement Parts 0 308.

Caution

Allowing the wiper arm to touchthe windshield when no wiperblade is installed could damagethe windshield. Any damage thatoccurs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not allowthe wiper arm to touch thewindshield.


Vehicle Care 245

To replace the windshield wiperblade:

1. Pull the windshield wiperassembly away from thewindshield.

2. Press the button in the middleof the wiper arm connector,and pull the wiper blade awayfrom the arm connector.

3. Remove the wiper blade.

4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiperblade replacement.

Rear Wiper Blade Replacement

The rear wiper blade and wiper armhave a cover for protection. Thecover must be removed before thewiper blade can be replaced.

To remove the cover:

1. Slide a plastic tool under thecover and push upward tounsnap.

2. Slide the cover toward thewiper blade tip to unhook itfrom the blade assembly.

3. Remove the cover.

4. After wiper blade replacement,ensure that the cover hookslides into the slot in the bladeassembly.

5. Snap the cover down tosecure.

To replace the wiper blade:

1. Lift the wiper arm away fromthe windshield.

2. Push the release lever (2) todisengage the hook and pushthe wiper arm (1) out of theblade assembly (3).

3. Push the new blade assemblysecurely on the wiper arm untilthe release lever clicks intoplace.

4. Replace the wiper cover.


246 Vehicle Care

Windshield Replacement

Driver Assistance Systems

If the windshield needs to bereplaced and the vehicle isequipped with a front camera sensorfor the Driver Assistance Systems, aGM replacement windshield isrecommended. The replacementwindshield must be installedaccording to GM specifications forproper alignment. If it is not, thesesystems may not work properly, theymay display messages, or they maynot work at all. See your dealer forproper windshield replacement.

Gas Strut(s)This vehicle is equipped with gasstrut(s) to provide assistance inlifting and holding open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full openposition.

{ Warning

If the gas struts that hold openthe hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail,you or others could be seriouslyinjured. Take the vehicle to yourdealer for service immediately.Visually inspect the gas struts forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage periodically. Check tomake sure the hood/trunk/liftgateis held open with enough force.If struts are failing to hold thehood/trunk/liftgate, do notoperate. Have the vehicleserviced.

Caution

Do not apply tape or hang anyobjects from gas struts. Also donot push down or pull on gasstruts. This may cause damage tothe vehicle.

See Maintenance Schedule 0 301.

Hood

Trunk


Vehicle Care 247

Liftgate

Headlamp Aiming

Front Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset andshould need no further adjustment.

If the vehicle is damaged in a crash,the headlamp aim may be affected.If adjustment to the headlamps isnecessary, see your dealer.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacementbulbs, or any bulb changingprocedure not listed in this section,contact your dealer.

Caution

Do not replace incandescentbulbs with aftermarket LEDreplacement bulbs. This cancause damage to the vehicleelectrical system.

Halogen Bulbs

{ Warning

Halogen bulbs have pressurizedgas inside and can burst if youdrop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the instructionson the bulb package.


248 Vehicle Care

High Intensity Discharge(HID) Lighting

{ Warning

The High Intensity Discharge(HID) lighting system operates ata very high voltage. If you try toservice any of the systemcomponents, you could beseriously injured. Have yourdealer or a qualified technicianservice them.

This vehicle has several HID lamps.

For replacement of any HID lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

After an HID headlamp bulb hasbeen replaced, the beam might be aslightly different shade than it wasoriginally. This is normal.

LED LightingThis vehicle has several LED lamps.

For replacement of any LED lightingassembly, contact your dealer.

Taillamps, Turn Signal,Stoplamps, and Back-UpLamps

1. Back-up Lamp2. Turn Signal Lamp3. Stoplamp/Taillamp

To access the bulbs, reach upbehind the rear bumper. To replacea back-up bulb, turn signal lamp,taillamp, or stoplamp:

1. Turn the bulb socketcounterclockwise and remove itfrom the socket. The lamps arein the rear bumper.

2. Press the new bulb in and turnclockwise to install the bulbinto the socket.

3. Turn the bulb socket clockwiseto reinstall.


Vehicle Care 249

License Plate Lamp

1. Press the spring clip on theright end of the lamp assemblyto the left to unlock the lampassembly.

2. Pull down on the lampassembly to remove it from thefascia.

4. Turn the bulb socket (1)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the lamp assembly (3).

5. Pull the bulb (2) straight out ofthe bulb socket (1).

6. Push the replacement bulbstraight into the bulb socket (1)and turn the bulb socket (1)clockwise to install it into thelamp assembly (3).

7. Reinstall the lamp assembly (3)into the fascia by inserting theleft side first.

8. Push the spring clip into place.

Electrical System

High Voltage Devices andWiring

{ Warning

Exposure to high voltage cancause shock, burns, and evendeath. The high voltagecomponents in the vehicle canonly be serviced by technicianswith special training.

High voltage components areidentified by labels. Do notremove, open, take apart,or modify these components.High voltage cable or wiring hasorange covering or labels. Do notprobe, tamper with, cut, or modifyhigh voltage cable or wiring.


250 Vehicle Care

Electrical SystemOverloadThe vehicle has fuses and circuitbreakers to protect against anelectrical system overload.

When the current electrical load istoo heavy, the circuit breaker opensand closes, protecting the circuituntil the current load returns tonormal or the problem is fixed. Thisgreatly reduces the chance of circuitoverload and fire caused byelectrical problems.

Fuses and circuit breakers protectthe following in the vehicle:

. Headlamp wiring

. Windshield wiper motor

. Power windows and other poweraccessories

Replace a bad fuse with a new oneof the identical size and rating.

If there is a problem on the road anda fuse needs to be replaced, thesame amperage fuse can beborrowed. Choose some feature ofthe vehicle that is not needed to useand replace it as soon as possible.

Headlamp Wiring

An electrical overload may causethe lamps to go on and off, or insome cases to remain off. Have theheadlamp wiring checked right awayif the lamps go on and off orremain off.

Windshield Wipers

If the wiper motor overheats due toheavy snow or ice, the windshieldwipers will stop until the motor coolsand the wiper control is turned off.After removal of the blockage, thewiper motor will restart when thecontrol is then moved to the desiredoperating position.

Although the circuit is protectedfrom electrical overload, overloaddue to heavy snow or ice, maycause wiper damage. Always clearice and heavy snow from thewindshield before using thewindshield wipers.

If the overload is caused by anelectrical problem and not snow orice, be sure to get it fixed.

Fuses and CircuitBreakersThe wiring circuits in the vehicle areprotected from short circuits by acombination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces thechance of damage caused byelectrical problems.


Vehicle Care 251

{ Danger

Fuses and circuit breakers aremarked with their ampere rating.Do not exceed thespecified amperage rating whenreplacing fuses and circuitbreakers. Use of an oversizedfuse or circuit breaker can resultin a vehicle fire. You and otherscould be seriously injured orkilled.

To check a fuse, look at thesilver-colored band inside the fuse.If the band is broken or melted,replace the fuse. Be sure to replacea bad fuse with a new one of theidentical size and rating.

Fuses of the same amperage canbe temporarily borrowed fromanother fuse location, if a fuse goesout. Replace the fuse as soon aspossible.

Underhood CompartmentFuse Block

To open the fuse block cover, pressthe clips at the side and back andpull the cover up.

Caution

Spilling liquid on any electricalcomponent on the vehicle maydamage it. Always keep thecovers on any electricalcomponent.


252 Vehicle Care


Vehicle Care 253

A fuse puller is in the underhoodcompartment fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equippedwith all of the fuses, relays, andfeatures shown.

Fuses Usage

1 –

2 Power window rear

3 –

4 Rechargeable energystorage system 1

5 –

7 Left high-beamheadlamp

8 Right high-beamheadlamp

9 Left low-beamheadlamp

10 Right low-beamheadlamp

11 Horn

12 –

13 Front wiper motordriver

Fuses Usage

14 Liftgate

15 Front wiper motorco-driver

16Electronic brakecontrol module supplyelectronics

17 Rear wiper

18 Liftgate

19 Seat module front

20 Washer

22 Linear power module

23Electronic brakecontrol module supplymotor

24 Seat module rear

26 Transmission rangecontrol module

27 Aeroshutter

28 Auxiliary oil pump

29 Electric brake boostmotor source

30 Front power windows

Fuses Usage

31 In-panel bussedelectrical center

32 Rear windowdefogger

33 Heated exteriorrearview mirror

34 Pedestrian friendlyalert function

35 –

36 –

37 Current sensor

38 Rain sensor

39 –

40 Electric brakeboost (ECU)

41Power linecommunicationmodule

42 Automatic occupantsensing

43 Window switch

44 Rechargeable energystorage system


254 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

45 Vehicle integrationcontrol module

46 Integrated chassiscontrol module

47 Headlamp leveling

48 Integrated chassiscontrol module

49 Interior rearviewmirror

50 –

51 Electric brake boost

52 Rear camera

54 A/C control module

55Rechargeable energystorage systemcoolant pump

56 –

57 Power electronicscoolant pump

58 Engine control module

59 Electric steeringcolumn lock

Fuses Usage

60 HVAC electric heater

61 On-board chargingmodule

62 Transmission rangecontrol module 1

63 Electric cooling fan

64 Engine control module

65 Auxiliary heater pump

66 Powertrain

67 Drive unit controller

70 A/C control module

71 –

72 Transmission rangecontrol module

73 Single power invertermodule

74 –

Relays Usage

6 Pedestrian friendlyalert function

21 HID lamp

25 Powertrain

53 Run/Crank

68 Rear windowdefogger

69 Second run/Crank


Vehicle Care 255

Instrument Panel FuseBlock

The instrument panel fuse block ison the left side of the instrumentpanel. To access the fuses, openthe fuse panel door by pulling out.

To reinstall the door, insert the toptab first, then push the door backinto its original location.

Fuses Usage

F01 Video processingmodule

F02 Indicator light solarsensor

F03 Side blind zone alert

F04 Passive entry, passivestart

F05 CGM

F06 Body control module 4




F10 Trailer interfacemodule 1

F11 Amplifier


Fuses Usage

F13 Data link connector 1

F14 Automatic parkingassist

F15 -

F16 Single power invertermodule 1



F19 –

F20 –

F21 –

F22 –

F23 USB

F24 Wireless chargingmodule

F25 Reflected LED alertdisplay

F26 Heated steering wheel

F27 CGM 2

F28 Instrument cluster 2


256 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage

F29 Trailer interfacemodule 2

F30 Headlamp levelingdevice

F31 OnStar

F32 Virtual keypasssensor

F33Heating, ventilation,and air conditioningmodule

F34 Virtual keypassmodule

F35 Instrument cluster 1

F36 Radio

F37 –

F38 –

F39 –

F40 –

Fuses Usage

F41 –

F42 –


F44 Sensing anddiagnostic module

F45 Front camera module

F46 Vehicle integrationcontrol module

F47 Single power invertermodule 2

F48 Electric steeringcolumn lock

F49 Auxiliary jack

F50 Steering wheelcontrols

F51 Steering wheelcontrols backlighting

F52 Smartphone remotefunction module

Fuses Usage

F53 Auxiliary power outlet

F54 –

F55 Logistic

F56 –

F57 –

F59 –

Relays Usage

F58 Logistics relay

F60 Accessory/Retainedaccessory power relay


Vehicle Care 257

Wheels and Tires

TiresEvery new GM vehicle hashigh-quality tires made by aleading tire manufacturer. Seethe warranty manual forinformation regarding the tirewarranty and where to getservice. For additionalinformation refer to the tiremanufacturer.

{ Warning

. Poorly maintained andimproperly used tires aredangerous.

. Overloading the tires cancause overheating as aresult of too muchflexing. There could be ablowout and a seriouscrash. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Underinflated tires posethe same danger asoverloaded tires. Theresulting crash couldcause serious injury.Check all tires frequentlyto maintain therecommended pressure.Tire pressure should bechecked when the tiresare cold.

. Overinflated tires aremore likely to be cut,punctured, or broken bya sudden impact — suchas when hitting a pothole.Keep tires at therecommended pressure.

. Worn or old tires cancause a crash. If thetread is badly worn,replace them.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Replace any tires thathave been damaged byimpacts with potholes,curbs, etc.

. Improperly repaired tirescan cause a crash. Onlythe dealer or anauthorized tire servicecenter should repair,replace, dismount, andmount the tires.

. Do not spin the tires inexcess of 56 km/h(35 mph) on slipperysurfaces such as snow,mud, ice, etc. Excessivespinning may cause thetires to explode.

All-Season TiresThis vehicle may come withall-season tires. These tires aredesigned to provide good overallperformance on most road surfaces


258 Vehicle Care

and weather conditions. Originalequipment tires designed to GM'sspecific tire performance criteriahave a TPC specification codemolded onto the sidewall. Originalequipment all-season tires can beidentified by the last two charactersof this TPC code, which willbe “MS.”

Consider installing winter tires onthe vehicle if frequent driving onsnow or ice-covered roads isexpected. All-season tires provideadequate performance for mostwinter driving conditions, but theymay not offer the same level oftraction or performance as wintertires on snow or ice-covered roads.See Winter Tires 0 258.

Winter TiresThis vehicle was not originallyequipped with winter tires. Wintertires are designed for increasedtraction on snow and ice-coveredroads. Consider installing wintertires on the vehicle if frequentdriving on ice or snow coveredroads is expected. See your dealer

for details regarding winter tireavailability and proper tire selection.Also, see Buying New Tires 0 271.

With winter tires, there may bedecreased dry road traction,increased road noise, and shortertread life. After changing to wintertires, be alert for changes in vehiclehandling and braking.

If using winter tires:

. Use tires of the same brand andtread type on all four wheelpositions.

. Use only radial ply tires of thesame size, load range, andspeed rating as the originalequipment tires.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipment tiresmay not be available for H, V, W, Y,and ZR speed rated tires. If wintertires with a lower speed rating arechosen, never exceed the tire'smaximum speed capability.

Self-Sealing TiresThis vehicle may have self-sealingtires. These tires have a materialinside that can seal punctures up to6 mm (0.25 in) in the tread area.The tire may lose air pressure if thesidewall is damaged or the treadpuncture is too large. If the TirePressure Monitor System indicatesthe tire pressure is low, inspect thetire for damage and inflate it to therecommended pressure. If the tire isunable to maintain therecommended pressure, contact thenearest authorized GM servicingfacility immediately for inspectionand repair or replacement. To locatethe nearest GM servicing facility,call GM Customer Assistance.

Caution

Do not drive on a deflatedself-sealing tire as this coulddamage the tire. Make sure thetire is inflated to therecommended pressure or have itimmediately repaired or replaced.


Vehicle Care 259

When tire replacement is neededreplace with a self-sealing tire,because the vehicle does not comewith a spare tire or tire changingequipment.

Tire Sidewall LabelingUseful information about a tire ismolded into its sidewall. Theexample shows a typicalpassenger tire sidewall.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

(1) Tire Size : The tire size is acombination of letters andnumbers used to define a

particular tire's width, height,aspect ratio, construction type,and service description. See the“Tire Size” illustration later in thissection.

(2) TPC Spec (TirePerformance CriteriaSpecification) : Originalequipment tires designed toGM's specific tire performancecriteria have a TPC specificationcode molded onto the sidewall.GM's TPC specifications meet orexceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(3) DOT (Department ofTransportation) : TheDepartment of Transportation(DOT) code indicates that thetire is in compliance with theU.S. Department ofTransportation Motor VehicleSafety Standards.

DOT Tire Date ofManufacture : The last fourdigits of the TIN indicate the tiremanufactured date. The first twodigits represent the week(01-52) and the last two digits,the year. For example, the thirdweek of the year 2010 wouldhave a four-digit DOT dateof 0310.

(4) Tire Identification Number(TIN) : The letters and numbersfollowing the DOT code are theTire Identification Number (TIN).The TIN shows themanufacturer and plant code,tire size, and date the tire wasmanufactured. The TIN ismolded onto both sides of thetire, although only one side mayhave the date of manufacture.

(5) Tire Ply Material : The typeof cord and number of plies inthe sidewall and under the tread.


260 Vehicle Care

(6) Uniform Tire QualityGrading (UTQG) : Tiremanufacturers are required tograde tires based on threeperformance factors: treadwear,traction, and temperatureresistance. For more informationsee Uniform Tire QualityGrading 0 273.

(7) Maximum Cold InflationLoad Limit : Maximum load thatcan be carried and themaximum pressure needed tosupport that load.

Tire Designations

Tire Size

The example shows a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.

(1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire :The United States version of ametric tire sizing system. Theletter “P” as the first character inthe tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered tostandards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(2) Tire Width : The three-digitnumber indicates the tire sectionwidth in millimeters fromsidewall to sidewall.

(3) Aspect Ratio : A two-digitnumber that indicates the tireheight-to-width measurements.For example, if the tire sizeaspect ratio is 60, as shown initem (3) of the illustration, itwould mean that the tire'ssidewall is 60 percent as high asit is wide.

(4) Construction Code : A lettercode is used to indicate the typeof ply construction in the tire.The letter “R” means radial ply

construction; the letter “D”means diagonal or bias plyconstruction.

(5) Rim Diameter : Diameter ofthe wheel in inches.

(6) Service Description : Thesecharacters represent the loadindex and speed rating of thetire. The load index representsthe load carrying capacity a tireis certified to carry. The speedrating is the maximum speed atire is certified to carry a load.

Tire Terminology andDefinitionsAir Pressure : The amount ofair inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch ofthe tire. Air pressure isexpressed in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch).

Accessory Weight : Thecombined weight of optionalaccessories. Some examples of


Vehicle Care 261

optional accessories are, electricdrive unit, power windows,power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio : The relationshipof a tire's height to its width.

Belt : A rubber coated layer ofcords that is located betweenthe plies and the tread. Cordsmay be made from steel or otherreinforcing materials.

Bead : The tire bead containssteel wires wrapped by steelcords that hold the tire ontothe rim.

Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tirein which the plies are laid atalternate angles less than90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Cold Tire Pressure : Theamount of air pressure in a tire,measured in kPa (kilopascal)or psi (pounds per square inch)

before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Tire Pressure0 263.

Curb Weight : The weight of amotor vehicle with standard andoptional equipment including themaximum capacity of fuel, oil,and coolant, but withoutpassengers and cargo.

DOT Markings : A code moldedinto the sidewall of a tiresignifying that the tire is incompliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation(DOT) Motor Vehicle SafetyStandards. The DOT codeincludes the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN), an alphanumericdesignator which can alsoidentify the tire manufacturer,production plant, brand, anddate of production.

GAWR FRT : Gross Axle WeightRating for the front axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

GAWR RR : Gross Axle WeightRating for the rear axle. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

GVWR : Gross Vehicle WeightRating. See Vehicle Load Limits0 178.

Intended Outboard Sidewall :The side of an asymmetrical tire,that must always face outwardwhen mounted on a vehicle.

Kilopascal (kPa) : The metricunit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : Atire used on light duty trucks andsome multipurpose passengervehicles.

Load Index : An assignednumber ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the loadcarrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure :The maximum air pressure towhich a cold tire can be inflated.The maximum air pressure ismolded onto the sidewall.


262 Vehicle Care

Maximum Load Rating : Theload rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflationpressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded VehicleWeight : The sum of curbweight, accessory weight,vehicle capacity weight, andproduction options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight : Thenumber of occupants a vehicleis designed to seat multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs). See VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.

Occupant Distribution :Designated seating positions.

Outward Facing Sidewall : Theside of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on avehicle. The side of the tire thatcontains a whitewall, bearswhite lettering, or bearsmanufacturer, brand, and/ormodel name molding that is

higher or deeper than the samemoldings on the other sidewallof the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : Atire used on passenger cars andsome light duty trucks andmultipurpose vehicles.

Recommended InflationPressure : Vehiclemanufacturer's recommendedtire inflation pressure as shownon the tire placard. See TirePressure 0 263 andVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatictire in which the ply cords thatextend to the beads are laid at90 degrees to the centerline ofthe tread.

Rim : A metal support for a tireand upon which the tire beadsare seated.

Sidewall : The portion of a tirebetween the tread and the bead.

Speed Rating : Analphanumeric code assigned toa tire indicating the maximumspeed at which a tire canoperate.

Traction : The friction betweenthe tire and the road surface.The amount of grip provided.

Tread : The portion of a tire thatcomes into contact withthe road.

Treadwear Indicators : Narrowbands, sometimes called wearbars, that show across the treadof a tire when only 1.6 mm(1/16 in) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires0 270.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire QualityGrading Standards) : A tireinformation system that providesconsumers with ratings for atire's traction, temperature, andtreadwear. Ratings aredetermined by tiremanufacturers using


Vehicle Care 263

government testing procedures.The ratings are molded into thesidewall of the tire. See UniformTire Quality Grading 0 273.

Vehicle Capacity Weight : Thenumber of designated seatingpositions multiplied by68 kg (150 lbs) plus the ratedcargo load. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

Vehicle Maximum Load on theTire : Load on an individual tiredue to curb weight, accessoryweight, occupant weight, andcargo weight.

Vehicle Placard : A labelpermanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle'scapacity weight and the originalequipment tire size andrecommended inflation pressure.See “Tire and LoadingInformation Label” under VehicleLoad Limits 0 178.

Tire PressureTires need the correct amount ofair pressure to operateeffectively.

{ Warning

Neither tire underinflation noroverinflation is good.Underinflated tires, or tiresthat do not have enough air,can result in:

. Tire overloading andoverheating which couldlead to a blowout.

. Premature orirregular wear.

. Poor handling.

. Reduced battery-electricrange.

Overinflated tires, or tires thathave too much air, canresult in:

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. Unusual wear.

. Poor handling.

. Rough ride.

. Needless damage fromroad hazards.

The Tire and LoadingInformation label on the vehicleindicates the original equipmenttires and the correct cold tireinflation pressures. Therecommended pressure is theminimum air pressure needed tosupport the vehicle's maximumload carrying capacity. SeeVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

How the vehicle is loadedaffects vehicle handling and ridecomfort. Never load the vehiclewith more weight than it wasdesigned to carry.


264 Vehicle Care

When to Check

Check the pressure of the tiresonce a month or more.

How to Check

Use a good quality pocket-typegauge to check the tirepressure. Proper tire inflationcannot be determined by lookingat the tire. Check the tireinflation pressure when the tiresare cold, meaning the vehiclehas not been driven for at leastthree hours or no more than1.6 km (1 mi).

Remove the valve cap from thetire valve stem. Press the tiregauge firmly onto the valve toget the pressure measurement.If the cold tire inflation pressurematches the recommendedpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label, nofurther adjustment is necessary.

If the inflation pressure is low,add air until the recommendedpressure is reached. If theinflation pressure in high, presson the metal stem in the centerof the tire valve to release air.Re-check the tire pressure withthe tire gauge.

Put the valve caps back on thevalve stems to keep out dirt andmoisture and prevent leaks. Useonly valve caps designed for thevehicle by GM. TPMS sensorscould be damaged and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Tire Pressure MonitorSystemThe Tire Pressure Monitor System(TPMS) uses radio and sensortechnology to check tire pressurelevels. The TPMS sensors monitorthe air pressure in your tires andtransmit tire pressure readings to areceiver located in the vehicle.

Each tire, including the spare (ifprovided), should be checkedmonthly when cold and inflated tothe inflation pressure recommendedby the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflationpressure label. (If your vehicle hastires of a different size than the sizeindicated on the vehicle placard ortire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tireinflation pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, yourvehicle has been equipped with atire pressure monitoring system(TPMS) that illuminates a low tirepressure telltale when one or moreof your tires is significantlyunder-inflated.

Accordingly, when the low tirepressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires assoon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on asignificantly under-inflated tirecauses the tire to overheat and canlead to tire failure. Under-inflationalso reduces fuel efficiency and tire


Vehicle Care 265

tread life, and may affect thevehicle's handling and stoppingability.

Please note that the TPMS is not asubstitute for proper tiremaintenance, and it is the driver'sresponsibility to maintain correct tirepressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to triggerillumination of the TPMS low tirepressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also beenequipped with a TPMS malfunctionindicator to indicate when thesystem is not operating properly.The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressuretelltale. When the system detects amalfunction, the telltale will flash forapproximately one minute and thenremain continuously illuminated.This sequence will continue uponsubsequent vehicle start-ups aslong as the malfunction exists.

When the malfunction indicator isilluminated, the system may not beable to detect or signal low tirepressure as intended. TPMSmalfunctions may occur for a variety

of reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that preventthe TPMS from functioning properly.Always check the TPMS malfunctiontelltale after replacing one or moretires or wheels on your vehicle toensure that the replacement oralternate tires and wheels allow theTPMS to continue to functionproperly.

See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 265.


Tire Pressure MonitorOperationThis vehicle may have a TirePressure Monitor System (TPMS).The TPMS is designed to warn thedriver when a low tire pressurecondition exists. TPMS sensors aremounted onto each tire and wheelassembly, excluding the spare tireand wheel assembly. The TPMSsensors monitor the air pressure in

the tires and transmits the tirepressure readings to a receiverlocated in the vehicle.

When a low tire pressure conditionis detected, the TPMS illuminatesthe low tire pressure warning lightlocated on the instrument cluster.If the warning light comes on, stopas soon as possible and inflate thetires to the recommended pressureshown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178.

A message to check the pressure ina specific tire displays in the DriverInformation Center (DIC). The lowtire pressure warning light and theDIC warning message come on ateach ignition cycle using POWEROuntil the tires are inflated to thecorrect inflation pressure. Using theDIC, tire pressure levels can be


266 Vehicle Care

viewed. For additional informationand details about the DIC operationand displays see Driver InformationCenter (DIC) 0 118.

The low tire pressure warning lightmay come on in cool weather whenthe vehicle is first started, and thenturn off as the vehicle is driven. Thiscould be an early indicator that theair pressure is getting low andneeds to be inflated to the properpressure.

A Tire and Loading Informationlabel, attached to your vehicle,shows the size of the originalequipment tires and the correctinflation pressure for the tires whenthey are cold. See Vehicle LoadLimits 0 178, for an example of theTire and Loading Information labeland its location. Also see TirePressure 0 263.

The TPMS can warn about a lowtire pressure condition but it doesnot replace normal tiremaintenance. See Tire Inspection0 269, Tire Rotation 0 269 andTires 0 257.

Caution

Tire sealant materials are not allthe same. A non-approved tiresealant could damage the TPMSsensors. TPMS sensor damagecaused by using an incorrect tiresealant is not covered by thevehicle warranty. Always use onlythe GM approved tire sealantavailable through your dealer orincluded in the vehicle.

Factory-installed Tire Inflator Kitsuse a GM-approved liquid tiresealant. Using non-approved tiresealants could damage the TPMSsensors. See Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 277 forinformation regarding the inflator kitmaterials and instructions.

TPMS Malfunction Light andMessage

The TPMS will not function properlyif one or more of the TPMS sensorsare missing or inoperable. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the

low tire warning light flashes forabout one minute and then stays onfor the remainder of the ignitioncycle using POWERO. A DICwarning message also displays. Themalfunction light and DIC warningmessage come on at each ignitioncycle using POWERO until theproblem is corrected. Some of theconditions that can cause these tocome on are:

. One of the road tires has beenreplaced with the spare tire. Thespare tire does not have aTPMS sensor. The malfunctionlight and DIC message shouldgo off after the road tire isreplaced and the sensormatching process is performedsuccessfully. See “TPMS SensorMatching Process” later in thissection.

. The TPMS sensor matchingprocess was not done or notcompleted successfully afterrotating the tires. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off aftersuccessfully completing the


Vehicle Care 267

sensor matching process. See"TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess" later in this section.

. One or more TPMS sensors aremissing or damaged. Themalfunction light and the DICmessage should go off when theTPMS sensors are installed andthe sensor matching process isperformed successfully. Seeyour dealer for service.

. Replacement tires or wheels donot match the original equipmenttires or wheels. Tires and wheelsother than those recommendedcould prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. See BuyingNew Tires 0 271.

. Operating electronic devices orbeing near facilities using radiowave frequencies similar to theTPMS could cause the TPMSsensors to malfunction.

If the TPMS is not functioningproperly it cannot detect or signal alow tire condition. See your dealerfor service if the TPMS malfunctionlight and DIC message come onand stay on.

Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped)

This feature provides visual andaudible alerts outside the vehicle tohelp when inflating an underinflatedtire to the recommended cold tirepressure.

When the low tire pressure warninglight comes on:

1. Park the vehicle in a safe, levelplace.

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Place the vehicle in P (Park).

4. Add air to the tire that isunderinflated. The turn signallamp will flash.

When the recommendedpressure is reached, the hornsounds once and the turnsignal lamp will stop flashingand briefly turn solid.

Repeat these steps for allunderinflated tires that haveilluminated the low tire pressurewarning light.

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Do notexceed the maximum pressurelisted on the tire sidewall. SeeTire Sidewall Labeling 0 259 andVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

If the tire is overinflated by morethan 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn willsound multiple times and the turnsignal lamp will continue to flash forseveral seconds after filling stops.To release and correct the pressure,while the turn signal lamp is stillflashing, briefly press the center ofthe valve stem. When therecommended pressure is reached,the horn sounds once.

If the turn signal lamp does not flashwithin 15 seconds after starting toinflate the tire, the tire fill alert hasnot been activated or is not working.

If the hazard warning flashers areon, the tire fill alert visual feedbackwill not work properly.


268 Vehicle Care

The TPMS will not activate the tirefill alert properly under the followingconditions:

. There is interference from anexternal device or transmitter.

. The air pressure from theinflation device is not sufficientto inflate the tire.

. There is a malfunction inthe TPMS.

. There is a malfunction in thehorn or turn signal lamps.

. The identification code of theTPMS sensor is not registered tothe system.

. The battery of the TPMS sensoris low.

If the tire fill alert does not operatedue to TPMS interference, move thevehicle about 1 m (3 ft) back orforward and try again. If the tire fillalert feature is not working, use atire pressure gauge.

TPMS Sensor MatchingProcess

Each TPMS sensor has a uniqueidentification code. The identificationcode needs to be matched to a newtire/wheel position after rotating thevehicle’s tires or replacing one ormore of the TPMS sensors. TheTPMS sensor matching processshould also be performed afterreplacing a spare tire with a roadtire containing the TPMS sensor.The malfunction light and the DICmessage should go off at the nextignition cycle using POWERO. Thesensors are matched to the tire/wheel positions, using a TPMSrelearn tool, in the following order:driver side front tire, passenger sidefront tire, passenger side rear tire,and driver side rear. See yourdealer for service or to purchase arelearn tool. A TPMS relearn toolcan also be purchased. See TirePressure Monitor Sensor ActivationTool atwww.gmtoolsandequipment.com orcall 1-800-GM TOOLS(1-800-468-6657).

There are two minutes to match thefirst tire/wheel position, andfive minutes overall to match all fourtire/wheel positions. If it takeslonger, the matching process stopsand must be restarted.

The TPMS sensor matchingprocess is:


2. Press POWERO to start thevehicle. See Power Button0 182.

3. Make sure the Tire Pressureinfo page option is turned on.The info pages on the DIC canbe turned on and off throughthe Options menu. See DriverInformation Center (DIC) 0 118.

4. Use the DIC controls on theright side of the steering wheelto scroll to the Tire Pressurescreen under the DICinfo page.

5. Press and hold V in the centerof the DIC controls.


Vehicle Care 269

A message requestingacceptance of the process maydisplay.

The horn sounds twice tosignal the receiver is in relearnmode and the TIRELEARNING ACTIVE messagedisplays on the DIC screen.

6. Start with the driver sidefront tire.

7. Place the relearn tool againstthe tire sidewall, near the valvestem. Then press the button toactivate the TPMS sensor.A horn chirp confirms that thesensor identification code hasbeen matched to this tire andwheel position.

8. Proceed to the passenger sidefront tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

9. Proceed to the passenger siderear tire, and repeat theprocedure in Step 7.

10. Proceed to the driver side reartire, and repeat the procedurein Step 7. The horn sounds twotimes to indicate the sensor

identification code has beenmatched to the driver side reartire, and the TPMS sensormatching process is no longeractive. The TIRE LEARNINGACTIVE message on the DICdisplay screen goes off.


12. Set all four tires to therecommended air pressurelevel as indicated on the Tireand Loading Information label.

Tire InspectionWe recommend that the tires,including the spare tire, if thevehicle has one, be inspectedfor signs of wear or damage atleast once a month.

Replace the tire if:

. The indicators at three ormore places around the tirecan be seen.

. There is cord or fabricshowing through the tire'srubber.

. The tread or sidewall iscracked, cut, or snaggeddeep enough to show cord orfabric.

. The tire has a bump, bulge,or split.

. The tire has a puncture, cut,or other damage that cannotbe repaired well because ofthe size or location of thedamage.

Tire RotationTires should be rotated every12 000 km (7,500 mi). SeeMaintenance Schedule 0 301.

Tires are rotated to achieve auniform wear for all tires. Thefirst rotation is the mostimportant.

Anytime unusual wear isnoticed, rotate the tires as soonas possible, check for proper tireinflation pressure, and check fordamaged tires or wheels. If the


270 Vehicle Care

unusual wear continues after therotation, check the wheelalignment. See When It Is Timefor New Tires 0 270 andWheel Replacement 0 275.

Use this rotation pattern whenrotating the tires.

If the vehicle has a compactspare tire, do not include it in thetire rotation.

Adjust the front and rear tires tothe recommended inflationpressure on the Tire andLoading Information label after

the tires have been rotated. SeeTire Pressure 0 263 andVehicle Load Limits 0 178.

Reset the Tire Pressure MonitorSystem. See Tire PressureMonitor Operation 0 265.

Check that all wheel nuts areproperly tightened. See “WheelNut Torque” under Capacitiesand Specifications 0 311.

{ Warning

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or onthe parts to which it isfastened, can make wheelnuts become loose after time.The wheel could come off andcause a crash. Whenchanging a wheel, remove anyrust or dirt from places wherethe wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, acloth or a paper towel can be

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

used; however, use a scraperor wire brush later to removeall rust or dirt.

Lightly coat the inner diameter ofthe wheel hub opening withwheel bearing grease after awheel change or tire rotation toprevent corrosion or rustbuild-up. Do not get grease onthe wheel mounting surface oron the wheel nuts or bolts.

When It Is Time for NewTiresFactors such as maintenance,temperatures, driving speeds,vehicle loading, and road conditionsaffect the wear rate of the tires.


Vehicle Care 271

Treadwear indicators are one way totell when it is time for new tires.Treadwear indicators appear whenthe tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in)or less of tread remaining. See TireInspection 0 269 andTire Rotation 0 269.

The rubber in tires ages over time.This also applies to the spare tire,if the vehicle has one, even if it isnever used. Multiple factorsincluding temperatures, loadingconditions, and inflation pressuremaintenance affect how fast agingtakes place. GM recommends thattires, including the spare ifequipped, be replaced after six

years, regardless of tread wear. Toidentify the age of a tire, use the tiremanufacture date which is the lastfour digits of the DOT TireIdentification Number (TIN) which ismolded into one side of the tiresidewall. The first two digitsrepresent the week (01–52) and thelast two digits, the year. Forexample, the third week of the year2010 would have a four-digit DOTdate of 0310.

Vehicle Storage

Tires age when stored normallymounted on a parked vehicle. Parka vehicle that will be stored for atleast a month in a cool, dry, cleanarea away from direct sunlight toslow aging. This area should be freeof grease, gasoline, or othersubstances that can deterioraterubber.

Parking for an extended period cancause flat spots on the tires thatmay result in vibrations whiledriving. When storing a vehicle forat least a month, remove the tires orraise the vehicle to reduce theweight from the tires.

Buying New TiresGM has developed and matchedspecific tires for the vehicle. Theoriginal equipment tires installedwere designed to meet GeneralMotors Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification (TPC Spec)system rating. Whenreplacement tires are needed,GM strongly recommendsbuying tires with the same TPCSpec rating.

GM's exclusive TPC Specsystem considers over a dozencritical specifications that impactthe overall performance of thevehicle, including brake systemperformance, ride and handling,traction control, and tirepressure monitoringperformance. GM's TPC Specnumber is molded onto the tire'ssidewall near the tire size. If thetires have an all-season treaddesign, the TPC Spec numberwill be followed by MS for mud


272 Vehicle Care

and snow. See Tire SidewallLabeling 0 259, for additionalinformation.

GM recommends replacing worntires in complete sets of four.Uniform tread depth on all tireswill help to maintain theperformance of the vehicle.Braking and handlingperformance may be adverselyaffected if all the tires are notreplaced at the same time.If proper rotation andmaintenance have been done,all four tires should wear out atabout the same time. See TireRotation 0 269 for informationon proper tire rotation. However,if it is necessary to replace onlyone axle set of worn tires, placethe new tires on the rear axle.

Winter tires with the same speedrating as the original equipmenttires may not be available for H,V, W, and ZR speed rated tires.Never exceed the winter tire's

maximum speed capability whenusing winter tires with a lowerspeed rating.

{ Warning

Tires could explode duringimproper service. Attemptingto mount or dismount a tirecould cause injury or death.Only your dealer or authorizedtire service center shouldmount or dismount the tires.

{ Warning

Mixing tires of different sizes(other than those originallyinstalled on the vehicle), brands,or types may cause loss ofcontrol of the vehicle, resulting ina crash or other vehicle damage.Use the same size, load range,and type of tires as the originaltires.

{ Warning

Using bias-ply tires on thevehicle may cause the wheelrim flanges to develop cracksafter many miles of driving.A tire and/or wheel could failsuddenly and cause a crash.Use only radial-ply tires withthe wheels on the vehicle.

If the vehicle tires must bereplaced with a tire that does nothave a TPC Spec number, makesure they are the same size,load range, speed rating, andconstruction (radial) as theoriginal tires.

Vehicles that have a tirepressure monitoring systemcould give an inaccuratelow-pressure warning if non-TPCSpec rated tires are installed.See Tire Pressure MonitorOperation 0 265.


Vehicle Care 273

The Tire and LoadingInformation label indicates theoriginal equipment tires on thevehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits0 178.

Different Size Tires andWheelsIf wheels or tires are installed thatare a different size than the originalequipment wheels and tires, vehicleperformance, including its braking,ride and handling characteristics,stability, and resistance to rollovermay be affected. If the vehicle haselectronic systems such as antilockbrakes, rollover airbags, tractioncontrol, electronic stability control,or All-Wheel Drive, the performanceof these systems can also beaffected.

{ Warning

If different sized wheels are used,there may not be an acceptablelevel of performance and safety if

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

tires not recommended for thosewheels are selected. Thisincreases the chance of a crashand serious injury. Only use GMspecific wheel and tire systemsdeveloped for the vehicle, andhave them properly installed by aGM certified technician.

See Buying New Tires 0 271 andAccessories and Modifications0 234.

Uniform Tire QualityGradingThe following information relatesto the system developed by theUnited States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA), which grades tires bytreadwear, traction, andtemperature performance. Thisapplies only to vehicles sold inthe United States. The gradesare molded on the sidewalls of

most passenger car tires. TheUniform Tire Quality Grading(UTQG) system does not applyto deep tread, winter tires,compact spare tires, tires withnominal rim diameters of10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm),or to some limited-productiontires.

While the tires available onGeneral Motors passenger carsand light trucks may vary withrespect to these grades, theymust also conform to federalsafety requirements andadditional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC)standards.

Quality grades can be foundwhere applicable on the tiresidewall between tread shoulderand maximum section width. Forexample:


274 Vehicle Care

Treadwear 200 Traction AATemperature A

All Passenger Car Tires MustConform to Federal SafetyRequirements In Addition ToThese Grades.

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is acomparative rating based on thewear rate of the tire when testedunder controlled conditions on aspecified government testcourse. For example, a tiregraded 150 would wear one andone-half (1½) times as well onthe government course as a tiregraded 100. The relativeperformance of tires dependsupon the actual conditions oftheir use, however, and maydepart significantly from thenorm due to variations in drivinghabits, service practices anddifferences in roadcharacteristics and climate.

Traction

The traction grades, fromhighest to lowest, are AA, A, B,and C. Those grades representthe tire's ability to stop on wetpavement as measured undercontrolled conditions onspecified government testsurfaces of asphalt andconcrete. A tire marked C mayhave poor traction performance.Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based onstraight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not includeacceleration, cornering,hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature

The temperature grades are A(the highest), B, and C,representing the tire's resistanceto the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat whentested under controlledconditions on a specified indoor

laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause thematerial of the tire to degenerateand reduce tire life, andexcessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The gradeC corresponds to a level ofperformance which allpassenger car tires must meetunder the Federal Motor SafetyStandard No. 109. Grades B andA represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratorytest wheel than the minimumrequired by law. Warning: Thetemperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that isproperly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveloading, either separately or incombination, can cause heatbuildup and possible tire failure.


Vehicle Care 275

Wheel Alignment and TireBalanceThe tires and wheels were alignedand balanced at the factory toprovide the longest tire life and bestoverall performance. Adjustments towheel alignment and tire balancingare not necessary on a regularbasis. Consider an alignment checkif there is unusual tire wear or thevehicle is significantly pulling to oneside or the other. Some slight pull tothe left or right, depending on thecrown of the road and/or other roadsurface variations such as troughsor ruts, is normal. If the vehicle isvibrating when driving on a smoothroad, the tires and wheels may needto be rebalanced. See your dealerfor proper diagnosis.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent,cracked, or badly rusted orcorroded. If wheel nuts keep comingloose, the wheel, wheel bolts, andwheel nuts should be replaced.If the wheel leaks air, replace it.

Some aluminum wheels can berepaired. See your dealer if any ofthese conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind ofwheel that is needed.

Each new wheel should have thesame load-carrying capacity,diameter, width, offset, and bemounted the same way as the one itreplaces.

Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheelnuts, or Tire Pressure MonitorSystem (TPMS) sensors with newGM original equipment parts.

{ Warning

Using the wrong replacementwheels, wheel bolts, or wheelnuts can be dangerous. It couldaffect the braking and handling ofthe vehicle. Tires can lose air,and cause loss of control, causinga crash. Always use the correctwheel, wheel bolts, and wheelnuts for replacement.

Caution

The wrong wheel can also causeproblems with bearing life, brakecooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlampaim, bumper height, vehicleground clearance, and tire or tirechain clearance to the body andchassis.

Used Replacement Wheels

{ Warning

Replacing a wheel with a usedone is dangerous. How it hasbeen used or how far it has beendriven may be unknown. It couldfail suddenly and cause a crash.When replacing wheels, use anew GM original equipmentwheel.


276 Vehicle Care

Tire Chains

{ Warning

Do not use tire chains. There isnot enough clearance. Tire chainsused on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance cancause damage to the brakes,suspension, or other vehicleparts. The area damaged by thetire chains could cause loss ofcontrol and a crash.

Use another type of tractiondevice only if its manufacturerrecommends it for the vehicle'stire size combination and roadconditions. Follow thatmanufacturer's instructions. Toavoid vehicle damage, drive slowand readjust or remove thetraction device if it contacts thevehicle. Do not spin the wheels.If traction devices are used, installthem on the front tires.

If a Tire Goes FlatThis vehicle has self-sealing tires.See Self-Sealing Tires 0 258. Treadpunctures typically will not causetires to lose air. However, if thevehicle does get a flat tire, there isno spare tire, tire changingequipment, or place to store a tire.Contact Roadside Assistancefor help.

It is unusual for a tire to blow out,especially if the tires are maintainedproperly. If air goes out of a tire, it ismuch more likely to leak out slowly.See Tires 0 257. But if there is evera blowout, here are a few tips aboutwhat to expect and what to do.

If a front tire fails, the flat tire willcreate a drag that pulls the vehicletoward that side. Take your foot offthe accelerator pedal and grip thesteering wheel firmly. Steer tomaintain lane position, and thengently brake to a stop, well off theroad, if possible.

A rear blowout, particularly on acurve, acts much like a skid andmay require the same correction as

used in a skid. Stop pressing theaccelerator pedal and steer tostraighten the vehicle. It may bevery bumpy and noisy. Gently braketo a stop, well off the road,if possible.

{ Warning

Lifting a vehicle and getting underit to do maintenance or repairs isdangerous without theappropriate safety equipment andtraining. If a jack is provided withthe vehicle, it is designed only forchanging a flat tire. If it is used foranything else, you or others couldbe badly injured or killed if thevehicle slips off the jack. If a jackis provided with the vehicle, onlyuse it for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place, well off the road,if possible.

1. Turn on the hazard warningflashers. See Hazard WarningFlashers 0 131.


Vehicle Care 277

2. Set the parking brake firmly.

3. Put an automatic transmissionin P (Park) or a manualtransmission in 1 (First) orR (Reverse).

4. Turn off the ignition.

5. Inspect the flat tire.

{ Warning

Driving on a flat tire will causepermanent damage to the tire.Re-inflating a tire after it has beendriven on while severelyunderinflated or flat may cause ablowout and a serious crash.Never attempt to re-inflate a tirethat has been driven on whileseverely underinflated or flat.Have your dealer or an authorizedtire service center repair orreplace the flat tire as soon aspossible.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant kitand the tire has been separatedfrom the wheel, has damagedsidewalls, or has a puncture larger

than 6 mm (0.25 in), the tire is tooseverely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. If the tire has a punctureless than 6 mm (0.25 in) in the treadarea of the tire, see Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit 0 277.

Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit

{ Warning

Overinflating a tire could causethe tire to rupture and you orothers could be injured. Be sureto read and follow the tire sealantand compressor kit instructionsand inflate the tire to itsrecommended pressure. Do notexceed the recommendedpressure.

{ Warning

Storing the tire sealant andcompressor kit or otherequipment in the passengercompartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop orcollision, loose equipment couldstrike someone. Store the tiresealant and compressor kit in itsoriginal location.

If this vehicle has a tire sealant andcompressor kit, there may not be aspare tire or tire changingequipment, and on some vehiclesthere may not be a place to storea tire.

The tire sealant and compressorcan be used to temporarily sealpunctures up to 6 mm (0.25 in) inthe tread area of the tire. It can alsobe used to inflate anunderinflated tire.

For vehicles with self-sealing tires,try to inflate the tire without sealantfirst. See “Using the Tire Sealant


278 Vehicle Care

and Compressor Kit without Sealantto Inflate a Tire (Not Punctured)”below.

If the tire has been separated fromthe wheel, has damaged sidewalls,or has a large puncture, the tire istoo severely damaged for the tiresealant and compressor kit to beeffective. See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 316.

Read and follow all of the tiresealant and compressor kitinstructions.

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve

2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

Tire Sealant

Read and follow the safe handlinginstructions on the label adhered tothe tire sealant canister (4).

Check the tire sealant expirationdate on the tire sealant canister.The tire sealant canister (4) shouldbe replaced before its expirationdate. Replacement tire sealantcanisters are available at your localdealer.

There is only enough sealant to sealone tire. After usage, the tire sealantcanister must be replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit to TemporarilySeal and Inflate aPunctured Tire

When using the tire sealant andcompressor kit during coldtemperatures, warm the kit in aheated environment for five minutes.This will help to inflate the tirefaster.

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 131.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 276 forother important safety warnings.


Vehicle Care 279

Do not remove any objects thathave penetrated the tire.

1. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) and compressorfrom its storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 283.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

4. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe sealant canister inletvalve (1) by turning it clockwiseuntil tight.

5. Slide the base of the tiresealant canister (3) into the sloton the top of the compressor(6) to hold it upright.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

6. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

7. Attach the sealant/air hose (2)to the tire valve stem by turningit clockwise until tight.

8. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 90.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.


280 Vehicle Care

9. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will injectsealant and air into the tire.

The pressure gauge (8) willinitially show a high pressurewhile the compressor pushesthe sealant into the tire. Oncethe sealant is completelydispersed into the tire, thepressure will quickly drop andstart to rise again as the tireinflates with air only.

11. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 263.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressor

is on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 316.

12. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

The tire is not sealed and willcontinue to leak air until thevehicle is driven and thesealant is distributed in the tire.

Therefore, Steps 13–21 mustbe done immediately afterStep 12.

Be careful while handling thetire sealant and compressor kitas it could be warm afterusage.

13. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

14. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

15. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

16. Remove the tire sealantcanister (4) from the slot on topof the compressor (6).

17. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire sealant canisterinlet valve (1).

18. Turn the sealant/air hose (2)clockwise onto the sealantcanister inlet valve (1) toprevent sealant leakage.


Vehicle Care 281

19. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

20. If the flat tire was able to inflateto the recommended inflationpressure, remove themaximum speed label from thesealant canister and place it ina highly visible location.

Do not exceed the speed onthis label until the damaged tireis repaired or replaced.

21. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

22. Immediately drive the vehicle8 km (5 mi) to distribute thesealant in the tire.

23. Stop at a safe location andcheck the tire pressure. Referto Steps 1–10 under “Using the

Tire Sealant and CompressorKit without Sealant to Inflate aTire (Not Punctured).”

If the tire pressure has fallenmore than 68 kPa (10 psi)below the recommendedinflation pressure, stop drivingthe vehicle. The tire is tooseverely damaged and the tiresealant cannot seal the tire.See Roadside AssistanceProgram 0 316.

If the tire pressure has notdropped more than 68 kPa(10 psi) from the recommendedinflation pressure, inflate thetire to the recommendedinflation pressure.

24. Wipe off any sealant from thewheel, tire, or vehicle.

25. Dispose of the used tiresealant canister (4) at a localdealer or in accordance withlocal state codes and practices.

26. Replace it with a new canisteravailable from your dealer.

27. After temporarily sealing a tireusing the tire sealant andcompressor kit, take thevehicle to an authorized dealerto have the tire replaced.

Using the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit withoutSealant to Inflate a Tire (NotPunctured)

The kit includes:

1. Sealant Canister Inlet Valve2. Sealant/Air Hose3. Base of Sealant Canister4. Tire Sealant Canister5. On/Off Button


282 Vehicle Care

6. Slot on Top of Compressor7. Pressure Deflation Button8. Pressure Gauge

9. Power Plug10. Air Only Hose

If a tire goes flat, avoid further tireand wheel damage by driving slowlyto a level place. Turn on the hazardwarning flashers. See HazardWarning Flashers 0 131.

See If a Tire Goes Flat 0 276 forother important safety warnings.

1. Remove the compressor fromits storage location. SeeStoring the Tire Sealant andCompressor Kit 0 283.

2. Remove the air only hose (10)and the power plug (9) from thebottom of the compressor.

3. Place the compressor on theground near the flat tire.

Make sure the tire valve stemis positioned close to theground so the hose willreach it.

4. Remove the valve stem capfrom the flat tire by turning itcounterclockwise.

5. Attach the air only hose (10) tothe tire valve stem by turning itclockwise until tight.

6. Plug the power plug (9) into theaccessory power outlet in thevehicle. Unplug all items fromother accessory power outlets.See Power Outlets 0 90.

If the vehicle has an accessorypower outlet, do not use thecigarette lighter.

If the vehicle only has acigarette lighter, use thecigarette lighter.

Do not pinch the power plugcord in the door or window.

7. Start the vehicle. The vehiclemust be running while usingthe air compressor.

8. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit on.

The compressor will inflate thetire with air only.

9. Inflate the tire to therecommended inflationpressure using the pressuregauge (8). The recommendedinflation pressure can be foundon the Tire and LoadingInformation label. See TirePressure 0 263.

The pressure gauge (8) mayread higher than the actual tirepressure while the compressoris on. Turn the compressor offto get an accurate pressurereading. The compressor maybe turned on/off until thecorrect pressure is reached.


Vehicle Care 283

Caution

If the recommended pressurecannot be reached afterapproximately 25 minutes, thevehicle should not be drivenfarther. The tire is too severelydamaged and the tire sealant andcompressor kit cannot inflate thetire. Remove the power plug fromthe accessory power outlet andunscrew the inflating hose fromthe tire valve. See RoadsideAssistance Program 0 316.

10. Press the on/off button (5) toturn the tire sealant andcompressor kit off.

Be careful while handling thecompressor as it could bewarm after usage.

11. Unplug the power plug (9) fromthe accessory power outlet inthe vehicle.

12. Turn the air only hose (10)counterclockwise to remove itfrom the tire valve stem.

13. Replace the tire valvestem cap.

14. Return the air only hose (10)and power plug (9) back totheir original storage location.

15. Return the equipment to itsoriginal storage location in thevehicle.

The tire sealant and compressor kithas accessory adapters located in acompartment on the bottom of itshousing that can be used to inflateair mattresses, balls, etc.

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor KitTo access the tire sealant andcompressor kit:

1. Open the liftgate. See Liftgate0 21.

2. Remove the load floor.

3. Remove the tire sealantcanister (1) and thecompressor (2).

To store the tire sealant canister andthe compressor, reverse the steps.


284 Vehicle Care

Jump Starting

Jump Starting - NorthAmericaFor more information about thevehicle battery, see Battery - NorthAmerica 0 242.

If the 12-volt battery has run down,try to use another vehicle and somejumper cables to start your vehicle.Be sure to use the following steps todo it safely.

{ Warning

The high voltage battery cannotbe jump started either withanother vehicle or batterycharger. Personal injury, death,or damage to the vehicle couldresult.

{ Warning

WARNING: Battery posts,terminals, and relatedaccessories contain lead and leadcompounds, chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer and birth defects or otherreproductive harm. Batteries alsocontain other chemicals known tothe State of California to causecancer. WASH HANDS AFTERHANDLING. For more informationgo to www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle.

See California Proposition65 Warning 0 233 and the backcover.

{ Warning

Batteries can hurt you. They canbe dangerous because:

. They contain acid that canburn you.

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

. They contain gas that canexplode or ignite.

. They contain enoughelectricity to burn you.

If you do not follow these stepsexactly, some or all of thesethings can hurt you.

Caution

Ignoring these steps could resultin costly damage to the vehiclethat would not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Trying to startthe vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damagethe vehicle.


Vehicle Care 285

Discharged Battery PositiveTerminal

The jump start positive terminal ison the discharged battery on thedriver side of the vehicle.

Discharged Battery NegativeTerminal

The jump start negative groundingpoint is a stud on a bracket locatednear the Accessory PowerModule (APM).

The jump start positive terminal andjump start negative terminal are onthe battery of the vehicle providingthe jump start.

The positive jump start connectionfor the discharged battery is under atrim cover. Open the cover toexpose the terminal.

1. Check the other vehicle.It must have a 12-volt batterywith a negative ground system.

Caution

If the other vehicle does not havea 12-volt system with a negativeground, both vehicles can bedamaged. Only use a vehicle thathas a 12-volt system with anegative ground for jump starting.

2. Position the two vehicles sothat they are not touching.

3. Set the parking brake and shiftinto P (Park). See Shifting IntoPark 0 185.

Caution

If any accessories are left on orplugged in during the jumpstarting procedure, they could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehicle

(Continued)


286 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

warranty. Whenever possible, turnoff or unplug all accessories oneither vehicle when jump starting.

4. Turn the vehicle off. Turn off alllights and accessories in bothvehicles, except the hazardwarning flashers if needed.

{ Warning

An electric fan can start up evenwhen the propulsion system is notoperating and can injure you.Keep hands, clothing and toolsaway from any underhoodelectric fan.

{ Warning

Using a match near a battery cancause battery gas to explode.People have been hurt doing this,and some have been blinded.Use a flashlight if you need morelight.

Battery fluid contains acid thatcan burn you. Do not get it onyou. If you accidentally get it inyour eyes or on your skin, flushthe place with water and getmedical help immediately.

{ Warning

Fans or other moving propulsionsystem parts can injure you badly.Keep your hands away frommoving parts once the propulsionsystem is operating.

5. Connect one end of the redpositive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal on thedischarged battery.

6. Connect the other end of thered positive (+) cable to thepositive (+) terminal of thegood battery.

7. Connect one end of the blacknegative (–) cable to thenegative (–) terminal of thegood battery.

8. Connect the other end of theblack negative (–) cable to thenegative (–) grounding point forthe discharged battery.

9. Start the vehicle with the goodbattery.

10. Try to start the vehicle with thedead battery. If it will not startafter a few tries, it probablyneeds service.


Vehicle Care 287

Caution

If the jumper cables areconnected or removed in thewrong order, electrical shortingmay occur and damage thevehicle. The repairs would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.Always connect and remove thejumper cables in the correct order,making sure that the cables donot touch each other or othermetal.

Jumper Cable Removal

Reverse the sequence exactly whenremoving the jumper cables.

Towing the Vehicle

Caution

Incorrectly towing a disabledvehicle may cause damage. Thedamage would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty. Do not lashor hook to suspensioncomponents. Use the properstraps around the tires to securethe vehicle. Do not drag a lockedwheel/tire. Use tire skates ordollies under any locked wheel/tire while loading the vehicle. Donot use a sling type lift to tow thevehicle. This could damage thevehicle.

GM recommends a flatbed tow truckto transport a disabled vehicle. Useramps to help reduce approachangles, if necessary. A towedvehicle should have its drive wheelsoff the ground. Contact RoadsideAssistance or a professional towingservice if the disabled vehicle mustbe towed.

Caution

Improper use of the tow eye candamage the vehicle. If equipped,use the tow eye to load adisabled vehicle onto a flatbedtow truck from a flat road surface,or to move the vehicle a shortdistance. Use caution and lowspeeds. The transmission mustbe in (N) Neutral when movingthe vehicle.

If the vehicle is equipped with a toweye, only use the tow eye to pull thevehicle onto a flatbed car carrierfrom a flat road surface. Do not usethe tow eye to pull the vehicle fromsnow, mud, or sand.

The tow eye is located underneaththe load floor, near the spare tire orthe compressor kit, if equipped.


288 Vehicle Care

Front Tow Eye AttachmentPoint

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Rear Tow Eye AttachmentPoint

Carefully open the cover in thefascia by using the small notch thatconceals the tow eye socket.


Vehicle Care 289

Install the tow eye into the socketand turn it until it is fully tightened.When the tow eye is removed,reinstall the cover with the notch inthe original position.

Recreational VehicleTowingRecreational vehicle towing meanstowing the vehicle behind anothervehicle, such as behind a motorhome. The two most common typesof recreational vehicle towing areknown as dinghy towing and dollytowing. Dinghy towing is towing thevehicle with all four wheels on theground. Dolly towing is towing the

vehicle with two wheels on theground and two wheels up on adevice known as a dolly.

Here are some important things toconsider before recreational vehicletowing:

. Before towing the vehicle,become familiar with the locallaws that apply to recreationalvehicle towing. These laws mayvary by region..

. What is the towing capacity ofthe towing vehicle? Be sure toread the tow vehiclemanufacturer'srecommendations.

. How far will the vehicle betowed? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and howlong they can tow.

. Does the vehicle have theproper towing equipment? Seeyour dealer or traileringprofessional for additional adviceand equipmentrecommendations.

. Is the vehicle ready to betowed? Just as preparing thevehicle for a long trip, make surethe vehicle is prepared to betowed.

Caution

Use of a shield mounted in frontof the vehicle grille could restrictairflow and cause damage to theelectric drive unit. The repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. If using a shield,only use one that attaches to thetowing vehicle.


290 Vehicle Care

Dinghy Towing

Caution

If the vehicle is towed with all fourwheels on the ground, thedrivetrain components could bedamaged. The repairs would notbe covered by the vehiclewarranty. Do not tow the vehiclewith all four wheels on theground.

The vehicle was not designed to betowed with all four wheels on theground. If the vehicle must betowed, a dolly should be used. See“Dolly Towing” following.

Dolly Towing

Tow the vehicle with the two rearwheels on the ground and the frontwheels on a dolly.

To tow the vehicle from the frontwith the rear wheels on the ground:

1. Put the front wheels on thedolly.

2. Shift the transmission toP (Park). See Shifting Into Park0 185.


4. Secure the vehicle to the dolly.

5. Follow the dolly manufacturer'sinstructions for preparing thevehicle and dolly for towing.

6. Release the parking brake.


8. Open the hood.

9. Wait two minutes.

10. Disconnect the negative (-)terminal connector from the12-volt battery.

11. Close and latch the hood.


Vehicle Care 291

Caution

Towing the vehicle from the rearcould damage it. Also, repairswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty. Never have thevehicle towed from the rear.

Appearance Care

Exterior Care

Locks

Locks are lubricated at the factory.Use a de-icing agent only whenabsolutely necessary, and have thelocks greased after using.

Washing the Vehicle

To preserve the vehicle's finish,wash it often and out of directsunlight.

Caution

Do not use petroleum-based,acidic, or abrasive cleaningagents as they can damage thevehicle's paint, metal, or plasticparts. If damage occurs, it wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty. Approved cleaningproducts can be obtained fromyour dealer. Follow allmanufacturer directions regarding

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

correct product usage, necessarysafety precautions, andappropriate disposal of anyvehicle care product.

Caution

Avoid using high-pressurewashes closer than 30 cm (12 in)to the surface of the vehicle. Useof power washers exceeding8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can resultin damage or removal of paintand decals.

Caution

Do not power wash anycomponent under the hood thathas thise symbol.

(Continued)


292 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

This could cause damage thatwould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

If using an automatic car wash,follow the car wash instructions. Thewindshield wiper and rear windowwiper, if equipped, must be off.Remove any accessories that maybe damaged or interfere with the carwash equipment.

Rinse the vehicle well, beforewashing and after, to remove allcleaning agents completely. If theyare allowed to dry on the surface,they could stain.

Dry the finish with a soft, cleanchamois or an all-cotton towel toavoid surface scratches and waterspotting.

Finish Care

Application of aftermarket clearcoatsealant/wax materials is notrecommended. If painted surfacesare damaged, see your dealer to

have the damage assessed andrepaired. Foreign materials such ascalcium chloride and other salts, icemelting agents, road oil and tar, treesap, bird droppings, chemicals fromindustrial chimneys, etc., candamage the vehicle's finish if theyremain on painted surfaces. Washthe vehicle as soon as possible.If necessary, use non-abrasivecleaners that are marked safe forpainted surfaces to remove foreignmatter.

Occasional hand waxing or mildpolishing should be done to removeresidue from the paint finish. Seeyour dealer for approved cleaningproducts.

Do not apply waxes or polishes touncoated plastic, vinyl, rubber,decals, simulated wood, or flat paintas damage can occur.

Caution

Machine compounding oraggressive polishing on abasecoat/clearcoat paint finishmay damage it. Use onlynon-abrasive waxes and polishesthat are made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish on thevehicle.

To keep the paint finish looking new,keep the vehicle garaged orcovered whenever possible.

Protecting Exterior Bright MetalMoldings

Caution

Failure to clean and protect thebright metal moldings can resultin a hazy white finish or pitting.This damage would not becovered by the vehicle warranty.


Vehicle Care 293

The bright metal moldings on thevehicle are aluminum or stainlesssteel. To prevent damage alwaysfollow these cleaning instructions:

. Be sure the molding is cool tothe touch before applying anycleaning solution.

. Use a cleaning solutionapproved for aluminum orstainless steel. Some cleanersare highly acidic or containalkaline substances and candamage the moldings.

. Always dilute a concentratedcleaner according to themanufacturer’s instructions.

. Do not use chrome cleaners.

. Do not use cleaners that are notintended for automotive use.

. Use a nonabrasive wax on thevehicle after washing to protectand extend the molding finish.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, Emblems, Decals, andStripes

Use only lukewarm or cold water, asoft cloth, and a car washing soapto clean exterior lamps, lenses,emblems, decals and stripes. Followinstructions under "Washing theVehicle" previously in this section.

Lamp covers are made of plastic,and some have a UV protectivecoating. Do not clean or wipe themwhile they are dry.

Do not use any of the following onlamp covers:

. Abrasive or caustic agents.

. Washer fluids and other cleaningagents in higher concentrationsthan suggested by themanufacturer.

. Solvents, alcohols, fuels,or other harsh cleaners.

. Ice scrapers or other hard items.

. Aftermarket appearance caps orcovers while the lamps areilluminated, due to excessiveheat generated.

Caution

Failure to clean lamps properlycan cause damage to the lampcover that would not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.

Caution

Using wax on low gloss blackfinish stripes can increase thegloss level and create anon-uniform finish. Clean lowgloss stripes with soap andwater only.

Air Intakes

Clear debris from the air intakes,between the hood and windshield,when washing the vehicle.

Windshield and Wiper Blades

Clean the outside of the windshieldwith glass cleaner.


294 Vehicle Care

Clean rubber blades using a lint-freecloth or paper towel soaked withwindshield washer fluid or a milddetergent. Wash the windshieldthoroughly when cleaning theblades. Bugs, road grime, sap, anda buildup of vehicle wash/waxtreatments may cause wiperstreaking.

Replace the wiper blades if they areworn or damaged. Damage can becaused by extreme dustyconditions, sand, salt, heat, sun,snow, and ice.

Weatherstrips

Apply weatherstrip lubricant onweatherstrips to make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick orsqueak. Lubricate weatherstrips atleast once a year. Hot, dry climatesmay require more frequentapplication. Black marks fromrubber material on painted surfacescan be removed by rubbing with aclean cloth.

Tires

Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner toclean the tires.

Caution

Using petroleum-based tiredressing products on the vehiclemay damage the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a tiredressing, always wipe off anyoverspray from all paintedsurfaces on the vehicle.

Wheels and Wheel Trim

Use a soft, clean cloth with mildsoap and water to clean the wheels.After rinsing thoroughly with cleanwater, dry with a soft, clean towel.A wax may then be applied.

Caution

Chrome wheels and chromewheel trim may be damaged if thevehicle is not washed after drivingon roads that have been sprayedwith magnesium chloride orcalcium chloride. These are usedon roads for conditions such as

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

dust and ice. Always wash thechrome with soap and water afterexposure.

Caution

To avoid surface damage onwheels and wheel trim, do notuse strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners,or brushes. Use only GMapproved cleaners. Do not drivethe vehicle through an automaticcar wash that uses silicon carbidetire/wheel cleaning brushes.Damage could occur and therepairs would not be covered bythe vehicle warranty.

Brake System

Visually inspect brake lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotors


Vehicle Care 295

for surface condition. Inspect drumbrake linings/shoes for wear orcracks. Inspect all other brake parts.

Steering, Suspension, andChassis Components

Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damaged, loose,or missing parts or signs of wear atleast once a year.

Inspect power steering for properattachment, connections, binding,leaks, cracks, chafing, etc.

Visually check constant velocity jointboots and axle seals for leaks.

Body Component Lubrication

Lubricate all key lock cylinders,hood hinges, liftgate hinges, steelcharge port door, and power assiststep hinges, unless the componentsare plastic. Applying silicone greaseon weatherstrips with a clean clothwill make them last longer, sealbetter, and not stick or squeak.

Underbody Maintenance

At least twice a year, spring and fall,use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from theunderbody. Take care to thoroughlyclean any areas where mud andother debris can collect.

Sheet Metal Damage

If the vehicle is damaged andrequires sheet metal repair orreplacement, make sure the bodyrepair shop applies anti-corrosionmaterial to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosionprotection.

Original manufacturer replacementparts will provide the corrosionprotection while maintaining thevehicle warranty.

Finish Damage

Quickly repair minor chips andscratches with touch-up materialsavailable from your dealer to avoidcorrosion. Larger areas of finishdamage can be corrected in yourdealer's body and paint shop.

Chemical Paint Spotting

Airborne pollutants can fall uponand attack painted vehicle surfacescausing blotchy, ring-shapeddiscolorations, and small, irregulardark spots etched into the paintsurface. See “Finish Care”previously in this section.

Interior CareTo prevent dirt particle abrasions,regularly clean the vehicle's interior.Immediately remove any soils.Newspapers or dark garments cantransfer color to the vehicle’sinterior.

Use a soft bristle brush to removedust from knobs and crevices on theinstrument cluster. Using a mildsoap solution, immediately removehand lotions, sunscreen, and insectrepellent from all interior surfaces orpermanent damage may result.

Use cleaners specifically designedfor the surfaces being cleaned toprevent permanent damage. Applyall cleaners directly to the cleaning


296 Vehicle Care

cloth. Do not spray cleaners on anyswitches or controls. Removecleaners quickly.

Before using cleaners, read andfollow all safety instructions on thelabel. While cleaning the interior,open the doors and windows to getproper ventilation.

To prevent damage, do not cleanthe interior using the followingcleaners or techniques:

. Never use a razor or any othersharp object to remove soil fromany interior surface.

. Never use a brush with stiffbristles.

. Never rub any surfaceaggressively or with too muchpressure.

. Do not use laundry detergents ordishwashing soaps withdegreasers. For liquid cleaners,use approximately 20 drops per3.8 L (1 gal) of water.A concentrated soap solution willcreate streaks and attract dirt.Do not use solutions that containstrong or caustic soap.

. Do not heavily saturate theupholstery when cleaning.

. Do not use solvents or cleanerscontaining solvents.

Interior Glass

To clean, use a terry cloth fabricdampened with water. Wipe dropletsleft behind with a clean dry cloth.If necessary, use a commercialglass cleaner after cleaning withplain water.

Caution

To prevent scratching, never useabrasive cleaners on automotiveglass. Abrasive cleaners oraggressive cleaning may damagethe rear window defogger.

Cleaning the windshield with waterduring the first three to six monthsof ownership will reduce tendencyto fog.

Speaker Covers

Vacuum around a speaker covergently, so that the speaker will notbe damaged. Clean spots with waterand mild soap.

Coated Moldings

Coated moldings should be cleaned.

. When lightly soiled, wipe with asponge or soft, lint-free clothdampened with water.

. When heavily soiled, use warmsoapy water.

Fabric/Carpet/Suede

Start by vacuuming the surfaceusing a soft brush attachment. If arotating vacuum brush attachment isbeing used, only use it on the floorcarpet. Before cleaning, gentlyremove as much of the soil aspossible:

. Gently blot liquids with a papertowel. Continue blotting until nomore soil can be removed.

. For solid soils, remove as muchas possible prior to vacuuming.


Vehicle Care 297

To clean:

1. Saturate a clean, lint-freecolorfast cloth with water.Microfiber cloth isrecommended to prevent linttransfer to the fabric or carpet.

2. Remove excess moisture bygently wringing until water doesnot drip from the cleaning cloth.

3. Start on the outside edge of thesoil and gently rub toward thecenter. Fold the cleaning clothto a clean area frequently toprevent forcing the soil in to thefabric.

4. Continue gently rubbing thesoiled area until there is nolonger any color transfer fromthe soil to the cleaning cloth.

5. If the soil is not completelyremoved, use a mild soapsolution followed only by plainwater.

If the soil is not completelyremoved, it may be necessary touse a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. Test a smallhidden area for colorfastness before

using a commercial upholsterycleaner or spot lifter. If ringformation occurs, clean the entirefabric or carpet.

After cleaning, use a paper towel toblot excess moisture.

Cleaning High Gloss Surfacesand Vehicle Information andRadio Displays

Use a microfiber cloth on high glosssurfaces or vehicle displays. First,use a soft bristle brush to removedirt that can scratch the surface.Then gently clean by rubbing with amicrofiber cloth. Never use windowcleaners or solvents. Periodicallyhand wash the microfiber clothseparately, using mild soap. Do notuse bleach or fabric softener. Rinsethoroughly and air dry beforenext use.

Caution

Do not attach a device with asuction cup to the display. Thismay cause damage and wouldnot be covered by the vehiclewarranty.

Instrument Panel, Leather,Vinyl, Other Plastic Surfaces,Low Gloss Paint Surfaces, andNatural Open Pore WoodSurfaces

Use a soft microfiber clothdampened with water to removedust and loose dirt. For a morethorough cleaning, use a softmicrofiber cloth dampened with amild soap solution.

Caution

Soaking or saturating leather,especially perforated leather, aswell as other interior surfaces,may cause permanent damage.

(Continued)


298 Vehicle Care

Caution (Continued)

Wipe excess moisture from thesesurfaces after cleaning and allowthem to dry naturally. Never useheat, steam, or spot removers. Donot use cleaners that containsilicone or wax-based products.Cleaners containing thesesolvents can permanently changethe appearance and feel ofleather or soft trim, and are notrecommended.

Do not use cleaners that increasegloss, especially on the instrumentpanel. Reflected glare can decreasevisibility through the windshieldunder certain conditions.

Caution

Use of air fresheners may causepermanent damage to plasticsand painted surfaces. If an airfreshener comes in contact with

(Continued)

Caution (Continued)

any plastic or painted surface inthe vehicle, blot immediately andclean with a soft cloth dampenedwith a mild soap solution.Damage caused by air freshenerswould not be covered by thevehicle warranty.

Cargo Cover andConvenience Net

If equipped, wash with warm waterand mild detergent. Do not usechlorine bleach. Rinse with coldwater, and then dry completely.

Care of Seat Belts

Keep belts clean and dry.

{ Warning

Do not bleach or dye seat beltwebbing. It may severely weakenthe webbing. In a crash, theymight not be able to provide

(Continued)

Warning (Continued)

adequate protection. Clean andrinse seat belt webbing only withmild soap and lukewarm water.Allow the webbing to dry.

Floor Mats

{ Warning

If a floor mat is the wrong size oris not properly installed, it caninterfere with the pedals.Interference with the pedals cancause unintended accelerationand/or increased stoppingdistance which can cause a crashand injury. Make sure the floormat does not interfere with thepedals.

Use the following guidelines forproper floor mat usage:

. The original equipment floormats were designed for yourvehicle. If the floor mats need


Vehicle Care 299

replacing, it is recommendedthat GM certified floor mats bepurchased. Non-GM floor matsmay not fit properly and mayinterfere with the pedals. Alwayscheck that the floor mats do notinterfere with the pedals.

. Do not use a floor mat if thevehicle is not equipped with afloor mat retainer on the driverside floor.

. Use the floor mat with thecorrect side up. Do not turnit over.

. Do not place anything on top ofthe driver side floor mat.

. Use only a single floor mat onthe driver side.

. Do not place one floor mat ontop of another.

Removing and Replacing theFloor Mats

Pull up on the rear of the floor matto unlock each retainer and remove.

Reinstall by lining up the floor matretainer openings over the carpetretainers and snap into position.

Make sure the floor mat is properlysecured in place.

Verify the floor mat does notinterfere with the pedals.


300 Service and Maintenance

Service andMaintenance

General InformationGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 300

Maintenance ScheduleMaintenance Schedule . . . . . . . 301

Owner Checks and ServicesOwner Checks and

Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Additional Maintenanceand Care

Additional Maintenanceand Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304

Recommended Fluids,Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Maintenance ReplacementParts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Maintenance RecordsMaintenance Records . . . . . . . . 309

General InformationYour vehicle is an importantinvestment. This section describesthe required maintenance for thevehicle. Follow this schedule to helpprotect against major repairexpenses resulting from neglect orinadequate maintenance. It mayalso help to maintain the value ofthe vehicle if it is sold. It is theresponsibility of the owner to haveall required maintenance performed.

Your dealer has trained technicianswho can perform requiredmaintenance using genuinereplacement parts. They haveup-to-date tools and equipment forfast and accurate diagnostics. Manydealers have extended evening andSaturday hours, courtesytransportation, and onlinescheduling to assist with serviceneeds.

Your dealer recognizes theimportance of providingcompetitively priced maintenanceand repair services. With trainedtechnicians, the dealer is the place

for routine maintenance such as tirerotations and additionalmaintenance items like tires, brakes,batteries, and wiper blades.

Caution

Damage caused by impropermaintenance can lead to costlyrepairs and may not be coveredby the vehicle warranty.Maintenance intervals, checks,inspections, recommended fluids,and lubricants are important tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

Do not have chemical flushes thatare not approved by GMperformed on the vehicle. Theuse of flushes, solvents, cleaners,or lubricants that are notapproved by GM could damagethe vehicle, requiring expensiverepairs that are not covered bythe vehicle warranty.


Service and Maintenance 301

The Tire Rotation and RequiredServices are the responsibility of thevehicle owner. It is recommended tohave your dealer perform theseservices every 12 000 km/7,500 mi.Proper vehicle maintenance helps tokeep the vehicle in good workingcondition.

The Additional Required Servicesare for vehicles that:

. Carry passengers and cargowithin recommended limits onthe Tire and Loading Informationlabel. See Vehicle Load Limits0 178.

. Are driven on reasonable roadsurfaces within legal drivinglimits.

Refer to the information in theMaintenance Schedule AdditionalRequired Services chart.

{ Warning

Performing maintenance work canbe dangerous and can causeserious injury. Performmaintenance work only if therequired information, proper tools,and equipment are available.If they are not, see your dealer tohave a trained technician do thework. See Doing Your OwnService Work 0 234.

MaintenanceScheduleOwner Checks and Services

Once a Month

. Check the tire inflationpressures. See Tire Pressure0 263.

. Inspect the tires for wear. SeeTire Inspection 0 269.

. Check the windshield washerfluid level. See Washer Fluid0 239.

Air Conditioning Desiccant(Replace Every Seven Years)

The air conditioning system requiresmaintenance every seven years.This service requires replacement ofthe desiccant to help the longevityand efficient operation of the airconditioning system. This servicecan be complex. See your dealer.



Tire Rotation and RequiredServices Every 12 000 km/7,500 mi

Rotate the tires, if recommended forthe vehicle, and perform thefollowing services. See TireRotation 0 269.

. Check coolant level. SeeCooling System 0 238.

. Check windshield washer fluidlevel. See Washer Fluid 0 239.

. Check tire inflation pressures.See Tire Pressure 0 263.

. Inspect tire wear. See TireInspection 0 269.

. Visually check for fluid leaks.

. Inspect brake system. SeeExterior Care 0 291.

. Visually inspect steering,suspension, and chassiscomponents for damage,including cracks or tears in therubber boots, loose or missingparts, or signs of wear at leastonce a year. See Exterior Care0 291.

. Inspect power steering forproper attachment, connections,binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

. Visually inspect halfshafts anddrive shafts for excessive wear,lubricant leaks, and/or damageincluding: tube dents or cracks,constant velocity joint oruniversal joint looseness,cracked or missing boots, looseor missing boot clamps, centerbearing excessive looseness,loose or missing fasteners, andaxle seal leaks.

. Check restraint systemcomponents. See Safety SystemCheck 0 45.

. Lubricate body components. SeeExterior Care 0 291.

. Check accelerator pedal fordamage, high effort, or binding.Replace if needed.

. Visually inspect gas strut forsigns of wear, cracks, or otherdamage. Check the hold openability of the strut. If the holdopen ability is low, service thegas strut. See Gas Strut(s)0 246.

. Check tire sealant expirationdate, if equipped. See TireSealant and Compressor Kit0 277.



Maintenance ScheduleAdditional RequiredServices

12

00

0k

m/7

,50

0m

i

24

00

0k

m/1

5,0

00

mi

36

00

0k

m/2

2,5

00

mi

48

00

0k

m/3

0,0

00

mi

60

00

0k

m/3

7,5

00

mi

72

00

0k

m/4

5,0

00

mi

84

00

0k

m/5

2,5

00

mi

96

00

0k

m/6

0,0

00

mi

10

80

00

km

/67

,50

0m

i

12

00

00

km

/75

,00

0m

i

13

20

00

km

/82

,50

0m

i

14

40

00

km

/90

,00

0m

i

15

60

00

km

/97

,50

0m

i

16

80

00

km

/10

5,0

00

mi

18

00

00

km

/11

2,5

00

mi

19

20

00

km

/12

0,0

00

mi

20

40

00

km

/12

7,5

00

mi

21

60

00

km

/13

5,0

00

mi

22

80

00

km

/14

2,5

00

mi

24

00

00

km

/15

0,0

00

mi

Rotate tires and perform Required Services. @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @

Drain and fill vehicle coolant circuits. (2) @

Replace brake fluid. (3)

Replace windshield wiper blades. (4) @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @ @

Replace hood and/or body lift support gasstruts. (5) @ @

Replace air conditioning desiccant. (6)

Footnotes — MaintenanceSchedule Additional RequiredServices

(1) Or every two years, whichevercomes first. More frequentpassenger compartment air filterreplacement may be needed ifdriving in areas with heavy traffic,poor air quality, high dust levels,or environmental allergens.Passenger compartment air filterreplacement may also be needed if

there is reduced airflow, windowfogging, or odors. Your GM dealercan help determine when to replacethe filter.

(2) Or every five years, whichevercomes first. See Cooling System0 238.

(3) Replace brake fluid every fiveyears. See Brake Fluid 0 241.

(4) Or every 12 months, whichevercomes first. See Wiper BladeReplacement 0 244.

(5) Or every 10 years, whichevercomes first. See Gas Strut(s) 0 246.

(6) Replace air conditioningdesiccant every seven years.



Owner Checks andServices. At least twice a year, have

underbody flushing serviceperformed. See "UnderbodyMaintenance" in Exterior Care0 291.

AdditionalMaintenance and CareYour vehicle is an importantinvestment and caring for it properlymay help to avoid future costlyrepairs. To maintain vehicleperformance, additionalmaintenance services may berequired. It is recommended thatyour dealer perform these services— their trained dealer techniciansknow your vehicle best. Your dealercan also perform a thoroughassessment with a multi-pointinspection to recommend when yourvehicle may need attention. Thefollowing list is intended to explainthe services and conditions to lookfor that may indicate services arerequired.

Battery

The battery supplies power tooperate any additional electricalaccessories.

. To avoid break-down or failure,maintain a battery with fullpower.

. Trained dealer technicians havethe diagnostic equipment to testthe battery and ensure that theconnections and cables arecorrosion-free.

Brakes

Brakes stop the vehicle and arecrucial to safe driving.

. Signs of brake wear may includechirping, grinding, or squealingnoises, or difficulty stopping.

. Trained dealer technicians haveaccess to tools and equipmentto inspect the brakes andrecommend quality partsengineered for the vehicle.



Fluids

Proper fluid levels and approvedfluids protect the vehicle’s systemsand components. SeeRecommended Fluids andLubricants 0 307 for GM approvedfluids.

. Keep the windshield washer fluidreservoir filled.

. Instrument cluster lights maycome on to indicate that fluidsmay be low and need to befilled.

Hoses

Hoses transport fluids and shouldbe regularly inspected to ensurethat there are no cracks or leaks.With a multi-point inspection, yourdealer can inspect the hoses andadvise if replacement is needed.

Lamps

Properly working headlamps,taillamps, and brake lamps areimportant to see and be seen onthe road.

. Signs that the headlamps needattention include dimming, failureto light, cracking, or damage.The brake lamps need to bechecked periodically to ensurethat they light when braking.

. With a multi-point inspection,your dealer can check the lampsand note any concerns.

Shocks and Struts

Shocks and struts help aid in controlfor a smoother ride.

. Signs of wear may includesteering wheel vibration, bounce/sway while braking, longerstopping distance, or uneventire wear.

. As part of the multi-pointinspection, trained dealertechnicians can visually inspectthe shocks and struts for signsof leaking, blown seals,or damage, and can advisewhen service is needed.

Tires

Tires need to be properly inflated,rotated, and balanced. Maintainingthe tires can save money andreduce the risk of tire failure.

. Signs that the tires need to bereplaced include three or morevisible treadwear indicators; cordor fabric showing through therubber; cracks or cuts in thetread or sidewall; or a bulge orsplit in the tire.


306 Service and Maintenance. Trained dealer technicians can

inspect and recommend the righttires. Your dealer can alsoprovide tire/wheel balancingservices to ensure smoothvehicle operation at all speeds.Your dealer sells and servicesname brand tires.

Vehicle Care

To help keep the vehicle looking likenew, vehicle care products areavailable from your dealer. Forinformation on how to clean andprotect the vehicle’s interior andexterior, see Interior Care 0 295 andExterior Care 0 291.

Wheel Alignment

Wheel alignment is critical forensuring that the tires deliveroptimal wear and performance.

. Signs that the alignment mayneed to be adjusted includepulling, improper vehiclehandling, or unusual tire wear.

. Your dealer has the requiredequipment to ensure properwheel alignment.

Windshield

For safety, appearance, and thebest viewing, keep the windshieldclean and clear.

. Signs of damage includescratches, cracks, and chips.

. Trained dealer technicians caninspect the windshield andrecommend proper replacementif needed.

Wiper Blades

Wiper blades need to be cleanedand kept in good condition toprovide a clear view.

. Signs of wear include streaking,skipping across the windshield,and worn or split rubber.

. Trained dealer technicians cancheck the wiper blades andreplace them when needed.



Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts

Recommended Fluids and Lubricants

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Electric Drive Unit See your dealer.

Hydraulic Brake System DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 19353126, inCanada 19353127).

Key Lock Cylinders, Hood andLiftgate Hinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

Vehicle Coolant Circuits Use Only Premix DEX-COOL Coolant (GM Part No. 12378390, inCanada 10953456). See Cooling System 0 238.

Weatherstrip Conditioning Weatherstrip lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) orequivalent.

Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protectionrequirements.



Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 13508023 CF185

Wiper Blades

Driver Side – 68 cm (26.8 in) 42341754 —

Passenger Side – 68 cm (26.8 in) 42341756 —

Rear – 30 cm (11.8 in) 84215609 —



Maintenance RecordsAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Services Performed


310 Technical Data

Technical Data

Vehicle IdentificationVehicle Identification

Number (VIN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Service Parts Identification . . . 310

Vehicle DataCapacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

This legal identifier is in the frontcorner of the instrument panel, onthe driver side of the vehicle. It canbe seen through the windshield fromoutside. The Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) also appears on theVehicle Certification and ServiceParts labels and certificates of titleand registration.

Engine Identification

The eighth character in the VIN isthe engine code. This codeidentifies the vehicle's engine,specifications, and replacement

parts. See “Engine Specifications”under Capacities and Specifications0 311 for the vehicle's engine code.

Service PartsIdentificationThere may be a large barcode onthe certification label on the centerpillar that you can scan for thefollowing information:

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Model designation

. Paint information

. Production options

If there is not a large barcode onthis label, then you will find thissame information on a label insideof the trunk.


Technical Data 311

Vehicle Data

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions.

Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 307 for more information.

Application Capacities

Metric English

Air Conditioning RefrigerantFor the air conditioning system refrigerant charge

type and amount, see the refrigerant label under thehood. See your dealer for more information.

Cooling Systems*

High Voltage Battery 7.0 L 7.4 qt

Power Electronics 3.8 L 4.0 qt

Heater 2.0 L 2.1 qt

Wheel Nut Torque 140Y 100 lb ft

All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

*Cooling systems capacity values are based on the individual cooling system and its components.


312 Customer Information

CustomerInformation

Customer InformationCustomer Satisfaction

Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312Customer Assistance

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Customer Assistance for Text

Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . . 315Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . 315GM Mobility Reimbursement

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Roadside Assistance

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Scheduling Service

Appointments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 319Publication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321Radio Frequency

Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Reporting Safety DefectsReporting Safety Defects to

the United StatesGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Reporting Safety Defects tothe CanadianGovernment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy

Vehicle Data Recording andPrivacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . 324OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Customer Information

Customer SatisfactionProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill areimportant to your dealer and toChevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or theoperation of the vehicle will beresolved by your dealer's sales orservice departments. Sometimes,however, despite the best intentionsof all concerned, misunderstandingscan occur. If your concern has notbeen resolved to your satisfaction,the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE : Discuss your concernwith a member of dealershipmanagement. Normally, concernscan be quickly resolved at that level.If the matter has already beenreviewed with the sales, service,or parts manager, contact the ownerof your dealership or the generalmanager.


Customer Information 313

STEP TWO : If after contacting amember of dealership management,it appears your concern cannot beresolved by your dealership withoutfurther help, in the U.S., call theChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenter at 1-877-486-5846. InCanada, call General Motors ofCanada Customer Care Centre at1-800-263-3777 (English),or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call thetoll-free number in order to give theinquiry prompt attention. Have thefollowing information available togive the Customer Assistancerepresentative:

. Vehicle Identification Number(VIN). This is available from thevehicle registration or title, or theplate at the top left of theinstrument panel and visiblethrough the windshield.

. Dealership name and location.

. Vehicle delivery date andpresent mileage.

When contacting Chevrolet,remember that your concern willlikely be resolved at a dealer'sfacility. That is why we suggestfollowing Step One first.

STEP THREE — U.S. Owners :Both General Motors and yourdealer are committed to makingsure you are completely satisfiedwith the new vehicle. However,if you continue to remain unsatisfiedafter following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, youcan file with the Better BusinessBureau (BBB) Auto Line Program toenforce your rights.

The BBB Auto Line Program is anout-of-court program administeredby the BBB National Programs, Inc.to settle automotive disputesregarding vehicle repairs or theinterpretation of the New VehicleLimited Warranty. Although you maybe required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior tofiling a court action, use of theprogram is free of charge and yourcase will generally be heard within

40 days. If you do not agree with thedecision given in your case, youmay reject it and proceed with anyother venue for relief availableto you.

You may contact the BBB Auto LineProgram using the toll-freetelephone number or write them atthe following address:

BBB Auto Line ProgramBBB National Programs, Inc.3033 Wilson BoulevardSuite 600 , Arlington, VA 22201Telephone: 1-800-955-5100http://www.bbb.org/council/programs-services/dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line

This program is available in all50 states and the District ofColumbia. Eligibility is limited byvehicle age, mileage, and otherfactors. General Motors reservesthe right to change eligibilitylimitations and/or discontinue itsparticipation in this program.



STEP THREE — CanadianOwners : In the event that you donot feel your concerns have beenaddressed after following theprocedure outlined in Steps Oneand Two, General Motors of CanadaCompany wants you to be aware ofits participation in a no-chargeMediation/Arbitration Program.General Motors of CanadaCompany has committed to bindingarbitration of owner disputesinvolving factory-related vehicleservice claims. The programprovides for the review of the factsinvolved by an impartial third partyarbiter, and may include an informalhearing before the arbiter. Theprogram is designed so that theentire dispute settlement process,from the time you file your complaintto the final decision, should becompleted in about 70 days. Webelieve our impartial program offersadvantages over courts in mostjurisdictions because it is informal,quick, and free of charge.

For further information concerningeligibility in the Canadian MotorVehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP),call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or callthe General Motors Customer CareCentre, 1-800-263-3777 (English),1-800-263-7854 (French),or write to:

The Mediation/Arbitration Programc/o Customer Care CentreGeneral Motors of CanadaCompanyMail Code: CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

The inquiry should be accompaniedby the Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN).

Customer AssistanceOfficesChevrolet encourages customers tocall the toll-free number forassistance. However, if a customerwishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet,the letter should be addressed to:

United States and Puerto Rico

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170www.Chevrolet.com

1-877-486-58461-800-833-2438 (For TextTelephone Devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-888-811-1926

From U.S. Virgin Islands:

1-800-496-9994



Canada

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7www.gm.ca

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For TextTelephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance:1-800-268-6800

Overseas

Please contact the local GeneralMotors Business Unit.

Customer Assistance forText Telephone (TTY)UsersTo assist customers who are deaf,hard of hearing, or speech-impairedand who use Text Telephones(TTYs), Chevrolet has TTYequipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user in

the U.S. can communicate withChevrolet by dialing:1-800-833-2438. TTY users inCanada can dial 1-800-263-3830.

Online Owner Center

Online Owner Experience(U.S.) my.chevrolet.com

The Chevrolet online ownerexperience allows access to videos,articles, and vehicle health specificto your Chevrolet as well as yourOnStar Account information all inone place.

Membership Benefits

E : Download owner’s manualsand view vehicle-specific how-tovideos.

G : View maintenance schedules,alerts, and Vehicle DiagnosticInformation. Schedule serviceappointments.

I : View and print dealer-recordedservice records and self-recordedservice records.

D : Select a preferred dealer andview locations, maps, phonenumbers, and hours.

r : Track your vehicle’s warrantyinformation.

J : View active recalls by VehicleIdentification Number (VIN). SeeVehicle Identification Number (VIN)0 310.

H : Compare and shop forChevrolet and OnStar plans andservices. View GM Card andSiriusXM information (if equipped).

F : Chat with online helprepresentatives.

See my.chevrolet.com to registeryour vehicle.

Chevrolet Owner Centre(Canada) mychevrolet.ca

Visit the Chevrolet Owner Centre atmychevrolet.ca (English) ormy.chevrolet.ca (French) to accesssimilar benefits to the U.S. site.



GM MobilityReimbursement Program

This program is available toqualified applicants for costreimbursement, up to certain limits,of eligible aftermarket adaptiveequipment required for the vehicle,such as hand controls or awheelchair/scooter lift for thevehicle.

To learn about the GM Mobilityprogram, see www.gmmobility.comor call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. TextTelephone (TTY) users, call1-800-833-9935.

General Motors of Canada also hasa Mobility program. See www.gm.caor call 1-800-GM-DRIVE(800-463-7483) for details. TTYusers call 1-800-263-3830.

Roadside AssistanceProgramFrom the U.S., call 1-888-811-1926;Text Telephone (TTY):1-888-889-2438.

From Canada, call 1-800-268-6800.

Service is available 24 hours a day,365 days a year.

Calling for Assistance

When calling Roadside Assistance,have the following informationready:

. Your name, home address, andhome telephone number.

. Telephone number of yourlocation.

. Location of the vehicle.

. Model, year, color, and licenseplate number of the vehicle.

. Odometer reading, VehicleIdentification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

. Description of the problem.

Coverage

Services are provided for theduration of the vehicle’s powertrainwarranty.

In the U.S., anyone driving thevehicle is covered. In Canada, aperson driving the vehicle withoutpermission from the owner is notcovered.

Roadside Assistance is not a part ofthe New Vehicle Limited Warranty.General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to makeany changes or discontinue theRoadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

General Motors North America andChevrolet reserve the right to limitservices or payment to an owner ordriver if they decide the claims aremade too often, or the same type ofclaim is made many times.

Services Provided. Lock-Out Service: Service to

unlock the vehicle if you arelocked out. A remote unlock maybe available if you have OnStar.



For security reasons, the drivermust present identificationbefore this service is given.

. Emergency Tow from a PublicRoad or Highway: Tow to thenearest certified Bolt EV dealerfor warranty service, or if thevehicle was in a crash andcannot be driven. Assistance isnot given when the vehicle isstuck in the sand, mud, or snow.

Emergency towing may becovered during the ExtendedVehicle (EV) warranty.

. Flat Tire Change: If the tire hasbeen separated from the wheel,has damaged sidewalls, or has alarge puncture, the tire is tooseverely damaged for the selfsealing tire to be effective andthe vehicle will have to betowed. It is the owner'sresponsibility for the repair orreplacement of the tire if it is notcovered by the warranty.

. Battery Jump Start: Service tojump start a dead battery.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: If your trip isinterrupted due to a warrantyevent, incidental expenses maybe reimbursed within thePowertrain warranty period.Items considered are reasonableand customary hotel, meals,rental car, or a vehicle beingdelivered back to the customer,up to 500 miles.

Services Not Included inRoadside Assistance. Impound towing caused by

violation of any laws.

. Legal fines.

. Mounting, dismounting,or changing of snow tires,chains, or other traction devices.

Service is not provided if a vehicleis in an area that is not accessibleto the service vehicle or is not aregularly traveled or maintainedpublic road, which includes ice andwinter roads. Off-road use is notcovered.

Services Specific to CanadianVehicles. Lock-Out Service: Vehicle

registration is required.

. Trip Interruption Benefits andAssistance: Must be over150 km (93 mi) from where thetrip was started to qualify.Pre-authorization, originaldetailed receipts, and a copy ofthe repair orders are required.Once authorization has beenreceived, the RoadsideAssistance advisor will help tomake arrangements and explainhow to receive payment.

. Alternative Service: Ifassistance cannot be providedright away, the RoadsideAssistance advisor may givepermission to get localemergency road service. You willreceive payment, up to $100,after sending the original receiptto Roadside Assistance.Mechanical failures may becovered, however any cost for



parts and labor for repairs notcovered by the warranty are theowner's responsibility.

Scheduling ServiceAppointmentsWhen the vehicle requires warrantyservice, contact your dealer andrequest an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointmentand advising the service consultantof your transportation needs, yourdealer can help minimize yourinconvenience.

If the vehicle cannot be scheduledinto the service departmentimmediately, keep driving it until itcan be scheduled for service,unless, of course, the problem issafety related. If it is, please callyour dealership, let them know this,and ask for instructions.

If your dealer requests you to bringthe vehicle for service, you areurged to do so as early in the workday as possible to allow forsame-day repair.

Courtesy TransportationProgramTo enhance your ownershipexperience, we and our participatingdealers are proud to offer CourtesyTransportation, a customer supportprogram for vehicles with theBumper-to-Bumper (Base WarrantyCoverage period in Canada),extended powertrain, and/orhybrid-specific warranties in boththe U.S. and Canada.

Several Courtesy Transportationoptions are available to assist inreducing inconvenience whenwarranty repairs are required.

Courtesy Transportation is not apart of the New Vehicle LimitedWarranty. A separate manualentitled “Limited Warranty andOwner Assistance Information”furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverageinformation.

Transportation Options

Warranty service can generally becompleted while you wait. However,if you are unable to do so, yourdealer may offer the followingtransportation options:

Shuttle Service

This includes one-way or round-tripshuttle service within reasonabletime and distance parameters ofyour dealer's area.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursement

If overnight warranty repairs areneeded, and public transportation isused, the expense must besupported by original receipts andwithin the maximum amount allowedby GM. If U.S. customers arrangetheir own transportation, limitedreimbursement for reasonable fuelexpenses may be available. Claimamounts should reflect actual costsand be supported by originalreceipts. See your dealer forinformation.



Courtesy Rental Vehicle

For an overnight warranty repair, thedealer may provide an availablecourtesy rental vehicle or provide forreimbursement of a rental vehicle.Reimbursement is limited and mustbe supported by original receipts aswell as a signed and completedrental agreement and meet state/provincial, local, and rental vehicleprovider requirements.Requirements vary and may includeminimum age requirements,insurance coverage, credit card, etc.Additional fees such as fuel, rentalvehicle insurance, taxes, levies,usage fees, excessive mileage,or rental usage beyond thecompletion of the repair are alsoyour responsibility.

It may not be possible to provide alike vehicle as a courtesy rental.

Additional ProgramInformation

All program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available atevery dealer. Contact your dealerfor specific availability.

General Motors reserves the right tounilaterally modify, change,or discontinue CourtesyTransportation at any time and toresolve all questions of claimeligibility pursuant to the terms andconditions described herein at itssole discretion.

Collision Damage RepairIf the vehicle is involved in acollision and it is damaged, have thedamage repaired by a qualifiedtechnician using the properequipment and quality replacementparts. Poorly performed collisionrepairs diminish the vehicle resalevalue, and safety performance canbe compromised in subsequentcollisions.

Collision Parts

Genuine GM Collision parts are newparts made with the same materialsand construction methods as theparts with which the vehicle wasoriginally built. Genuine GMCollision parts are the best choice toensure that the vehicle's designed

appearance, durability, and safetyare preserved. The use of GenuineGM parts can help maintain the GMNew Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Recycled original equipment partsmay also be used for repair. Theseparts are typically removed fromvehicles that were total losses inprior crashes. In most cases, theparts being recycled are fromundamaged sections of the vehicle.A recycled original equipment GMpart may be an acceptable choice tomaintain the vehicle's originallydesigned appearance and safetyperformance; however, the history ofthese parts is not known. Such partsare not covered by the GM NewVehicle Limited Warranty, and anyrelated failures are not covered bythat warranty.

Aftermarket collision parts are alsoavailable. These are made bycompanies other than GM and maynot have been tested for the vehicle.As a result, these parts may fitpoorly, exhibit premature durability/corrosion problems, and may notperform properly in subsequent



collisions. Aftermarket parts are notcovered by the GM New VehicleLimited Warranty, and any vehiclefailure related to such parts is notcovered by that warranty.

Repair Facility

GM also recommends that youchoose a collision repair facility thatmeets your needs before you everneed collision repairs. Your dealermay have a collision repair centerwith GM-trained technicians andstate-of-the-art equipment, or beable to recommend a collision repaircenter that has GM-trainedtechnicians and comparableequipment.

Insuring the Vehicle

Protect your investment in the GMvehicle with comprehensive andcollision insurance coverage. Thereare significant differences in thequality of coverage afforded byvarious insurance policy terms.Many insurance policies providereduced protection to the GMvehicle by limiting compensation fordamage repairs by using

aftermarket collision parts. Someinsurance companies will notspecify aftermarket collision parts.When purchasing insurance, werecommend that you ensure that thevehicle will be repaired with GMoriginal equipment collision parts.If such insurance coverage is notavailable from your currentinsurance carrier, consider switchingto another insurance carrier.

If the vehicle is leased, the leasingcompany may require you to haveinsurance that ensures repairs withGenuine GM Original EquipmentManufacturer (OEM) parts orGenuine Manufacturer replacementparts. Read the lease carefully, asyou may be charged at the end ofthe lease for poor quality repairs.

If a Crash Occurs

If there has been an injury, callemergency services for help. Do notleave the scene of a crash until allmatters have been taken care of.Move the vehicle only if its positionputs you in danger, or you areinstructed to move it by a policeofficer.

Give only the necessary informationto police and other parties involvedin the crash.

For emergency towing seeRoadside Assistance Program0 316.

Gather the following information:

. Driver name, address, andtelephone number

. Driver license number

. Owner name, address, andtelephone number

. Vehicle license plate number

. Vehicle make, model, andmodel year

. Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN)

. Insurance company and policynumber

. General description of thedamage to the other vehicle

Choose a reputable repair facilitythat uses quality replacement parts.See “Collision Parts” earlier in thissection.



In a crash, the sensing system mayshut down the high voltage system.See Battery - North America 0 242for important safety information.If an airbag has inflated, see WhatWill You See after an AirbagInflates? 0 51.

If the vehicle is damaged from acrash, flood, fire, or other event itmay be necessary to have thevehicle inspected. SeeBattery -North America 0 242 for importantsafety information.

Managing the Vehicle DamageRepair Process

In the event that the vehicle requiresdamage repairs, GM recommendsthat you take an active role in itsrepair. If you have a pre-determinedrepair facility of choice, take thevehicle there, or have it towed there.Specify to the facility that anyrequired replacement collision partsbe original equipment parts, eithernew Genuine GM parts or recycledoriginal GM parts. Remember,recycled parts will not be covered bythe GM vehicle warranty.

Insurance pays the bill for the repair,but you must live with the repair.Depending on your policy limits,your insurance company mayinitially value the repair usingaftermarket parts. Discuss this withthe repair professional, and insist onGenuine GM parts. Remember,if the vehicle is leased, you may beobligated to have the vehiclerepaired with Genuine GM parts,even if your insurance coveragedoes not pay the full cost.

If another party's insurancecompany is paying for the repairs,you are not obligated to accept arepair valuation based on thatinsurance company's collision policyrepair limits, as you have nocontractual limits with that company.In such cases, you can have controlof the repair and parts choices aslong as the cost stays withinreasonable limits.

Publication OrderingInformation

Service Manuals

Service manuals have the diagnosisand repair information on theengine, transmission, axle,suspension, brakes, electricalsystem, steering system, body, etc.

Customer Literature

Owner’s manuals are writtenspecifically for owners and areintended to provide basicoperational information about thevehicle. The owner’s manualincludes the Maintenance Schedulefor all models.

Customer literature publicationsavailable for purchase includeowner’s manuals, warrantymanuals, infotainment manuals, andportfolios. Portfolios include anowner’s manual, warranty manual,infotainment manual, if applicable,and zip lock bag or pouch.



Current and Past Models

Service manuals and customerliterature are available for manycurrent and past model year GMvehicles.

To order, call 1-800-551-4123Monday–Friday, 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m.eastern time

For credit card orders only (VISA,MasterCard, or Discover), seeHelm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com.

To order by mail, write to:

Helm, IncorporatedAttention: Customer Service47911 Halyard DrivePlymouth, MI 48170

Make checks payable in U.S. funds.

Radio FrequencyStatementThis vehicle has systems thatoperate on a radio frequency thatcomplies with Part 15/Part 18 of theFederal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) rules and withInnovation, Science and EconomicDevelopment (ISED) Canada'sRSP-100 / ICES-GEN.

Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions:

1. The device may not causeharmful interference.

2. The device must accept anyinterference received, includinginterference that may causeundesired operation of thedevice.

Changes or modifications to any ofthese systems by other than anauthorized service facility could voidauthorization to use this equipment.

Reporting SafetyDefects

Reporting Safety Defectsto the United StatesGovernmentIf you believe that your vehiclehas a defect which could causea crash or could cause injury ordeath, you should immediatelyinform the National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration(NHTSA) in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similarcomplaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds thata safety defect exists in a groupof vehicles, it may order a recalland remedy campaign.However, NHTSA cannotbecome involved in individualproblems between you, yourdealer, or General Motors.



To contact NHTSA, you may callthe Vehicle Safety Hotlinetoll-free at 1-888-327-4236(TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go tohttp://www.safercar.gov; orwrite to:

Administrator, NHTSA1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E.Washington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain otherinformation about motorvehicle safety fromhttp://www.safercar.gov.

Reporting Safety Defectsto the CanadianGovernmentIf you live in Canada, and youbelieve that the vehicle has asafety defect, notify TransportCanada immediately, and notifyGeneral Motors of CanadaCompany. Call TransportCanada at 1-800-333-0510;go to:

www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English)

www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French)

or write to:

Transport CanadaMotor Vehicle Safety DirectorateDefect Investigations andRecalls Division80 Noel StreetGatineau, QC J8Z 0A1

Reporting Safety Defectsto General MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (orTransport Canada) in a situation likethis, notify General Motors.

In the U.S., call 1-800-222-1020,or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer AssistanceCenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777(English) or 1-800-263-7854(French), or write:

General Motors of CanadaCompanyCustomer Care Centre, Mail Code:CA1-163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

In Mexico, call 01-800-466-0811 or01-800-508-0000.

In other Central America andCaribbean Countries, call52-722-236-0680.



Vehicle DataRecording andPrivacyThe vehicle has a number ofcomputers that record informationabout the vehicle’s performance andhow it is driven or used. Forexample, the vehicle uses computermodules to monitor and controlelectric drive unit performance, tomonitor the conditions for airbagdeployment and to deploy them in acrash, and, if equipped, to provideantilock braking to help the drivercontrol the vehicle. These modulesmay store data to help the dealertechnician service the vehicle or tohelp GM improve safety or features.Some modules may also store dataabout how the vehicle is operated,such as rate of energy consumptionor average speed. These modulesmay retain personal preferences,such as radio presets, seatpositions, and temperature settings.

CybersecurityGM collects information about theuse of your vehicle includingoperational and safety relatedinformation. We collect thisinformation to provide, evaluate,improve, and troubleshoot ourproducts and services and todevelop new products and services.The protection of vehicle electronicssystems and customer data fromunauthorized outside electronicaccess or control is important toGM. GM maintains appropriatesecurity standards, practices,guidelines and controls aimed atdefending the vehicle and thevehicle service ecosystem againstunauthorized electronic access,detecting possible malicious activityin related networks, and respondingto suspected cybersecurity incidentsin a timely, coordinated and effectivemanner. Security incidents couldimpact your safety or compromiseyour private data. To minimizesecurity risks, please do not connectyour vehicle electronic systems tounauthorized devices or connectyour vehicle to any unknown or

untrusted networks (such asBluetooth, WIFI or similartechnology). In the event yoususpect any security incidentimpacting your data or the safeoperation of your vehicle, pleasestop operating your vehicle andcontact your dealer.

Event Data RecordersThis vehicle is equipped with anevent data recorder (EDR). Themain purpose of an EDR is torecord, in certain crash or nearcrash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a roadobstacle, data that will assist inunderstanding how a vehicle’ssystems performed. The EDR isdesigned to record data related tovehicle dynamics and safetysystems for a short period of time,typically 30 seconds or less. TheEDR in this vehicle is designed torecord such data as:

. How various systems in yourvehicle were operating;


Customer Information 325. Whether or not the driver and

passenger safety belts werebuckled/fastened;

. How far (if at all) the driver wasdepressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

. How fast the vehicle wastraveling.

These data can help provide abetter understanding of thecircumstances in which crashes andinjuries occur.

NoteEDR data are recorded by yourvehicle only if a non-trivial crashsituation occurs; no data arerecorded by the EDR under normaldriving conditions and no personaldata (e.g., name, gender, age, andcrash location) are recorded.However, other parties, such as lawenforcement, could combine theEDR data with the type ofpersonally identifying data routinelyacquired during a crashinvestigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR,special equipment is required, andaccess to the vehicle or the EDR isneeded. In addition to the vehiclemanufacturer, other parties, such aslaw enforcement, that have thespecial equipment, can read theinformation if they have access tothe vehicle or the EDR.

GM will not access these data orshare it with others except: with theconsent of the vehicle owner or,if the vehicle is leased, with theconsent of the lessee; in responseto an official request by police orsimilar government office; as part ofGM's defense of litigation throughthe discovery process; or, asrequired by law. Data that GMcollects or receives may also beused for GM research needs or maybe made available to others forresearch purposes, where a need isshown and the data is not tied to aspecific vehicle or vehicle owner.

OnStarIf the vehicle is equipped withOnStar and has an active serviceplan, additional data may becollected and transmitted throughthe OnStar system. This includesinformation about the vehicle’soperation; collisions involving thevehicle; the use of the vehicle andits features, including infotainment;and the location and approximateGPS speed of the vehicle. Refer tothe OnStar Terms and Conditionsand Privacy Statement on theOnStar website.

See OnStar Additional Information0 328.


326 OnStar

OnStar

OnStar OverviewOnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326

OnStar ServicesEmergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

OnStar Additional InformationOnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

OnStar Overview

= Voice Command Button

Q Blue OnStar Button

> Red Emergency Button

This vehicle may be equipped with acomprehensive, in-vehicle systemthat can connect to an OnStarAdvisor for Emergency, Security,Navigation, Connections, andDiagnostics Services. OnStarservices may require a paid serviceplan and data plan. OnStar requiresthe vehicle battery and electricalsystem, cellular service, and GPSsatellite signals to be available andoperating. OnStar acts as a link toexisting emergency service

providers. OnStar may collectinformation about you and yourvehicle, including locationinformation. See OnStar UserTerms, Privacy Statement, andSoftware Terms for more detailsincluding system limitations atwww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

The OnStar system status light isnext to the OnStar buttons. If thestatus light is:

. Solid Green: System is ready.

. Flashing Green: On a call.

. Red: Indicates a problem.

. Off: System is off. Press Q twiceto speak with an OnStar Advisor.

Press Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) to speak to anAdvisor.

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton may vary by vehicle andregion.


OnStar 327

Press= to:

. Open the OnStar app on theinfotainment display. See theinfotainment manual forinformation on how to use theOnStar app.

Or

. Give OnStar Turn-by-TurnNavigation voice commands.

. Obtain and customize the Wi-Fihotspot name or SSID andpassword, if equipped.

Press Q to connect to anAdvisor to:

. Verify account information orupdate contact information.

. Get driving directions.

. Receive a Diagnostic check ofthe vehicle's key operatingsystems.

. Receive Roadside Assistance.

. Manage Wi-Fi Settings,if equipped.

Press> to get a priority connectionto an OnStar Advisor available24/7 to:

. Get help for an emergency.

. Be a Good Samaritan orrespond to an AMBER Alert.

. Get assistance in severeweather or other crisis situationsand find evacuation routes.

OnStar Services

EmergencyEmergency Services require anactive safety and security plan. WithAutomatic Crash Response, built-insensors can automatically alert aspecially trained OnStar Advisorwho is immediately connected in tothe vehicle to help.

Press> for a priority connection toan OnStar Advisor who can contactemergency service providers, directthem to your exact location, andrelay important information.

With OnStar Crisis Assist, speciallytrained Advisors are available24 hours a day, 7 days a week, toprovide a central point of contact,assistance, and information during acrisis.

With Roadside Assistance, Advisorscan locate a nearby service providerto help with a flat tire, a batteryjump, or an empty gas tank.


328 OnStar

SecurityIf equipped, OnStar provides theseservices:

. With Stolen Vehicle Assistance,OnStar Advisors can use GPS topinpoint the vehicle and helpauthorities quickly recover it.

. With Remote Ignition Block,if equipped, OnStar can blockthe vehicle from being restarted.

. With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown,if equipped, OnStar can workwith law enforcement togradually slow the vehicle down.

Theft Alarm Notification

If equipped, if the doors are lockedand the vehicle alarm sounds, anotification by text, e-mail, or phonecall will be sent. If the vehicle isstolen, an OnStar Advisor can workwith authorities to recover thevehicle.

OnStar AdditionalInformationIn-Vehicle Audio Messages

Audio messages may play importantinformation at the following times:

. Prior to vehicle purchase. PressQ to set up an account.

. After change in ownership andat 90 days.

Transferring Service

Press Q to request account transfereligibility information. The Advisorcan cancel or change accountinformation.

Selling/Transferring theVehicle

Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827) immediately toterminate your OnStar or connectedservices if the vehicle is disposedof, sold, transferred, or if thelease ends.

Reactivation for SubsequentOwners

Press Q and follow the prompts tospeak to an Advisor as soon aspossible. The Advisor will updatevehicle records and explain OnStaror connected service options.

How OnStar Service Works

Automatic Crash Response,Emergency Services, Crisis Assist,Stolen Vehicle Assistance, RemoteServices, and Roadside Assistanceare available on most vehicles. Notall OnStar services are availableeverywhere or on all vehicles. Formore information, a full descriptionof OnStar services, systemlimitations, and OnStar User Terms,Privacy Statement, and SoftwareTerms:

. Call 1-888-4ONSTAR(1-888-466-7827).

. See www.onstar.com (U.S.).

. See www.onstar.ca (Canada).

. Call TTY 1-877-248-2080.


OnStar 329

. Press Q to speak with anAdvisor.

OnStar or connected servicescannot work unless the vehicle is ina place where OnStar has anagreement with a wireless serviceprovider for service in that area. Thewireless service provider must alsohave coverage, network capacity,reception, and technologycompatible with OnStar orconnected services. Serviceinvolving location information aboutthe vehicle cannot work unless GPSsignals are available, unobstructed,and compatible with the OnStarhardware. OnStar or connectedservices may not work if the OnStarequipment is not properly installedor it has not been properlymaintained. If equipment or softwareis added, connected, or modified,OnStar or connected services maynot work. Other problems beyondthe control of OnStar — such ashills, tall buildings, tunnels, weather,electrical system design andarchitecture of the vehicle, damage

to the vehicle in a crash, or wirelessphone network congestion orjamming — may prevent service.


Services for People withDisabilities

Advisors provide services to helpwith physical disabilities andmedical conditions.

Press Q to help:

. Locate a gas station with anattendant to pump gas.

. Find a hotel, restaurant, etc.,that meets accessibility needs.

. Provide directions to the closesthospital or pharmacy in urgentsituations.

TTY Users

OnStar has the ability tocommunicate to deaf,hard-of-hearing, or speech-impairedcustomers while in the vehicle. Theavailable dealer-installed TTYsystem can provide in-vehicle

access to all OnStar services,except Virtual Advisor and OnStarTurn-by-Turn Navigation.

If equipped, TTY mode can beturned on or off by touchingSettings, then Apps, and thenPhone. When TTY mode is on,phone calls can be made orreceived with OnStar using theinfotainment display.

OnStar Personal IdentificationNumber (PIN)

A PIN is needed to access someOnStar services. The PIN will needto be changed the first time whenspeaking with an Advisor. Tochange the OnStar PIN, contact anOnStar Advisor by pressing Q orcalling 1-888-4ONSTAR.

Warranty

OnStar equipment may bewarranted as part of the vehiclewarranty.


330 OnStar

Languages

The vehicle can be programmed torespond in multiple languages.Press Q and ask for an Advisor.Advisors are available in English,Spanish, and French. Availablelanguages may vary by country.

Potential Issues

OnStar cannot perform RemoteDoor Unlock or Stolen VehicleAssistance after the vehicle hasbeen off continuously for 10 dayswithout an ignition cycle. If thevehicle has not been started for10 days, OnStar can contactRoadside Assistance or a locksmithto help gain access to the vehicle.

Global PositioningSystem (GPS). Obstruction of the GPS can

occur in a large city with tallbuildings; in parking garages;around airports; in tunnels andunderpasses; or in an area withvery dense trees. If GPS signalsare not available, the OnStarsystem should still operate to

call OnStar. However, OnStarcould have difficulty identifyingthe exact location.

. In emergency situations, OnStarcan use the last stored GPSlocation to send to emergencyresponders.

A temporary loss of GPS can causeloss of the ability to send aTurn-by-Turn Navigation route. TheAdvisor may give a verbal route ormay ask for a call back after thevehicle is driven into an open area.

Cellular and GPS Antennas

Cellular reception is required forOnStar to send remote signals tothe vehicle. Do not place items overor near the antenna to preventblocking cellular and GPS signalreception.

Unable to Connect to OnStarMessage

If there is limited cellular coverageor the cellular network has reachedmaximum capacity, this message

may come on. Press Q to try thecall again or try again after driving afew miles into another cellular area.

Vehicle and Power Issues

OnStar services require a vehicleelectrical system, wireless service,and GPS satellite technologies to beavailable and operating for featuresto function properly. These systemsmay not operate if the battery isdischarged or disconnected.

Add-on Electrical Equipment

The OnStar system is integratedinto the electrical architecture of thevehicle. Do not add any electricalequipment. See Add-On ElectricalEquipment 0 230. Added electricalequipment may interfere with theoperation of the OnStar system andcause it to not operate.

Vehicle Software Updates

OnStar or GM may remotely deliversoftware updates or changes to thevehicle without further notice orconsent. These updates or changesmay enhance or maintain safety,security, or the operation of the


OnStar 331

vehicle or the vehicle systems.Software updates or changes mayaffect or erase data or settings thatare stored in the vehicle, such assaved navigation destinations orpre-set radio stations. NeitherOnStar nor GM is responsible forany affected or erased data orsettings. These updates or changesmay also collect personalinformation. Such collection isdescribed in the OnStar privacystatement or separately disclosed atthe time of installation. Theseupdates or changes may also causea system to automaticallycommunicate with GM servers tocollect information about vehiclesystem status, identify whetherupdates or changes are available,or deliver updates or changes. Anactive OnStar agreement constitutesconsent to these software updatesor changes and agreement thateither OnStar or GM may remotelydeliver them to the vehicle.

Privacy

The complete OnStar PrivacyStatement may be found atwww.onstar.com (U.S.),or www.onstar.ca (Canada). Werecommend that you review it. If youhave any questions, call1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827)or press Q to speak with anAdvisor. Users of wirelesscommunications are cautioned thatthe privacy of any information sentvia wireless cellular communicationscannot be assured. Third partiesmay unlawfully intercept or accesstransmissions and privatecommunications without consent.

OnStar - SoftwareAcknowledgements

To obtain the source code underGPL, LGPL, MPL, and otheropen source licenses, that iscontained in this product, pleasevisit http://opensource.lge.com. Inaddition to the source code, allreferred license terms, warrantydisclaimers, and copyright noticesare available for download. Thisoffer is valid for a period of threeyears after our last shipment of thisproduct. This offer is valid to anyonein receipt of this information.

*Provided through LG ElectronicsInc., who is solely responsible forprovisions of related OSScompliance.


332 Connected Services

ConnectedServices

Connected ServicesNavigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334

Connected Services

NavigationNavigation requires a specificOnStar or connected service plan.

Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turndirections or have them sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Turn-by-Turn Navigation

1. Press Q to connect to anAdvisor.

2. Request directions to bedownloaded to the vehicle.

3. Follow the voice-guidedcommands.

Using Voice CommandsDuring a Planned Route

Functionality of the Voice Commandbutton, if equipped, may vary byvehicle and region. For somevehicles, press= to open theOnStar app on the infotainmentdisplay. For other vehicles press=as follows.

Cancel Route

1. Press=. System responds:“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

2. Say “Cancel route.” Systemresponds: “Do you want tocancel directions?”

3. Say “Yes.” System responds:“OK, request completed, thankyou, goodbye.”

Route Preview


2. Say “Route preview.” Systemresponds with the next threemaneuvers.

Repeat


2. Say “Repeat.” Systemresponds with the last directiongiven, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.


Connected Services 333

Get My Destination


2. Say “Get my destination.”System responds with theaddress and distance to thedestination, then responds with“OnStar ready,” then a tone.

Send Destination to Vehicle

Directions can be sent to thevehicle’s navigation screen,if equipped.

Press Q, then ask the Advisor todownload directions to the vehicle’snavigation system, if equipped. Afterthe call ends, the navigation screenwill provide prompts to begin drivingdirections. Routes that are sent tothe navigation screen can only becanceled through the navigationsystem.

See www.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

ConnectionsThe following services help withstaying connected.

For coverage maps, seewww.onstar.com (U.S.) orwww.onstar.ca (Canada).

Ensuring Security

. Change the default passwordsfor the Wi-Fi hotspot andmyChevrolet mobile app. Makethese passwords different fromeach other and use acombination of letters andnumbers to increase thesecurity.

. Change the default name of theSSID (Service Set Identifier).This is your network’s name thatis visible to other wirelessdevices. Choose a unique nameand avoid family names orvehicle descriptions.

Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped)

The vehicle may have a built-inWi-Fi hotspot that provides accessto the Internet and web content at4G LTE speed. Up to seven mobile

devices can be connected. A dataplan is required. Use the in-vehiclecontrols only when it is safe todo so.

1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspotinformation, press= to openthe OnStar app on theinfotainment display, thenselect Wi-Fi Hotspot. On somevehicles, touch Wi-Fi or Wi-FiSettings on the screen.

2. The Wi-Fi settings will displaythe Wi-Fi hotspot name (SSID),password, and on somevehicles, the connection type(no Internet connection, 3G,4G, 4G LTE), and signal quality(poor, good, excellent).

3. To change the SSID orpassword, press Q or call1-888-4ONSTAR to connectwith an Advisor. On somevehicles, the SSID andpassword can be changed inthe Wi-Fi Hotspot menu.

After initial set-up, your vehicle’sWi-Fi hotspot will connectautomatically to your mobile


334 Connected Services

devices. Manage data usage byturning Wi-Fi on or off on yourmobile device, using themyChevrolet mobile app, or bycontacting an OnStar Advisor. Onsome vehicles, Wi-Fi can also bemanaged from the Wi-FiHotspot menu.

myChevrolet Mobile App (IfAvailable)

Download the myChevrolet mobileapp to compatible Apple andAndroid smartphones. Chevroletusers can access the followingservices from a smartphone:

. Remotely start/stop the vehicle,if factory-equipped.

. Lock/unlock doors, if equippedwith automatic locks.

. Activate the horn and lamps.

. Check the vehicle’s energy level,range or tire pressure,if factory-equipped with the TirePressure Monitor System.

. Send destinations to the vehicle.

. Locate the vehicle on a map(U.S. market only).

. Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspoton/off, manage settings, andmonitor data consumption,if equipped.

. Locate a dealer and scheduleservice.

. Request roadside assistance.

. Set a parking reminder with pindrop, take a photo, make a note,and set a timer.

. Connect with Chevrolet on socialmedia.

Features are subject to change. FormyChevrolet mobile app informationand compatibility, seemy.chevrolet.com.

An active OnStar or connectedservice plan may be required.A compatible device,factory-installed remote start, andpower locks are required. Data ratesapply. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.

Remote Services

Contact an OnStar Advisor tounlock the doors or sound the hornand flash the lamps.

Marketplace

OnStar Advisors can provide offersfrom restaurants and retailers onyour route, help locate hotels,or book a room. These servicesvary by market.

DiagnosticsBy monitoring and reporting on thevehicle's key systems, OnStarAdvanced Diagnostics, if equipped,provides a way to keep up onmaintenance. Capabilities vary bymodel. See www.onstar.com fordetails and system limitations.Features are subject to change. Forupdates on feature capabilities, seemy.chevrolet.com. Message anddata rates may apply.


Index 335

Index AAccessories and

Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234Accessory Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Add-On Electrical Equipment . . . 230Additional Information

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Additional Maintenance

and Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Agreements

Trademarks and License . . . . . 161Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Air Conditioning Regular

Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Air Filter, Passenger

Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Air Intake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Air Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Airbag System

Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58How Does an Airbag

Restrain? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Passenger Sensing System . . . .53What Makes an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51What Will You See after an

Airbag Inflates? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

Airbag System (cont'd)When Should an Airbag

Inflate? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . . . .48

AirbagsAdding Equipment to the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Passenger Status Indicator . . . 100Readiness Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Servicing Airbag-Equipped

Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47

AlarmVehicle Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

AlertLane Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Side Blind Zone (SBZA) . . . . . . 209

All-Season Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Antenna

Multi-band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Antilock Brake System (ABS) . . . 191

Warning Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Appearance Care

Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154


336 Index

ArmrestRear Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

Assistance Program,Roadside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Assistance Systems forDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203

Assistance Systems forParking and Backing . . . . . . . . . . 200

AudioBluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Theft-Deterrent Feature . . . . . . . 136

AutomaticClimate Control System . . . . . . . 163Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Emergency Braking (AEB) . . . . 205Headlamp System . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

AuxiliaryDevices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149

BBattery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98

Exterior Lighting BatterySaver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

Power Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Battery - North America . . . .242, 284Battery Gauge

High Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . . . 244

BluetoothOverview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153

Bluetooth Audio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150Brake

Parking, Electric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192System Warning Light . . . . . . . . 102

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Antilock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . 194

Braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Automatic

Emergency (AEB) . . . . . . . . . . . 205Braking System

Front Pedestrian (FPB) . . . . . . . 207Break-In, New Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 182Bulb Replacement

Halogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Headlamp Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Headlamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248License Plate Lamps . . . . . . . . . 249Taillamps, Turn Signal,

Stoplamps, and Back-upLamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271

CCalibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89California

Perchlorate MaterialsRequirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

CaliforniaProposition65 Warning . . . . . . . . . .233, 242, 284,

Back CoverCanadian Vehicle Owners . . . . . . . . 2Capacities and

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Carbon Monoxide

Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21Winter Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

CargoCover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Management System . . . . . . . . . . .83

Caution, Danger, and Warning . . . . 2Center Console Storage . . . . . . . . . 82Chains, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Charge Cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222Charging

Delay Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Electrical Requirements . . . . . . 229Plug-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Programmable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Utility Interruption . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228


Index 337

Charging (cont'd)Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Charging Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Charging Status Screens . . . . . . . 218Charging System Light . . . . . . . . . 101Child Restraints

Infants and Young Children . . . . .61Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66Older Children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 78Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250Cleaning

Exterior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291Interior Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295

Climate Control SystemsAutomatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Cluster, Instrument . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Collision Damage Repair . . . . . . . 319Compartment

Underhood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Compartments

Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Compressor Kit, Tire Sealant . . . 277

Connected ServicesConnections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

ConnectionsConnected Services . . . . . . . . . . 333

ControlTraction and Electronic

Stability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Control of a Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Convex Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Courtesy Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Courtesy Transportation

Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318Cover

Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Cupholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Customer Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314Text Telephone (TTY)

Users . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315Customer Information

Publications OrderingInformation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

Customer SatisfactionProcedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

Cybersecurity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

DDamage Repair, Collision . . . . . . . 319Danger, Warning, and Caution . . . . 2Data Collection

OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325Data Recorders, Event . . . . . . . . . 324Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Defensive Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Delayed Charging Override . . . . . 217Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19Devices

Auxiliary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Diagnostics

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 334Distracted Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172Dome Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Door

Ajar Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17Power Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19

Drive UnitElectric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187


338 Index

DriverTeen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158

Driver Assistance Systems . . . . . 199Driver Efficiency Gauge . . . . . . . . . 98Driver Information

Center (DIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118Driver Selected Operating

Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Driving

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 203Defensive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Drunk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . 176If the Vehicle is Stuck . . . . . . . . . 178Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Off-Road Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . 175One-Pedal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Vehicle Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . 178Wet Roads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Driving for Better EnergyEfficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

EElectric Drive Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . 192

Electric Parking Brake Light . . . . 102Electrical Equipment,

Add-On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Electrical Requirements for

Battery Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Electrical System

Fuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 250Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250

EmergencyOnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327

Energy EfficiencyDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Energy Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Engine

Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238Entry Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Event Data Recorders . . . . . . . . . . 324Exit Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Extended Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Extender, Seat Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Exterior Lamp Controls . . . . . . . . . 128Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 130Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134

FFlash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Flashers, Hazard Warning . . . . . . 131Flat Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Floor Mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298Fluid

Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239

Folding Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Forward Collision Alert

(FCA) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Frequency Statement

Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322Front Pedestrian Braking

(FPB) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Front Seats

Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35

FusesFuses and Circuit Breakers . . . 250Instrument Panel Fuse

Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Underhood Compartment . . . . . 251

GGas Strut(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Gauges

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98


Index 339

Gauges (cont'd)Driver Efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Power Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Warning Lights and

Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94General Information

Service and Maintenance . . . . . 300Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230Vehicle Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233

GM Mobility ReimbursementProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

HHalogen Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Hands-Free Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . . . 131Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32Headlamps

Aiming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 247Daytime Running

Lamps (DRL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Headlamps (cont'd)High Intensity Discharge

(HID) Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . 106High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 130Lamps On Reminder . . . . . . . . . 106

HeatedRear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Steering Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86

Heated Front Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35Heated Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163High Voltage Battery Gauge . . . . . 98High Voltage Devices and

Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249High-Beam On Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . . . . 176Hill Start Assist (HSA) . . . . . . . . . . 193Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40HVAC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163

IImmobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22Indicator

Pedestrian Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Indicator (cont'd)Vehicle Ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Infants and Young Children,Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

InformationEnergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115Publication Ordering . . . . . . . . . . 321

Instrument Cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Instrument Panel

Storage Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81Instrument Panel Overview . . . . . . . 5Interior Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . 25Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 135

JJump Starting - North

America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284

KKeyless Entry

Remote (RKE) System . . . . . . . . . . 8Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

LLabeling, Tire Sidewall . . . . . . . . . . 259Lamps

Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Daytime Running (DRL) . . . . . . 130Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133


340 Index

Lamps (cont'd)Exterior Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128Exterior Lamps Off

Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Exterior Lighting Battery

Saver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134License Plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249On Reminder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Lane Change Alert (LCA) . . . . . . . 209Lane Keep Assist (LKA) . . . . . . . . 211Lane Keep Assist Light . . . . . . . . . 103Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42LATCH System

Replacing Parts after aCrash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

LATCH, Lower Anchors andTethers for Children . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

LED Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Liftgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21Lighting

Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Exit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Illumination Control . . . . . . . . . . . 132LED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

LightsAirbag Readiness . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Lights (cont'd)Antilock Brake System

(ABS) Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Brake System Warning . . . . . . . 102Charging System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Cruise Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Door Ajar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Electric Parking Brake . . . . . . . . 102Flash-to-Pass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130High-Beam On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106High/Low Beam Changer . . . . . 130Lane Keep Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Seat Belt Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . .99Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Service Electric Parking

Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Service Vehicle Soon . . . . . . . . . 102Sport Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103StabiliTrak OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Traction Control System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Traction Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104Vehicle Ready . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

LocksAutomatic Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Delayed Locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Locks (cont'd)Lockout Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20Power Door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20

Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Lower Anchors and Tethers

for Children (LATCHSystem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66

MMaintenance

Air Conditioning RegularOperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Maintenance and Care

Additional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . 301

Recommended Fluids andLubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

MessagesPropulsion Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Vehicle Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

MirrorRear Camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming

Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25


Index 341

Mirrors (cont'd)Convex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Manual Rearview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24

Mirrors, Interior Rearview . . . . . . . . 25Modes

Driver Selected . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Monitor System, Tire

Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264Multi-band Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

NNavigation

Connected Services . . . . . . . . . . 332New Vehicle Break-In . . . . . . . . . . . 182

OOdometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97

Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97Off-Road

Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175Older Children, Restraints . . . . . . . 59One-Pedal Driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Online Owner Center . . . . . . . . . . . 315OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325OnStar Additional

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

OnStar Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327OnStar Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326OnStar Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328OnStar System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152Operation

Infotainment System . . . . . . . . . . 137Options

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117Outlets

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5Underhood Compartment . . . . . 237

Owner Checks and Services . . . . 304

PPark

Shifting Out of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Park Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Parking

Brake and P (Park)Mechanism Check . . . . . . . . . . 244

Extended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186Parking or Backing

Assistance Systems . . . . . . . . . . 200Passenger Airbag Status

Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Passenger Compartment AirFilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168

Passenger Sensing System . . . . . 53Pedestrian Ahead Indicator . . . . . 104Pedestrian Safety Signal . . . . . . . . 86Perchlorate Materials

Requirements, California . . . . . . 234Personalization

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Phone

Apple CarPlay andAndroid Auto . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154

Bluetooth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153Hands-Free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155

Plug-In Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214Port

USB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Power

Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182Door Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107Indicator Gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24Outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Protection, Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Retained Accessory (RAP) . . . 184Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28

Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts . . . . 44


342 Index

PrivacyVehicle Data Recording . . . . . . . 324

ProgramCourtesy Transportation . . . . . . 318

Programmable Charging . . . . . . . . 107Proposition

65 Warning,California . . . . . . . . . . . .233, 242, 284,

Back CoverPropulsion Power Messages . . . 120Publication Ordering

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

RRadio Frequency Statement . . . . 322Radios

AM-FM Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140Satellite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Reading Lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Ready Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Rear Camera Mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25Rear Seat Armrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38Rear Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

Heated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . . 200Rear Window Washer/Wiper . . . . . 88Rearview Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

Automatic Dimming . . . . . . . . . . . . .25

Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34Recommended Fluids and

Lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307Records

Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Recreational Vehicle Towing . . . . 289Regenerative Braking . . . . . . . . . . . 194Reimbursement Program,

GM Mobility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316Remote Keyless Entry (RKE)

System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Remote Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15Replacement Parts

Airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

Replacing Airbag System . . . . . . . . 59Replacing LATCH System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Replacing Seat Belt System

Parts after a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 323General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

RequirementsElectrical Battery Charging . . . 229

RestraintsWhere to Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65

Retained AccessoryPower (RAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

RoadsDriving, Wet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Roadside AssistanceProgram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

Rotation, Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269

SSafety Defects Reporting

Canadian Government . . . . . . . . 323General Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Safety Locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20Safety Signal

Pedestrian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Safety System Check . . . . . . . . . . . . 45Satellite Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Scheduling Appointments . . . . . . . 318Sealant Kit, Tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Seat Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45Extender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45How to Wear Seat Belts

Properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40Lap-Shoulder Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42Reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99Replacing after a Crash . . . . . . . .46


Index 343

Seat Belts (cont'd)Use During Pregnancy . . . . . . . . . .44

SeatsAdjustment, Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34Head Restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32Heated Front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35Heated, Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37Reclining Seatbacks . . . . . . . . . . . .34

Securing Child Restraints . . . . 76, 78Security

Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106OnStar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Vehicle Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22

Self-Sealing Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

Accessories andModifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234

Doing Your Own Work . . . . . . . . 234Maintenance Records . . . . . . . . 309Maintenance, General

Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Parts Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . 310Scheduling Appointments . . . . . 318Vehicle Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 102

Service Electric ParkingBrake Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

Servicing the Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Shifting

Into Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Out of Park . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

Side Blind Zone Alert (SBZA) . . . 209Signals, Turn and

Lane-Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Software Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139Specifications and

Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Sport Mode Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103StabiliTrak

OFF Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Start

Remote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15Start Assist, Hill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Starting and Stopping the

Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184Status Screens

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

Heated Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86Wheel Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Wheel Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

Stoplamps and Back-up LampsBulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

Storage AreasCargo Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Cargo Management System . . . .83Center Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81

Storage Compartments . . . . . . . . . . 81Storing the Tire Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Struts

Gas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Stuck Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Sun Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3System

Forward CollisionAlert (FCA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204

SystemsDriver Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

TTaillamps

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 248Teen Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . . 315Theft-Deterrent Systems . . . . . . . . . 23

Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257


344 Index

Tires (cont'd)All-Season . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257Buying New Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271Chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Designations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273If a Tire Goes Flat . . . . . . . . . . . . 276Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Pressure Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105Pressure Monitor Operation . . 265Pressure Monitor System . . . . . 264Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269Sealant and

Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277Sealant and Compressor

Kit, Storing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283Self-Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Sidewall Labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Terminology and Definitions . . 260Uniform Tire Quality

Grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Wheel Alignment and Tire

Balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275Wheel Replacement . . . . . . . . . . 275When It Is Time for New

Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270Winter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

TowingGeneral Information . . . . . . . . . . 230Recreational Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 289Vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

TractionControl System

(TCS)/StabiliTrak Light . . . . . . 105Off Light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

Traction Control/ElectronicStability Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194

Trademarks and LicenseAgreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161

Transportation Program,Courtesy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Trip Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Turn and Lane-Change

Signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132Turn Signal

Bulb Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

UUnderhood Compartment

Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Underhood Compartment

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237Uniform Tire Quality Grading . . . 273Updates

Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

USB Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Using This Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Utility Interruption of

Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

VVehicle

Alarm System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Canadian Owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Identification Number (VIN) . . . 310Load Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120Personalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22Service Soon Light . . . . . . . . . . . 102Speed Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121Starting and Stopping . . . . . . . . . 184Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287

Vehicle Ahead Indicator . . . . . . . . 104Vehicle Care

Storing the Tire Sealantand Compressor Kit . . . . . . . . . 283

Tire Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263Vehicle Data Recording and

Privacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324Vehicle Ready Light . . . . . . . . . . . . 106Ventilation, Air . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167


Index 345

Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30Voltage Devices and Wiring . . . . 249

WWarning

Brake System Light . . . . . . . . . . . 102Caution and Danger . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Warning Lights, Gauges, andIndicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

WarningsHazard Flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

Washer Fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance . . 275Different Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

When It Is Time for NewTires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270

When to Charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213Where to Put the Restraint . . . . . . 65Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28

Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28Windshield

Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Wiper/Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87

WinterDriving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Winter Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . . . 244Wipers

Rear Washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88Wireless Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Wiring, High Voltage Devices . . . 249

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

20_CHEV_BOLTEV_COV_en_US_84406525B_2020FEB17.ai 1 1/27/2020 2:13:03 PM20_CHEV_BOLTEV_COV_en_US_84406525B_2020FEB17.ai 1 1/27/2020 2:13:03 PM

Date post:	24-Mar-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	1 times
Download:	0 times

C M Y CM MY CY CMY K...to, GM, the GM logo, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, and BOLTare trademarks...

Documents